ML14351A086: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 18: Line 18:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                           Page 1 of 11 A.1.a.R, Conduct of Operations - RO ONLY A.1.a.R TITLE: Calculate Required Turbine Load Reduction.
{{#Wiki_filter:FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 11 Developer S. Jackson 05/12/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 A.1.a.R, Conduct of Operations - RO ONLY A.1.a.R TITLE: Calculate Required Turbine Load Reduction.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT                 SOCT           OLT X     LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:                   X   PERFORM           SIMULATE           DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR           CONTROL ROOM           X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             N/A ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL             PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
: 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.
: 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.
Line 26: Line 26:
* Determine the minimum required ramp rate to achieve the necessary load reduction.
* Determine the minimum required ramp rate to achieve the necessary load reduction.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                     Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                    S. Jackson                                05/12/14 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                                   A.1.a.R                                 Page 2 of 11 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to: Calculate Required Turbine Load Reduction. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.R Page 2 of 11 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to: Calculate Required Turbine Load Reduction. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. At 0800, Plant Farley received information that the Farley-Snowdoun 500kV line had been removed from service.
: a. At 0800, Plant Farley received information that the Farley-Snowdoun 500kV line had been removed from service.
: b. The Shift Manager directed to initiate a load reduction on Unit 1 ONLY.
: b. The Shift Manager directed to initiate a load reduction on Unit 1 ONLY.
: c. The ramp was started at 0810.
: c. The ramp was started at 0810.
: d. The following information was given:
: d. The following information was given:
: i. Unit 1 - 913 mWe.
: i.
ii. Unit 2 - 922 mWe.
Unit 1 - 913 mWe.
iii. Control Area System Load Level - 23.2 GW.
ii.
iv. The Shunt Reactor was out of service.
Unit 2 - 922 mWe.
: v. The Capacitor Bank was in service.
iii.
vi. The Unit 1 PSS was out of service.
Control Area System Load Level - 23.2 GW.
vii. The Unit 2 PSS was in service.
iv.
The Shunt Reactor was out of service.
: v.
The Capacitor Bank was in service.
vi.
The Unit 1 PSS was out of service.
vii.
The Unit 2 PSS was in service.
: e. You are required to perform Steps 4.1 through 4.5 of FNP-1-UOP-3.1, Appendix 5 and determine:
: e. You are required to perform Steps 4.1 through 4.5 of FNP-1-UOP-3.1, Appendix 5 and determine:
: i. The MINIMUM load reduction required.
: i.
ii. The MINIMUM ramp rate which was used to achieve the desired load reduction using 0810 as the starting time.
The MINIMUM load reduction required.
ii.
The MINIMUM ramp rate which was used to achieve the desired load reduction using 0810 as the starting time.
INITIATING CUE: You may begin.
INITIATING CUE: You may begin.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                         STANDARDS:                 (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
: 1. Step 4.1: Contact the ACC to determine the       1) Fills in the following data:            S / U control area system load level, shunt reactor status, and capacitor bank status.                 a. Control Area System Load Level -
: 1. Step 4.1: Contact the ACC to determine the control area system load level, shunt reactor status, and capacitor bank status.
: 1) Fills in the following data:
: a. Control Area System Load Level -
23.2 GW
23.2 GW
: b. Shunt Reactor in service / out of service
: b. Shunt Reactor in service / out of service
: c. Capacitor Bank in service / out of service
: c. Capacitor Bank in service / out of service S / U
: 2. Step 4.2: Determine the total plant gross       2) Fills in the following data:            S / U MW output from each units DEH display:
: 2. Step 4.2: Determine the total plant gross MW output from each units DEH display:
: 2) Fills in the following data:
: a. Unit 1 MW - 913
: a. Unit 1 MW - 913
: b. Unit 2 MW - 922
: b. Unit 2 MW - 922 S / U


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                                 A.1.a.R                                       Page 3 of 11 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.R Page 3 of 11 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                     STANDARDS:                       (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
: 3. Step 4.3: Determine the PSS status for         3) Fills in the following data:                 S / U each unit.
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
: 3. Step 4.3: Determine the PSS status for each unit.
: 3) Fills in the following data:
: a. Unit 1 PSS in service / out of service
: a. Unit 1 PSS in service / out of service
: b. Unit 2 PSS in service / out of service
: b. Unit 2 PSS in service / out of service S / U
: 4. Determine the total plant MW limitation       4) Using Table 2:                                S / U from Table 1 (Farley - Raccoon Creek), or Table 2 (Farley - Snowdoun) based on the         a. 1325 MW total plant gross MW, and the PSSs status.
: 4. Determine the total plant MW limitation from Table 1 (Farley - Raccoon Creek), or Table 2 (Farley - Snowdoun) based on the total plant gross MW, and the PSSs status.
NOTE: There are several ways to mathematically calculate the MINIMUM required load reduction.
: 4) Using Table 2:
: a. 1325 MW S / U NOTE: There are several ways to mathematically calculate the MINIMUM required load reduction.
The evaluator should only determine whether or not the amount of load reduction is correct.
The evaluator should only determine whether or not the amount of load reduction is correct.
* 5. Determines MINIMUM required load               5) Calculates:                                  S / U reduction:
* 5. Determines MINIMUM required load reduction:
X + 922MW = 1325MW X = 403MW 913MW - 403MW = 510MW NOTE: There are several ways to mathematically calculate the MINIMUM required ramp rate. The evaluator should only determine whether or not the ramp rate is correct to achieve required load reduction in stated ramp time.
: 5) Calculates:
X + 922MW = 1325MW X = 403MW 913MW - 403MW = 510MW S / U NOTE: There are several ways to mathematically calculate the MINIMUM required ramp rate. The evaluator should only determine whether or not the ramp rate is correct to achieve required load reduction in stated ramp time.
Step 4.5 states that the load reduction required by Appendix 5 must be completed within 30 minutes of the initiating condition. Since, the initiating condition occurred at 0800 and the ramp began at 0810 then there are 20 minutes left to achieve the required load reduction.
Step 4.5 states that the load reduction required by Appendix 5 must be completed within 30 minutes of the initiating condition. Since, the initiating condition occurred at 0800 and the ramp began at 0810 then there are 20 minutes left to achieve the required load reduction.
* 6. Determines MINIMUM ramp rate required:           6) Calculates:                                 S / U 510MW ÷ 20min = 25.5MW/min
* 6. Determines MINIMUM ramp rate required:
: 6) Calculates:
510MW ÷ 20min = 25.5MW/min
( Range 25.5 - 26 MW/min)
( Range 25.5 - 26 MW/min)
TERMINATE After calculations are completed.
S / U TERMINATE After calculations are completed.
STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.  


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                                 A.1.a.R                                   Page 4 of 11 GENERAL  
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.R Page 4 of 11 GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Line 80: Line 101:
: 1. FNP-1-UOP-3.1, Appendix 5, v117
: 1. FNP-1-UOP-3.1, Appendix 5, v117
: 2. Pen/Pencil/Calculator Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 2. Pen/Pencil/Calculator Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP         Evaluation 1 - 4.       NOT Critical - Required for calculation of required load reduction and ramp rate but if Elements 5 and 6 are correct then these are not critical.
STEP Evaluation 1 - 4.
: 5.          Critical - Task Objective. Per AI2004204794, FNP has committed to complying with Appendix 5 load limits.
: 5.
: 6.          Critical - Task Objective. Per AI2004204794, FNP has committed to complying with Appendix 5 load limits within the required time of 30 minutes.
: 6.
COMMENTS:
NOT Critical - Required for calculation of required load reduction and ramp rate but if Elements 5 and 6 are correct then these are not critical.
Critical - Task Objective. Per AI2004204794, FNP has committed to complying with Appendix 5 load limits.
Critical - Task Objective. Per AI2004204794, FNP has committed to complying with Appendix 5 load limits within the required time of 30 minutes.
COMMENTS:  


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                               A.1.a.R                                 HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to: Calculate Required Turbine Load Reduction. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.R HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to: Calculate Required Turbine Load Reduction. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. At 0800, Plant Farley received information that the Farley-Snowdoun 500kV line had been removed from service.
: a. At 0800, Plant Farley received information that the Farley-Snowdoun 500kV line had been removed from service.
: b. The Shift Manager directed to initiate a load reduction on Unit 1 ONLY.
: b. The Shift Manager directed to initiate a load reduction on Unit 1 ONLY.
: c. The ramp was started at 0810.
: c. The ramp was started at 0810.
: d. The following information was given:
: d. The following information was given:
: i. Unit 1 - 913 mWe.
: i.
ii. Unit 2 - 922 mWe.
Unit 1 - 913 mWe.
iii. Control Area System Load Level - 23.2 GW.
ii.
iv. The Shunt Reactor was out of service.
Unit 2 - 922 mWe.
: v. The Capacitor Bank was in service.
iii.
vi. The Unit 1 PSS was out of service.
Control Area System Load Level - 23.2 GW.
vii. The Unit 2 PSS was in service.
iv.
The Shunt Reactor was out of service.
: v.
The Capacitor Bank was in service.
vi.
The Unit 1 PSS was out of service.
vii.
The Unit 2 PSS was in service.
: e. You are required to perform Steps 4.1 through 4.5 of FNP-1-UOP-3.1, Appendix 5 and determine:
: e. You are required to perform Steps 4.1 through 4.5 of FNP-1-UOP-3.1, Appendix 5 and determine:
: i. The MINIMUM load reduction required.
: i.
ii. The MINIMUM ramp rate which was used to achieve the desired load reduction using 0810 as the starting time.
The MINIMUM load reduction required.
MINIMUM LOAD REDUCTION REQUIRED MINIMUM RAMP RATE
ii.
The MINIMUM ramp rate which was used to achieve the desired load reduction using 0810 as the starting time.
MINIMUM LOAD REDUCTION REQUIRED MINIMUM RAMP RATE  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                           Farley Nuclear Plant                           FNP-1-UOP-3.1     117.0 2/17/2014                                                                           Page Number 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION                                     61 of 78 APPENDIX 5 LOAD LIMITATIONS WITH A 500 kV TRANSMISSION LINE OUT OF SERVICE Page 1 of 4 1.0   Purpose This procedure provides the load limits to be followed with a 500 kV transmission line out of service, and both units on line. Limits are given for having both units Power System Stabilizers (PSS) in, or out of service, and for having either PSS out of service.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-UOP-3.1 117.0 2/17/2014 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION Page Number 61 of 78 APPENDIX 5 LOAD LIMITATIONS WITH A 500 kV TRANSMISSION LINE OUT OF SERVICE Page 1 of 4 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the load limits to be followed with a 500 kV transmission line out of service, and both units on line. Limits are given for having both units Power System Stabilizers (PSS) in, or out of service, and for having either PSS out of service.
2.0   Initial Conditions 2.1     Unit 1 and Unit 2 are tied to the grid.
2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 Unit 1 and Unit 2 are tied to the grid.
2.2     One of the following 500kV transmission lines is out of service.
2.2 One of the following 500kV transmission lines is out of service.
* Farley - Raccoon Creek
Farley - Raccoon Creek Farley - Snowdoun 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 The Alabama Control Center (ACC) should be notified the times a PSS is removed from service, and when it is returned to service.
* Farley - Snowdoun 3.0   Precautions and Limitations 3.1     The Alabama Control Center (ACC) should be notified the times a PSS is removed from service, and when it is returned to service.
3.2 The control area system load level is the value used in the tables. This is defined as the total system load within the Southern Company footprint and not just the load associated with the Southern Company plants.
3.2     The control area system load level is the value used in the tables. This is defined as the total system load within the Southern Company footprint and not just the load associated with the Southern Company plants.
3.3 All transmission lines and both PSSs (power system stabilizers) are normally in service at Farley, and the maximum generation capability is 1910 MW gross. Tables 1 and 2 provide the recommended maximum total plant generation for abnormal operating conditions with a 500 kV transmission line out of service to ensure that power oscillations are properly damped and that transient stability will be maintained.
3.3     All transmission lines and both PSSs (power system stabilizers) are normally in service at Farley, and the maximum generation capability is 1910 MW gross. Tables 1 and 2 provide the recommended maximum total plant generation for abnormal operating conditions with a 500 kV transmission line out of service to ensure that power oscillations are properly damped and that transient stability will be maintained.
The results assume that the shunt reactor is off for the system load levels studied.
The results assume that the shunt reactor is off for the system load levels studied.
Having the shunt reactor on would improve system stability. The results also assume that the capacitor bank is not in service for system load levels equal to or below 25 GW. If the system load level is less than 25 GW and the capacitor is on, the Alabama Control Center (ACC) could be contacted to see if the capacitor could be turned off. If it cannot be turned off, then consult Note 1 at the end of the appropriate table. These tables provide recommended total gross generation levels which are independent of the generation amount of each unit.
Having the shunt reactor on would improve system stability. The results also assume that the capacitor bank is not in service for system load levels equal to or below 25 GW. If the system load level is less than 25 GW and the capacitor is on, the Alabama Control Center (ACC) could be contacted to see if the capacitor could be turned off. If it cannot be turned off, then consult Note 1 at the end of the appropriate table. These tables provide recommended total gross generation levels which are independent of the generation amount of each unit.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                           Farley Nuclear Plant                           FNP-1-UOP-3.1     117.0 2/17/2014                                                                           Page Number 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION                                   62 of 78 Appendix 5 Page 2 of 4 3.4     The load levels in the tables are based upon bounding system conditions used in stability studies. Exceptions to this guidance are permissible provided that expected system conditions, including generation dispatch, shunt reactor status, capacitor bank status, and Farley MW output, are evaluated on a case-by-case basis and the evaluation demonstrates that adequate damping of oscillations would occur and that transient stability will be maintained under those conditions for the next contingency.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-UOP-3.1 117.0 2/17/2014 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION Page Number 62 of 78 Appendix 5 Page 2 of 4 3.4 The load levels in the tables are based upon bounding system conditions used in stability studies. Exceptions to this guidance are permissible provided that expected system conditions, including generation dispatch, shunt reactor status, capacitor bank status, and Farley MW output, are evaluated on a case-by-case basis and the evaluation demonstrates that adequate damping of oscillations would occur and that transient stability will be maintained under those conditions for the next contingency.
3.5     There are no load limitations for any of the following conditions:
3.5 There are no load limitations for any of the following conditions:
* One of the 230kV transmission lines are out of service
One of the 230kV transmission lines are out of service One of the 500/230kV Auto Bank Transformers is out of service CAUTION The tables included in this figure are only valid when the Pulse Wheel Input is selected as the input source for the Unit 2 PSS.
* One of the 500/230kV Auto Bank Transformers is out of service CAUTION The tables included in this figure are only valid when the Pulse Wheel Input is selected as the input source for the Unit 2 PSS.
3.6 The two tables provide limitations based on the following PSS settings:
3.6     The two tables provide limitations based on the following PSS settings:
Unit 1 PSS gain of 7.8 Unit 2 set for the pulse wheel input (speed) with a gain of 4.4 pu (gain dial setting 5.3) 3.7 Limits with a 500 kV line out and with one or both Farley PSS off are highly dependent on system conditions including the dispatch of other units on the system.
* Unit 1 PSS gain of 7.8
* Unit 2 set for the pulse wheel input (speed) with a gain of 4.4 pu (gain dial setting 5.3) 3.7     Limits with a 500 kV line out and with one or both Farley PSS off are highly dependent on system conditions including the dispatch of other units on the system.
Due to these sensitivities, limits involving one or both PSS off at Farley should be studied on a case-by-case basis. Limits are provided in Note 2 of the tables below with worst case assumptions of system conditions. These limits should provide a safe operating point until further studies can be performed with the expected system load levels, system topology, and generation dispatch.
Due to these sensitivities, limits involving one or both PSS off at Farley should be studied on a case-by-case basis. Limits are provided in Note 2 of the tables below with worst case assumptions of system conditions. These limits should provide a safe operating point until further studies can be performed with the expected system load levels, system topology, and generation dispatch.
3.8     A special stability study can be requested to be performed by SCS Transmission Planning by contacting the PCC Reliability Desk operator, if conditions are met in this appendix, and the condition may last for several days. The special stability study may raise the total plant MW limitation based on actual system conditions. It takes approximately four (4) hours to perform and obtain the results from the special stability study.
3.8 A special stability study can be requested to be performed by SCS Transmission Planning by contacting the PCC Reliability Desk operator, if conditions are met in this appendix, and the condition may last for several days. The special stability study may raise the total plant MW limitation based on actual system conditions. It takes approximately four (4) hours to perform and obtain the results from the special stability study.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                           Farley Nuclear Plant                           FNP-1-UOP-3.1   117.0 2/17/2014                                                                         Page Number 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION                                 63 of 78 Appendix 5 Page 3 of 4 4.0     Instructions 4.1     Contact the ACC to determine the control area system load level, shunt reactor status, and capacitor bank status.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-UOP-3.1 117.0 2/17/2014 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION Page Number 63 of 78 Appendix 5 Page 3 of 4 4.0 Instructions 4.1 Contact the ACC to determine the control area system load level, shunt reactor status, and capacitor bank status.
* Control Area System Load Level                       GW
Control Area System Load Level GW Shunt Reactor in service / out of service Capacitor Bank in service / out of service 4.2 Determine the total plant gross MW output from each units DEH display:
* Shunt Reactor in service / out of service
Unit 1 MW Unit 2 MW 4.3 Determine the PSS status for each unit.
* Capacitor Bank in service / out of service 4.2     Determine the total plant gross MW output from each units DEH display:
Unit 1 PSS in service / out of service Unit 2 PSS in service / out of service 4.4 Determine the total plant MW limitation from Table 1 (Farley - Raccoon Creek), or Table 2 (Farley - Snowdoun) based on the total plant gross MW, and the PSSs status.
* Unit 1               MW
Total plant MW limitation MW NOTE Entry into FNP-1-AOP-17.1, RAPID TURBINE POWER REDUCTION may be required.
* Unit 2               MW 4.3     Determine the PSS status for each unit.
4.5 IF plant gross MW output (as determined in Step 4.2) exceeds the total plant MW limitation (as determined in Step 4.4) conditions are met, THEN the total plant MW limitation value has to be met within 30 minutes from the initiating condition(s). (AI 2004204794) 4.6 IF the unit is operated with the PSS out of service, THEN notify the ACC within thirty (30) minutes. (NERC Requirement) 4.7 IF the control area system load level is less than or equal to 16 GW, AND the shunt reactor is off service, THEN contact the ACC to see if the shunt reactor could be placed in service.
* Unit 1 PSS in service / out of service
4.8 IF the control area system load level is less than 25 GW, AND the capacitor bank is on service, THEN contact the ACC to see if the capacitor bank can be removed from service.  
* Unit 2 PSS in service / out of service 4.4     Determine the total plant MW limitation from Table 1 (Farley - Raccoon Creek), or Table 2 (Farley - Snowdoun) based on the total plant gross MW, and the PSSs status.
* Total plant MW limitation                   MW NOTE Entry into FNP-1-AOP-17.1, RAPID TURBINE POWER REDUCTION may be required.
4.5     IF plant gross MW output (as determined in Step 4.2) exceeds the total plant MW limitation (as determined in Step 4.4) conditions are met, THEN the total plant MW limitation value has to be met within 30 minutes from the initiating condition(s). (AI 2004204794) 4.6     IF the unit is operated with the PSS out of service, THEN notify the ACC within thirty (30) minutes. (NERC Requirement) 4.7     IF the control area system load level is less than or equal to 16 GW, AND the shunt reactor is off service, THEN contact the ACC to see if the shunt reactor could be placed in service.
4.8     IF the control area system load level is less than 25 GW, AND the capacitor bank is on service, THEN contact the ACC to see if the capacitor bank can be removed from service.


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                       Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-1-UOP-3.1   117.0 2/17/2014                                                                         Page Number 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION                                   64 of 78 Appendix 5 Page 4 of 4 4.9   IF the shunt reactor cannot be placed in service, OR the capacitor bank cannot be removed from service, THEN ensure Note 1 is applied at the end of the appropriate table.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-UOP-3.1 117.0 2/17/2014 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION Page Number 64 of 78 Appendix 5 Page 4 of 4 4.9 IF the shunt reactor cannot be placed in service, OR the capacitor bank cannot be removed from service, THEN ensure Note 1 is applied at the end of the appropriate table.
4.10   IF the transmission line will be out of service for several days, AND the plant gross MW output has been de-rated per Step 4.5, THEN contact the PCC Reliability Desk operator, AND have them request SCS Transmission Planning to perform a special stability study to determine if the total plant MW limitation can be raised in Step 4.4.
4.10 IF the transmission line will be out of service for several days, AND the plant gross MW output has been de-rated per Step 4.5, THEN contact the PCC Reliability Desk operator, AND have them request SCS Transmission Planning to perform a special stability study to determine if the total plant MW limitation can be raised in Step 4.4.
(CR 2007112628, CR 2009113189) 4.11   Contact the ACC to determine when the control area system load level is projected to change, which would result in an additional total plant MW limitation.
(CR 2007112628, CR 2009113189) 4.11 Contact the ACC to determine when the control area system load level is projected to change, which would result in an additional total plant MW limitation.
* Projected Control Area System Load Level                     GW
Projected Control Area System Load Level GW Time for the Projected Control Area System Load Level change 4.12 IF plant gross MW output exceeds the total plant MW limitation conditions are met, THEN the total plant MW limitation value has to be met within 30 minutes from the initiating condition(s).
* Time for the Projected Control Area System Load Level change 4.12   IF plant gross MW output exceeds the total plant MW limitation conditions are met, THEN the total plant MW limitation value has to be met within 30 minutes from the initiating condition(s).
(AI 2004204794) 4.13 Continue the communications with the ACC to evaluate the control area system load, and the total plant MW limitation.
(AI 2004204794) 4.13   Continue the communications with the ACC to evaluate the control area system load, and the total plant MW limitation.
4.14 WHEN the transmission line in Step 2.2 has been returned to service, THEN the units can return to normal, full power operation.  
4.14   WHEN the transmission line in Step 2.2 has been returned to service, THEN the units can return to normal, full power operation.


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                           Farley Nuclear Plant                           FNP-1-UOP-3.1     117.0 2/17/2014                                                                         Page Number 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION                                     65 of 78 TABLE 1 Farley-Raccoon Creek 500 kV Out Column A         Column B           Column C Total Plant MW    Total Plant MW PSS          PSS Control Area                                     Total Plant      with shunt      with capacitor Unit 1        Unit 2 System Load Level                                       MW          reactor OFF          bank ON (NOTE 2)     (NOTE 2)
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-UOP-3.1 117.0 2/17/2014 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION Page Number 65 of 78 TABLE 1 Farley-Raccoon Creek 500 kV Out Column A Column B Column C Control Area System Load Level PSS Unit 1 (NOTE 2)
(NOTE 1) 14 to < 16 GW           Out           Out         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW In           Out         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW Out           In         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW In           In           1910 MW           1910 MW           1910 MW 16 to < 18 GW             Out           Out         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW In           Out         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW Out           In         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW In           In           1910 MW           1910 MW           1910 MW 18 to < 20 GW             Out           Out         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW In           Out         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW Out           In         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW In           In           1910 MW           1910 MW           1910 MW 20 to < 22 GW             Out           Out         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW In           Out         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW Out           In         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW In           In           1910 MW           1910 MW           1910 MW 22 to < 24 GW             Out           Out         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW In           Out         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW Out           In         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW In           In           1910 MW           1910 MW           1910 MW 24 GW                   Out           Out         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW In           Out         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW Out           In         1350 MW           1350 MW           1350 MW In           In           1910 MW           1910 MW           1910 MW NOTES (1) If the capacitor bank is on for load levels of less than or equal to 25 GW, the plant generation does not need to be reduced. These limits have been calculated and provided in Column C.
PSS Unit 2 (NOTE 2)
(2) If a PSS is out of service for one of the Farley units, the recommended generation limit is 1350 MW until further study of the actual system conditions can be made. The additional reduction based on shunt reactor / capacitor bank status does not apply with a PSS out of service. The PSS out of service limits were calculated very conservatively, and no further reduction factors are needed.
Total Plant MW Total Plant MW with shunt reactor OFF Total Plant MW with capacitor bank ON (NOTE 1) 14 to < 16 GW Out Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW Out In 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1910 MW 16 to < 18 GW Out Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW Out In 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1910 MW 18 to < 20 GW Out Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW Out In 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1910 MW 20 to < 22 GW Out Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW Out In 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1910 MW 22 to < 24 GW Out Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW Out In 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1910 MW 24 GW Out Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW Out In 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1910 MW NOTES (1) If the capacitor bank is on for load levels of less than or equal to 25 GW, the plant generation does not need to be reduced. These limits have been calculated and provided in Column C.
(2) If a PSS is out of service for one of the Farley units, the recommended generation limit is 1350 MW until further study of the actual system conditions can be made. The additional reduction based on shunt reactor / capacitor bank status does not apply with a PSS out of service. The PSS out of service limits were calculated very conservatively, and no further reduction factors are needed.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                           Farley Nuclear Plant                             FNP-1-UOP-3.1     117.0 2/17/2014                                                                           Page Number 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION                                   66 of 78 TABLE 2 Farley-Snowdoun 500 kV Out Column A           Column B             Column C Total Plant MW      Total Plant MW Control Area       PSS Unit 1     PSS Unit 2       Total Plant   with shunt reactor     with capacitor System Load Level        (Note 4)      (Note 4)          MW                  OFF              bank ON (Note 3) 14 to < 16 GW           Out             Out         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW In             Out         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW Out             In         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW In             In         1910 MW           1910 MW             1900 MW 16 to < 18 GW             Out             Out         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW In             Out         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW Out             In         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW In             In         1910 MW           1910 MW             1900 MW 18 to < 20 GW             Out             Out         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW In             Out         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW Out             In         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW In             In         1910 MW           1910 MW             1900 MW 20 to < 22 GW             Out             Out         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW In             Out         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW Out             In         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW In             In         1910 MW           1910 MW             1900 MW 22 to < 24 GW             Out             Out         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW In             Out         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW Out             In         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW In             In         1910 MW           1910 MW             1900 MW 24 GW                   Out             Out         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW In             Out         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW Out             In         1325 MW           1325 MW             1325 MW In             In         1910 MW           1910 MW             1900 MW NOTES (3) If the capacitor bank is on for load levels of less than or equal to 25 GW and both PSSs are in service, then the plant generation should be reduced an additional 10 MW below the numbers given in Column A of this table. These limits have been calculated and provided in Column C.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-UOP-3.1 117.0 2/17/2014 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION Page Number 66 of 78 TABLE 2 Farley-Snowdoun 500 kV Out Column A Column B Column C Control Area System Load Level PSS Unit 1 (Note 4)
(4) If a PSS is out of service for one of the Farley units, the recommended generation limit is 1325 MW until further study of the actual system conditions can be made. The additional reduction based on shunt reactor / capacitor bank status does not apply with a PSS out of service. The PSS out of service limits were calculated very conservatively, and no further reduction factors are needed.
PSS Unit 2 (Note 4)
Total Plant MW Total Plant MW with shunt reactor OFF Total Plant MW with capacitor bank ON (Note 3) 14 to < 16 GW Out Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW Out In 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1900 MW 16 to < 18 GW Out Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW Out In 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1900 MW 18 to < 20 GW Out Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW Out In 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1900 MW 20 to < 22 GW Out Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW Out In 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1900 MW 22 to < 24 GW Out Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW Out In 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1900 MW 24 GW Out Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW Out In 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1900 MW NOTES (3) If the capacitor bank is on for load levels of less than or equal to 25 GW and both PSSs are in service, then the plant generation should be reduced an additional 10 MW below the numbers given in Column A of this table. These limits have been calculated and provided in Column C.
(4) If a PSS is out of service for one of the Farley units, the recommended generation limit is 1325 MW until further study of the actual system conditions can be made. The additional reduction based on shunt reactor / capacitor bank status does not apply with a PSS out of service. The PSS out of service limits were calculated very conservatively, and no further reduction factors are needed.  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                           Page 1 of 6 A.1.a.S, Conduct of Operations - SRO ONLY A.1.a.S TITLE: Calculate Diesel Generator Fuel Levels.
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 6 Developer S. Jackson 05/09/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 A.1.a.S, Conduct of Operations - SRO ONLY A.1.a.S TITLE: Calculate Diesel Generator Fuel Levels.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT                   SOCT         OLT X     LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:                   X   PERFORM           SIMULATE         DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR           CONTROL ROOM           X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME:         30 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:           N/A ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL             PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
: 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.
: 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.
Line 157: Line 185:
* Determine the required Technical Specification actions if any. If none are required then determine how long until Technical Specification limits will be met.
* Determine the required Technical Specification actions if any. If none are required then determine how long until Technical Specification limits will be met.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                    S. Jackson                                05/09/14 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                                   A.1.a.S                                   Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to: Calculate Diesel Generator Fuel Levels. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.S Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to: Calculate Diesel Generator Fuel Levels. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 2 has had a Loss of Offsite Power and is in MODE 3.
: a. Unit 2 has had a Loss of Offsite Power and is in MODE 3.
: b. Power has been restored and the DGs are shut down.
: b. Power has been restored and the DGs are shut down.
: c. The following conditions exist:
: c. The following conditions exist:
: i. 1C DG.
: i.
1C DG.
* The initial fuel oil level was 104 by local dipstick measurement.
* The initial fuel oil level was 104 by local dipstick measurement.
* The DG had been running for 40 hours at FULL load.
* The DG had been running for 40 hours at FULL load.
ii. 2B DG
ii.
2B DG
* The initial fuel oil level was 130 by local dipstick measurement.
* The initial fuel oil level was 130 by local dipstick measurement.
* The DG had been running for 28 hours at FULL load.
* The DG had been running for 28 hours at FULL load.
Line 179: Line 209:
INITIATING CUE: You may begin.
INITIATING CUE: You may begin.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                         STANDARDS:                                 (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME NOTE: Calculations may be performed in any order. This guide assumes the 1C DG is performed first.
START TIME NOTE: Calculations may be performed in any order. This guide assumes the 1C DG is performed first.
* 1. Determines fuel used by 1C DG using Plant 1) Calculates:                                    S / U Curves and Fuel Consumption rate.
* 1. Determines fuel used by 1C DG using Plant Curves and Fuel Consumption rate.
(40hrs x 213gph) = 8520gal
: 1) Calculates:
(40hrs x 213gph) = 8520gal S / U


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                               A.1.a.S                                 Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.S Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                     STANDARDS:                               (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
NOTE: If using the curve, may calculate INITIAL level as low as 27,500gal useable which results in 18980gal final.
NOTE: If using the curve, may calculate INITIAL level as low as 27,500gal useable which results in 18980gal final.
If using ACTUAL level, they must recognize they are below 21,000 useable. If they used most conservative level on the table they would use 22984gal Actual for the FINAL level which is 19100gal useable and is less than Tech Spec minimum.
If using ACTUAL level, they must recognize they are below 21,000 useable. If they used most conservative level on the table they would use 22984gal Actual for the FINAL level which is 19100gal useable and is less than Tech Spec minimum.
* 2. Determines final DG fuel level               2) Calculates:                           S / U 27788 gal - 8520gal =
* 2. Determines final DG fuel level
: 2) Calculates:
27788 gal - 8520gal =
19268gal (Useable) 31672gal - 8520gal =
19268gal (Useable) 31672gal - 8520gal =
23152gal (Actual)
23152gal (Actual)
NOTE: Critical Task annotated by a
S / U NOTE: Critical Task annotated by a
* on substeps.
* on substeps.  
    *3. Determines that Tech Spec conditions     3) Determine from Tech Specs:
*3. Determines that Tech Spec conditions exists:
exists:
: 3) Determine from Tech Specs:
a) *3.8.3 Cond F                     S / U b) *3.8.1 Cond B                     S / U
a) *3.8.3 Cond F b) *3.8.1 Cond B S / U S / U
* 4. Determines fuel used by 2B DG using Plant 4) Calculates:                              S / U Curves and Fuel Consumption rate.
* 4. Determines fuel used by 2B DG using Plant Curves and Fuel Consumption rate.
(28hrs x 297gph) = 8316gal NOTE: If using curve may calculate 35,000gal to 34,800 gal useable which results in 26684gal -
: 4) Calculates:
(28hrs x 297gph) = 8316gal S / U NOTE: If using curve may calculate 35,000gal to 34,800 gal useable which results in 26684gal -
26484gal) final.
26484gal) final.
If using ACTUAL level, they may use most conservative level on the table they would use 30359gal actual which is 26475gal useable and is greater than Tech Spec minimum.
If using ACTUAL level, they may use most conservative level on the table they would use 30359gal actual which is 26475gal useable and is greater than Tech Spec minimum.
* 5. Determines final DG fuel level               5) Calculates:                           S / U 34883gal - 8316 gal =
* 5. Determines final DG fuel level
: 5) Calculates:
34883gal - 8316 gal =
26567gal (Useable) 38767gal - 8316gal =
26567gal (Useable) 38767gal - 8316gal =
30451gal (Actual)
30451gal (Actual)
S / U


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                                   A.1.a.S                                     Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.S Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                           STANDARDS:                                 (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
: 6. Determines if any Tech Spec conditions           6) No Tech Spec Conditions Exist.           S / U exists:
STANDARDS:
TERMINATE After calculations and Tech Spec evaluations are completed.
(CIRCLE)
: 6. Determines if any Tech Spec conditions exists:
: 6) No Tech Spec Conditions Exist.
S / U TERMINATE After calculations and Tech Spec evaluations are completed.
STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  
Line 220: Line 264:
: 3. Plant Curves: PCB-2-VOL2-CRV018A/B, v4
: 3. Plant Curves: PCB-2-VOL2-CRV018A/B, v4
: 4. Pen/Pencil/Calculator Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 4. Pen/Pencil/Calculator Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP         Evaluation
STEP Evaluation
: 1.           Critical - Task Objective. Required for determining final fuel level.
: 1.
: 2.            Critical - Task Objective. Additionally, improper calculation could result in not entering Tech Spec Required Action Statement.
: 2.
: 3.            Critical (2 Components) - Proper evaluation of Technical Specifications is required to operate within the facilitys license.
: 3.
: 4.            Critical - Task Objective.
: 4.
: 5.            Critical - Task Objective.
: 5.
: 6.            NOT Critical. No Tech Spec entry condition exists.
: 6.
COMMENTS:
Critical - Task Objective. Required for determining final fuel level.
Critical - Task Objective. Additionally, improper calculation could result in not entering Tech Spec Required Action Statement.
Critical (2 Components) - Proper evaluation of Technical Specifications is required to operate within the facilitys license.
Critical - Task Objective.
Critical - Task Objective.
NOT Critical. No Tech Spec entry condition exists.
COMMENTS:  


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                                   A.1.a.S                                 HANDOUT Pg 1 of 2 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to: Calculate Diesel Generator Fuel Levels. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.S HANDOUT Pg 1 of 2 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to: Calculate Diesel Generator Fuel Levels. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: g. Unit 2 has had a Loss of Offsite Power and is in MODE 3.
: g. Unit 2 has had a Loss of Offsite Power and is in MODE 3.
: h. Power has been restored and the DGs are shut down.
: h. Power has been restored and the DGs are shut down.
: i. The following conditions exist:
: i. The following conditions exist:
: i. 1C DG.
: i.
1C DG.
* The initial fuel oil level was 104 by local dipstick measurement.
* The initial fuel oil level was 104 by local dipstick measurement.
* The DG had been running for 40 hours at FULL load.
* The DG had been running for 40 hours at FULL load.
ii. 2B DG
ii.
2B DG
* The initial fuel oil level was 130 by local dipstick measurement.
* The initial fuel oil level was 130 by local dipstick measurement.
* The DG had been running for 28 hours at FULL load.
* The DG had been running for 28 hours at FULL load.
Line 245: Line 297:
AND
AND
: 2. List any Technical Specification(s) that are required to be entered (if any).
: 2. List any Technical Specification(s) that are required to be entered (if any).
1C DG FOST Final Level                               gal 2B DG FOST Final Level                               gal Technical Specification(s) (if any):
1C DG FOST Final Level gal 2B DG FOST Final Level gal Technical Specification(s) (if any):  


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.S HANDOUT Pg 2 of 2
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.S HANDOUT Pg 2 of 2  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                        Farley Nuclear Plant                    FNP-0-SOP-38.0   123.0 10/28/2013                                                               Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                             1 of 37 S
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 1 of 37 S
A F
A F
E T
E T
Line 257: Line 309:
A T
A T
E D
E D
PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY                               SECTIONS Continuous:                               ALL
PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous:
ALL  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
NONE Information:                             NONE Approved By: David L Reed for)                   Effective Date: 10/10/2013 Operations Manager
NONE Information:
NONE Approved By: David L Reed for)
Effective Date: 10/10/2013 Operations Manager  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                    Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                   Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                     2 of 37 Version Number Version Description New Procedure format per NMP-OS-008 and split out of the diesels into separate 112.0 procedures.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 2 of 37 Version Number Version Description 112.0 New Procedure format per NMP-OS-008 and split out of the diesels into separate procedures.
Added requirement to have ACC place or verify the Capacitor Bank in manual 113.0 prior to synchronizing a diesel to the grid.
113.0 Added requirement to have ACC place or verify the Capacitor Bank in manual prior to synchronizing a diesel to the grid.
Revised appendix 1 & 2 to add additional monitoring for DG 2B and 2C due to fuel 114.0 rack stop adjustment from 112% to 120%.
114.0 Revised appendix 1 & 2 to add additional monitoring for DG 2B and 2C due to fuel rack stop adjustment from 112% to 120%.
Revised appendix 2 to add additional monitoring for DG 1-2A due to fuel rack stop 115.0 adjustment from 112% to 120%.
115.0 Revised appendix 2 to add additional monitoring for DG 1-2A due to fuel rack stop adjustment from 112% to 120%.
Revised appendix 1 to add additional monitoring for DG 1C due to fuel rack stop 116.0 adjustment from 112% to 120%.
116.0 Revised appendix 1 to add additional monitoring for DG 1C due to fuel rack stop adjustment from 112% to 120%.
Minor Editorial change to correct referenced step in Step 2.2.3 and added note in 117.0    Attachment B at step 6.0 to filter new oil from 55 gal drums. CR#2010101367 Revised to change DG JW capacity listed for the 1C and 2C DG.
117.0 Minor Editorial change to correct referenced step in Step 2.2.3 and added note in Attachment B at step 6.0 to filter new oil from 55 gal drums. CR#2010101367 Revised to change DG JW capacity listed for the 1C and 2C DG.
Implemented CR 2011103710 change, repaired cover sheet, headers, titles of 118.0 appendices and attachments.
118.0 Implemented CR 2011103710 change, repaired cover sheet, headers, titles of appendices and attachments.
CR 344065 Correct numerical reference errors in Appendix 1 Step 2.1.3 &
119.0 CR 344065 Correct numerical reference errors in Appendix 1 Step 2.1.3 &
119.0    corrected procedure reference Attachment B Step 7.0. CR 329293: FNP-0-SOP-0.0 has reference section that no longer exists, Step 2.2.11.
corrected procedure reference Attachment B Step 7.0. CR 329293: FNP-0-SOP-0.0 has reference section that no longer exists, Step 2.2.11.
119.1   Added Appendix 4, CR 395712 119.2   P&L 2.1.15, corrected to better state 1-2A D/G response. CR 433674.
119.1 Added Appendix 4, CR 395712 119.2 P&L 2.1.15, corrected to better state 1-2A D/G response. CR 433674.
119.3   Added P&L 2.1.12. CR 491547 Appendix 1 & 2, consolidated redundant information. Appendix 3, restructured 120.0 and added Data Sheet 1 for recording additional data as mandated by TE 504888.
119.3 Added P&L 2.1.12. CR 491547 120.0 Appendix 1 & 2, consolidated redundant information. Appendix 3, restructured and added Data Sheet 1 for recording additional data as mandated by TE 504888.
Step 2.2.10, corrected typo. CR 556933 120.1 Step 2.2.11, corrected contained information regarding operability. CR 565327 Updated procedure to reflect changes due to implementation of DCP 121.0 C050889101.
120.1 Step 2.2.10, corrected typo. CR 556933 Step 2.2.11, corrected contained information regarding operability. CR 565327 121.0 Updated procedure to reflect changes due to implementation of DCP C050889101.
122.0   Added steps to address operation of the Webb Capacitor Bank.
122.0 Added steps to address operation of the Webb Capacitor Bank.
Added step 2.1.23 to address the EPA requirement per 40CFR63.6640(f).
123.0 Added step 2.1.23 to address the EPA requirement per 40CFR63.6640(f).
123.0 Appendix 3, page 2 of 9, Added new steps 4.0 and 7.0 and note proceeding.
Appendix 3, page 2 of 9, Added new steps 4.0 and 7.0 and note proceeding.  


Procedure Number                   Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                              Farley Nuclear Plant                                                      FNP-0-SOP-38.0                     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                                                             Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                                                     3 of 37 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0   PURPOSE............................................................................................................................................4 2.0   PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS .....................................................................................................4 3.0   INITIAL CONDITIONS .......................................................................................................................10 4.0   INSTRUCTIONS ................................................................................................................................11 4.1   1-2A Diesel Generator and auxiliaries ............................................................................................11 4.2   1B Diesel Generator and auxiliaries ...............................................................................................11 4.3   1C Diesel Generator and auxiliaries ...............................................................................................11 4.4   2B Diesel Generator and auxiliaries ...............................................................................................11 4.5   2C Diesel Generator and auxiliaries ...............................................................................................11 5.0   RECORDS .........................................................................................................................................11
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 3 of 37 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE............................................................................................................................................ 4 2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS..................................................................................................... 4 3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS....................................................................................................................... 10 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS................................................................................................................................ 11 4.1 1-2A Diesel Generator and auxiliaries............................................................................................ 11 4.2 1B Diesel Generator and auxiliaries............................................................................................... 11 4.3 1C Diesel Generator and auxiliaries............................................................................................... 11 4.4 2B Diesel Generator and auxiliaries............................................................................................... 11 4.5 2C Diesel Generator and auxiliaries............................................................................................... 11 5.0 RECORDS......................................................................................................................................... 11  


==6.0   REFERENCES==
==6.0 REFERENCES==
...................................................................................................................................11 TABLE 1   Large D/G Jacket Water System Drain Points ........................................................................13 TABLE 2   D/G load limits with elevated SW supply temperature ............................................................14 FIGURE 1     Large Diesel Capability Curve .............................................................................................16 FIGURE 2     Small Diesel Capability Curve .............................................................................................17 ATTACHMENT A       Guideline for returning a Diesel to service following a Maintenance Outage.............18 ATTACHMENT B       D/G Lube Oil Removal & Replacement Guidance ....................................................19 ATTACHMENT C       D/G Fuel Oil Consumption ........................................................................................21 ATTACHMENT D       Reading D/G Crankcase Vacuum Manometer ..........................................................22 APPENDIX 1     Loading/Unloading Guidance for small D/Gs ..................................................................25 APPENDIX 2     Loading/Unloading Guidance for large D/Gs...................................................................26 APPENDIX 3     DG START/RUN DATA....................................................................................................27 APPENDIX 4     Surveillance Tests Containing Governor Settings............................................................37
................................................................................................................................... 11 TABLE 1 Large D/G Jacket Water System Drain Points........................................................................ 13 TABLE 2 D/G load limits with elevated SW supply temperature............................................................ 14 FIGURE 1 Large Diesel Capability Curve............................................................................................. 16 FIGURE 2 Small Diesel Capability Curve............................................................................................. 17 ATTACHMENT A Guideline for returning a Diesel to service following a Maintenance Outage............. 18 ATTACHMENT B D/G Lube Oil Removal & Replacement Guidance.................................................... 19 ATTACHMENT C D/G Fuel Oil Consumption........................................................................................ 21 ATTACHMENT D Reading D/G Crankcase Vacuum Manometer.......................................................... 22 APPENDIX 1 Loading/Unloading Guidance for small D/Gs.................................................................. 25 APPENDIX 2 Loading/Unloading Guidance for large D/Gs................................................................... 26 APPENDIX 3 DG START/RUN DATA.................................................................................................... 27 APPENDIX 4 Surveillance Tests Containing Governor Settings............................................................ 37  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                          Farley Nuclear Plant                              FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                             Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                       4 of 37 1.0   PURPOSE This procedure provides Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations and Instructions for the operation of the Diesel Generators and auxiliaries.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 4 of 37 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations and Instructions for the operation of the Diesel Generators and auxiliaries.
2.0   PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 PRECAUTIONS 2.1.1     Diesel generator automatic start capability is defeated in Modes 3 and 4.
2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 PRECAUTIONS 2.1.1 Diesel generator automatic start capability is defeated in Modes 3 and 4.
2.1.2     If a diesel generator is removed from automatic standby operation, Limiting Conditions for Operation of Technical Specifications Section 3.8.1 and 3.8.2 apply.
2.1.2 If a diesel generator is removed from automatic standby operation, Limiting Conditions for Operation of Technical Specifications Section 3.8.1 and 3.8.2 apply.
2.1.3     Diesel generator parallel operation with offsite sources should be limited to surveillance testing and maintenance activities only. {CMT 0000603}
2.1.3 Diesel generator parallel operation with offsite sources should be limited to surveillance testing and maintenance activities only. {CMT 0000603}
2.1.4     Parallel operation of diesel generators with offsite sources will be limited to one train at a time per unit and one diesel per unit. 2C Diesel is considered a B Train diesel for the purpose of this requirement.
2.1.4 Parallel operation of diesel generators with offsite sources will be limited to one train at a time per unit and one diesel per unit. 2C Diesel is considered a B Train diesel for the purpose of this requirement.
{CMT 0000603}
{CMT 0000603}
2.1.5     Diesel generators should NOT be started and loaded in anticipation of a potential loss of offsite power. {CMT 0007846}
2.1.5 Diesel generators should NOT be started and loaded in anticipation of a potential loss of offsite power. {CMT 0007846}
2.1.6     Do NOT manually load diesel generators above continuous load limit or above load limits of Figures 1 and 2. {CMT 0003632}
2.1.6 Do NOT manually load diesel generators above continuous load limit or above load limits of Figures 1 and 2. {CMT 0003632}
2.1.7     When operating a diesel continuously at less than synchronous speed, the exciter should be manually tripped to prevent possible generator damage.
2.1.7 When operating a diesel continuously at less than synchronous speed, the exciter should be manually tripped to prevent possible generator damage.
2.1.8     UNIT SELECTOR SWITCHES may be placed in the UNIT 1 or UNIT 2 position only if the effect of this action has been analyzed and it has been determined that it will NOT reduce overall safety of the units.
2.1.8 UNIT SELECTOR SWITCHES may be placed in the UNIT 1 or UNIT 2 position only if the effect of this action has been analyzed and it has been determined that it will NOT reduce overall safety of the units.
2.1.9     One diesel at a time should be unloaded and returned to standby.
2.1.9 One diesel at a time should be unloaded and returned to standby.
2.1.10     1-2A, 1B and 2B Diesels have a potential vibration harmonic at ~350 RPM and shall NOT be allowed to remain at this speed.
2.1.10 1-2A, 1B and 2B Diesels have a potential vibration harmonic at ~350 RPM and shall NOT be allowed to remain at this speed.
2.1.11     At low speed, all diesel automatic trips are disabled, with the exception of the Engine Start Failure trip.
2.1.11 At low speed, all diesel automatic trips are disabled, with the exception of the Engine Start Failure trip.
2.1.12     IF the diesel is started following an event from which the diesel was secured, that was NOT in accordance with the normal shutdown process, i.e., unloaded, 60 HZ, 4160V, THEN, the as left configuration of the electronic governor may NOT allow the governor to respond as expected when energized as part of the slow start section. CR 491547
2.1.12 IF the diesel is started following an event from which the diesel was secured, that was NOT in accordance with the normal shutdown process, i.e., unloaded, 60 HZ, 4160V, THEN, the as left configuration of the electronic governor may NOT allow the governor to respond as expected when energized as part of the slow start section. CR 491547  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                      Farley Nuclear Plant                              FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                         Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                     5 of 37 2.1.13 Diesel generators 1-2A, 1C and 2C are each connectable to both Units 1 and 2. In all design basis events, diesel generators 1-2A and 1C are assigned to only one unit, depending on the type of event. MCC 1S is dedicated to the diesel generator 1-2A auxiliaries. This MCC can be connected to either Unit 1 dedicated 600 V LC 1D through 600 V LC breaker ED13-1 or Unit 2 dedicated 600 V LC 2D through 600 V LC breaker ED13-2. The 600 V LC breakers ED13-1 and ED13-2 are electrically interlocked so that only one can be closed at any one time.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 5 of 37 2.1.13 Diesel generators 1-2A, 1C and 2C are each connectable to both Units 1 and 2. In all design basis events, diesel generators 1-2A and 1C are assigned to only one unit, depending on the type of event. MCC 1S is dedicated to the diesel generator 1-2A auxiliaries. This MCC can be connected to either Unit 1 dedicated 600 V LC 1D through 600 V LC breaker ED13-1 or Unit 2 dedicated 600 V LC 2D through 600 V LC breaker ED13-2. The 600 V LC breakers ED13-1 and ED13-2 are electrically interlocked so that only one can be closed at any one time.
This prevents paralleling of the two plant units through 600 V MCC 1S.
This prevents paralleling of the two plant units through 600 V MCC 1S.
The logic for the automatic scheme relies on the position of the Unit 1 and Unit 2 diesel generator 1-2A breakers (DF08-1 and DF08-2). If DF08-1 closes, ED13-2 opens (if it is closed at the time of the event) and ED13-1 closes (if it is open at the time of the event), and vice versa if DF08-2 closes. If load center 1D or 2D are being powered by the alternate source off the 1F or 2F load centers this transfer will not occur. If 1-2A diesel is started and aligned to Unit 1 and 2D load center is on the alternate source, the transfer of 1S MCC will not occur if subsequently 1-2A diesel is place on Unit 2. If 1-2A diesel is started and aligned to Unit 2 and 1D load center is on the alternate source the transfer of 1S MCC will not occur if subsequently 1-2A diesel is place on Unit 1. (CR2007112287) 2.1.14 MCC 1N is dedicated to the diesel generator 1C auxiliaries. This MCC is connected to shared LC 1R through the normally closed breaker ER03.
The logic for the automatic scheme relies on the position of the Unit 1 and Unit 2 diesel generator 1-2A breakers (DF08-1 and DF08-2). If DF08-1 closes, ED13-2 opens (if it is closed at the time of the event) and ED13-1 closes (if it is open at the time of the event), and vice versa if DF08-2 closes. If load center 1D or 2D are being powered by the alternate source off the 1F or 2F load centers this transfer will not occur. If 1-2A diesel is started and aligned to Unit 1 and 2D load center is on the alternate source, the transfer of 1S MCC will not occur if subsequently 1-2A diesel is place on Unit 2. If 1-2A diesel is started and aligned to Unit 2 and 1D load center is on the alternate source the transfer of 1S MCC will not occur if subsequently 1-2A diesel is place on Unit 1. (CR2007112287) 2.1.14 MCC 1N is dedicated to the diesel generator 1C auxiliaries. This MCC is connected to shared LC 1R through the normally closed breaker ER03.
Line 308: Line 363:
2.1.15 MCC 1P is dedicated to the diesel generator 2C auxiliaries. This MCC is connected to shared LC 1S through the normally closed breaker ES03.
2.1.15 MCC 1P is dedicated to the diesel generator 2C auxiliaries. This MCC is connected to shared LC 1S through the normally closed breaker ES03.
Load center 1S can be connected to either Unit 1 4.16 kV bus 1J through 600 V LC breaker ES02, station service transformer 1S and the Unit 1 4.16 kV breaker DJ07-1 or Unit 2 4.16 kV bus 2J through 600 V LC breaker ES05, station service transformer 2S and the Unit 2 4.16 kV breaker DJ07-2. The 600 V LC breakers ES02 and ES05 are electrically interlocked so that only one breaker can be closed at any one time. This prevents paralleling of the two plant units through the 600 V LC 1S.
Load center 1S can be connected to either Unit 1 4.16 kV bus 1J through 600 V LC breaker ES02, station service transformer 1S and the Unit 1 4.16 kV breaker DJ07-1 or Unit 2 4.16 kV bus 2J through 600 V LC breaker ES05, station service transformer 2S and the Unit 2 4.16 kV breaker DJ07-2. The 600 V LC breakers ES02 and ES05 are electrically interlocked so that only one breaker can be closed at any one time. This prevents paralleling of the two plant units through the 600 V LC 1S.
2.1.16 1-2A Diesel will transfer to isochronous control if an auto start signal is present (an SI in either unit or UV condition on 1F or 2F bus). In most cases, 1-2A Diesel would NOT remain paralleled to the bus. If the transfer to isochronous control is due to an SI without LOSP or LOSP on Unit 1(2) while paralleled to Unit 2(1), 1 2A Diesel will remain paralleled to the bus, requiring prompt operator action to minimize potential for DG damage.
2.1.16 1-2A Diesel will transfer to isochronous control if an auto start signal is present (an SI in either unit or UV condition on 1F or 2F bus). In most cases, 1-2A Diesel would NOT remain paralleled to the bus. If the transfer to isochronous control is due to an SI without LOSP or LOSP on Unit 1(2) while paralleled to Unit 2(1), 1 2A Diesel will remain paralleled to the bus, requiring prompt operator action to minimize potential for DG damage.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                      Farley Nuclear Plant                              FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                         Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                         6 of 37 2.1.17 1C Diesel will transfer to isochronous control if an auto start signal is present (an SI in either unit or UV condition on 1H or 2H bus). In most cases, 1C Diesel would NOT remain paralleled to the bus. If the transfer to isochronous control is due to 1H (2H) bus undervoltage while paralleled to 2H(1H) bus, 1C Diesel will remain paralleled to the bus, requiring prompt operator action to minimize potential for DG damage.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 6 of 37 2.1.17 1C Diesel will transfer to isochronous control if an auto start signal is present (an SI in either unit or UV condition on 1H or 2H bus). In most cases, 1C Diesel would NOT remain paralleled to the bus. If the transfer to isochronous control is due to 1H (2H) bus undervoltage while paralleled to 2H(1H) bus, 1C Diesel will remain paralleled to the bus, requiring prompt operator action to minimize potential for DG damage.
2.1.18 Minimum lube oil temperature for diesel generator operability is 90 &deg;F.
2.1.18 Minimum lube oil temperature for diesel generator operability is 90 &deg;F.
2.1.19 The minimum jacket water temperature for diesel generator operability is 80 &deg;F.
2.1.19 The minimum jacket water temperature for diesel generator operability is 80 &deg;F.
Line 317: Line 372:
2.1.21 The pH of the Jacket Water is slightly caustic and contact with the skin should be avoided. If contact with the skin does occur flush with plain water immediately.
2.1.21 The pH of the Jacket Water is slightly caustic and contact with the skin should be avoided. If contact with the skin does occur flush with plain water immediately.
2.1.22 ACC has placed, or verified, the following capacitor banks in MANUAL prior to synchronizing a diesel generator to the grid.
2.1.22 ACC has placed, or verified, the following capacitor banks in MANUAL prior to synchronizing a diesel generator to the grid.
* Webb Sub Station Capacitor Bank
Webb Sub Station Capacitor Bank Farley 230 KV Switchyard Capacitor Bank 2.1.23 The Environmental Protection Agency (40CFR63.6640(f)) has established annual runtime limits on emergency diesels. Annual runtimes shall be tracked by SNC Environmental Services. Prior to starting an emergency diesel for any purpose other than those specifically listed below, the Site Environmental Specialist shall be contacted during normal working hours or the SNC Environmental Services (on-call) shall be contacted (205-288-2064) to ensure compliance with EPA Guidelines.
* Farley 230 KV Switchyard Capacitor Bank 2.1.23 The Environmental Protection Agency (40CFR63.6640(f)) has established annual runtime limits on emergency diesels. Annual runtimes shall be tracked by SNC Environmental Services. Prior to starting an emergency diesel for any purpose other than those specifically listed below, the Site Environmental Specialist shall be contacted during normal working hours or the SNC Environmental Services (on-call) shall be contacted (205-288-2064) to ensure compliance with EPA Guidelines.
Surveillance testing.
* Surveillance testing.
Functional testing.
* Functional testing.
Maintenance runs.
* Maintenance runs.
An actual emergency / auto start to perform its intended function.  
* An actual emergency / auto start to perform its intended function.


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                    Farley Nuclear Plant                              FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                         Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                       7 of 37 2.2 LIMITATIONS 2.2.1 FNP-0-SOP-38.0 ATTACHMENT A, GUIDELINES FOR RETURNING A DIESEL TO SERVICE FOLLOWING A MAINTENANCE OUTAGE, should be referenced for guidance on returning a diesel to service following maintenance.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 7 of 37 2.2 LIMITATIONS 2.2.1 FNP-0-SOP-38.0 ATTACHMENT A, GUIDELINES FOR RETURNING A DIESEL TO SERVICE FOLLOWING A MAINTENANCE OUTAGE, should be referenced for guidance on returning a diesel to service following maintenance.
2.2.2 FNP-0-SOP-38.0 APPENDIX 3, DG START/RUN DATA, shall be filled out for any diesel run, i.e., STP, maintenance run, auto start, etc.
2.2.2 FNP-0-SOP-38.0 APPENDIX 3, DG START/RUN DATA, shall be filled out for any diesel run, i.e., STP, maintenance run, auto start, etc.
2.2.3 Information for each start or attempted start should be provided to the DG system engineer for inclusion in the DG Run Log.
2.2.3 Information for each start or attempted start should be provided to the DG system engineer for inclusion in the DG Run Log.
2.2.4 In order to maintain availability of the D/G with the speed setter set at something less than the max setting, an operator must be responsible to raise the speed setter back to the max setting in the event the diesel receives an auto start signal. The designated person must remain in the D/G building the entire time the speed setter is less than the max setting.
2.2.4 In order to maintain availability of the D/G with the speed setter set at something less than the max setting, an operator must be responsible to raise the speed setter back to the max setting in the event the diesel receives an auto start signal. The designated person must remain in the D/G building the entire time the speed setter is less than the max setting.
2.2.5 It is important to expeditiously raise load to 50 kW after breaker closure to prevent a reverse power trip. If the switch for the output breaker and the governor motor switch are physically far apart, consideration should be given to utilizing two operators for performing those applicable procedure steps. {OR 1-2000-282}
2.2.5 It is important to expeditiously raise load to 50 kW after breaker closure to prevent a reverse power trip. If the switch for the output breaker and the governor motor switch are physically far apart, consideration should be given to utilizing two operators for performing those applicable procedure steps. {OR 1-2000-282}
2.2.6 Prior to diesel generator shutdown, the voltage regulator must be set at 4160V and frequency set at 60 Hz to ensure proper voltage and frequency is established when the diesel is aligned for automatic standby operation. {CMT 0003878}
2.2.6 Prior to diesel generator shutdown, the voltage regulator must be set at 4160V and frequency set at 60 Hz to ensure proper voltage and frequency is established when the diesel is aligned for automatic standby operation. {CMT 0003878}
2.2.7 During load changes on a diesel, the GOVERNOR MOTOR switch should NOT be bumped more frequently than every 3 seconds, and preferably NOT more than once every 5 seconds. {OR 1-97-375}
2.2.7 During load changes on a diesel, the GOVERNOR MOTOR switch should NOT be bumped more frequently than every 3 seconds, and preferably NOT more than once every 5 seconds. {OR 1-97-375}
2.2.8 To minimize possibility of exhaust manifold fires, diesel generators should be loaded to rated load for at least one hour each time they are started, when practicable. This guidance is general in nature and does NOT hold for operation of a diesel generator under any surveillance test procedure (where special test conditions may exist).
2.2.8 To minimize possibility of exhaust manifold fires, diesel generators should be loaded to rated load for at least one hour each time they are started, when practicable. This guidance is general in nature and does NOT hold for operation of a diesel generator under any surveillance test procedure (where special test conditions may exist).
2.2.9 When diesels are operated under low load conditions, there is a potential for the accumulation of combustion and lubrication products in the exhaust system. Any time it becomes necessary to operate a diesel at less than 30% of full load for more than twelve hours, action should be taken to run the diesel at greater than 50% of full load for at least one hour in each twelve hour period.
2.2.9 When diesels are operated under low load conditions, there is a potential for the accumulation of combustion and lubrication products in the exhaust system. Any time it becomes necessary to operate a diesel at less than 30% of full load for more than twelve hours, action should be taken to run the diesel at greater than 50% of full load for at least one hour in each twelve hour period.
2.2.10 Table 2 of FNP-0-SOP-38.0 provides diesel loading restrictions when service water temperature is > 92&deg;F.
2.2.10 Table 2 of FNP-0-SOP-38.0 provides diesel loading restrictions when service water temperature is > 92&deg;F.
2.2.11 When manipulating Service Water vents and drains, be cognizant of the following: Pipe internals can be potentially degraded. Proceed with caution. Do not subject vent/drain piping to any undue stress during removal of pipe cap/plug. {AI 2009202698}
2.2.11 When manipulating Service Water vents and drains, be cognizant of the following: Pipe internals can be potentially degraded. Proceed with caution. Do not subject vent/drain piping to any undue stress during removal of pipe cap/plug. {AI 2009202698}  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                      Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                       Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                     8 of 37 2.2.12 The diesel room ventilation fans are credited for long term operation of the diesels during design basis accident conditions, and are considered attendant equipment for Tech Spec and NRC performance indicator purposes. IF the diesel room ventilation fans are placed in OFF, THEN the LCO RAS MUST be entered for that diesel. However, manual operator action can be credited for maintaining a diesel available if appropriate administrative controls are established. Refer to FNP-0-SOP-43.0, DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING HVAC for guidance on operation of DG Room Ventilation.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 8 of 37 2.2.12 The diesel room ventilation fans are credited for long term operation of the diesels during design basis accident conditions, and are considered attendant equipment for Tech Spec and NRC performance indicator purposes. IF the diesel room ventilation fans are placed in OFF, THEN the LCO RAS MUST be entered for that diesel. However, manual operator action can be credited for maintaining a diesel available if appropriate administrative controls are established. Refer to FNP-0-SOP-43.0, DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING HVAC for guidance on operation of DG Room Ventilation.
2.2.13 The generator exciter can only be reset at the DLCP.
2.2.13 The generator exciter can only be reset at the DLCP.
2.2.14 2C Diesel output breaker will open when 2C Diesel is placed in MODE 2 if DG01 and DG15 for either unit are both open.
2.2.14 2C Diesel output breaker will open when 2C Diesel is placed in MODE 2 if DG01 and DG15 for either unit are both open.
Line 344: Line 398:
2.2.16 1C and 2C DGs normally should be barred over after each operation.
2.2.16 1C and 2C DGs normally should be barred over after each operation.
The requirement for barring can be waived with the concurrence of the applicable manager if any of the following are true:
The requirement for barring can be waived with the concurrence of the applicable manager if any of the following are true:
* The diesel will be restarted within the next 24 hours (SM).
The diesel will be restarted within the next 24 hours (SM).
* Refueling outages on either unit are in progress (SM).
Refueling outages on either unit are in progress (SM).
* Taking the D/G out of service will cause an increased plant risk (OPS Manager).
Taking the D/G out of service will cause an increased plant risk (OPS Manager).
2.2.17 If 1C or 2C Diesel were started with lube oil temperature 85&deg;F, engine speed should be reduced as necessary to keep lube oil pressure, as indicated by the gauge on the gauge panel, < 55 psig until lube oil is warmed up.
2.2.17 If 1C or 2C Diesel were started with lube oil temperature 85&deg;F, engine speed should be reduced as necessary to keep lube oil pressure, as indicated by the gauge on the gauge panel, < 55 psig until lube oil is warmed up.
2.2.18 If starting diesel engine 1C or 2C AND oil temperature decreases to less than 100&deg;F AND the keep warm lube oil system is in service (i.e., the circulating oil pump is running), cylinders shall be blown down and the engine barred over prior to starting.
2.2.18 If starting diesel engine 1C or 2C AND oil temperature decreases to less than 100&deg;F AND the keep warm lube oil system is in service (i.e., the circulating oil pump is running), cylinders shall be blown down and the engine barred over prior to starting.
2.2.19 1C and 2C Diesel circulating oil pump circuitry has a time delay such that the pump will NOT start until 10 minutes after the diesel is shutdown.
2.2.19 1C and 2C Diesel circulating oil pump circuitry has a time delay such that the pump will NOT start until 10 minutes after the diesel is shutdown.
2.2.20 Chemistry should be notified to obtain a jacket water sample for analysis anytime a makeup, feed and bleed or in-leakage will dilute the nitrite concentrations in the jacket water system.
2.2.20 Chemistry should be notified to obtain a jacket water sample for analysis anytime a makeup, feed and bleed or in-leakage will dilute the nitrite concentrations in the jacket water system.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                      Farley Nuclear Plant                              FNP-0-SOP-38.0   123.0 10/28/2013                                                                         Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                     9 of 37 2.2.21 The following apply to diesel generator lube oil strainers:
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 9 of 37 2.2.21 The following apply to diesel generator lube oil strainers:
* Lube oil strainers should be shifted when P across the on-service lube oil strainer exceeds 12 psid for 1-2A, 1B and 2B Diesels OR 15 psid for 1C and 2C Diesels.{CMT 0003869}
Lube oil strainers should be shifted when P across the on-service lube oil strainer exceeds 12 psid for 1-2A, 1B and 2B Diesels OR 15 psid for 1C and 2C Diesels.{CMT 0003869}
* Lube oil strainer P limits apply when the lube oil temperature is at normal operating steady state conditions. {AI 2007200776}
Lube oil strainer P limits apply when the lube oil temperature is at normal operating steady state conditions. {AI 2007200776}
* The Lube Oil Strainer P will go up more rapidly if the crankcase oil has been replaced. This is due to the reaction of the detergents in the new oil and the sludge formations in the engine from carbon deposits.
The Lube Oil Strainer P will go up more rapidly if the crankcase oil has been replaced. This is due to the reaction of the detergents in the new oil and the sludge formations in the engine from carbon deposits.
* Notify the Emergency Diesel Generator Maintenance Engineer or the System Engineer whenever there is a sudden increase in differential pressure during an engine run and whenever strainers are shifted
Notify the Emergency Diesel Generator Maintenance Engineer or the System Engineer whenever there is a sudden increase in differential pressure during an engine run and whenever strainers are shifted
{AI 2007200776}
{AI 2007200776}
2.2.22 Various DG capacities are provided in the table below. The associated number of drums referenced serves as an estimate only, and should NOT be relied on exclusively during filling or draining operations. Close monitoring is required to prevent overfill and subsequent spilling.
2.2.22 Various DG capacities are provided in the table below. The associated number of drums referenced serves as an estimate only, and should NOT be relied on exclusively during filling or draining operations. Close monitoring is required to prevent overfill and subsequent spilling.
{AI 2003201168, AI 2003202529}
{AI 2003201168, AI 2003202529}
VARIOUS DG CAPACITIES SYSTEM                   GALLON         DRUMS S
VARIOUS DG CAPACITIES SYSTEM GALLON S
DGs 1-2A, 1B, & 2B Total Lube Oil                         1320           24 Engine & Oil Pan Lube Oil               845           15.4 Jacket Water                             430           NA DGs 1C & 2C Total Lube Oil                           440             8 Engine & Oil Pan Lube Oil               250           4.5 Jacket Water                             400           NA DGs 1-2A, 1B, 2B, 1C, & 2C Jacket Water Surge Tank (full)           100           NA 2.2.23 Hoses used to transfer lube oil should have their connections bagged to minimize the potential for a spill in the event the hose connections were to leak.
DRUMS DGs 1-2A, 1B, & 2B Total Lube Oil 1320 24 Engine & Oil Pan Lube Oil 845 15.4 Jacket Water 430 NA DGs 1C & 2C Total Lube Oil 440 8
Engine & Oil Pan Lube Oil 250 4.5 Jacket Water 400 NA DGs 1-2A, 1B, 2B, 1C, & 2C Jacket Water Surge Tank (full) 100 NA 2.2.23 Hoses used to transfer lube oil should have their connections bagged to minimize the potential for a spill in the event the hose connections were to leak.
2.2.24 Anytime the auxiliary jacket water pump on a diesel is run while it is shutdown, the diesel is inoperable and an LCO shall be initiated. Also, the engine shutdown reset pushbutton on the diesel local control panel (DLCP) shall be reset after the auxiliary jacket water pump is secured to clear the emergency shutdown relay.
2.2.24 Anytime the auxiliary jacket water pump on a diesel is run while it is shutdown, the diesel is inoperable and an LCO shall be initiated. Also, the engine shutdown reset pushbutton on the diesel local control panel (DLCP) shall be reset after the auxiliary jacket water pump is secured to clear the emergency shutdown relay.
{CMT 0006909}
{CMT 0006909}  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                          Farley Nuclear Plant                          FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                           Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                   10 of 37 3.0   INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, and FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 10 of 37 3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, and FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.
3.2 The diesel generator system valves and electrical distribution systems are aligned per System Check List FNP-0-SOP-38.0A (B, C, D and E) with exceptions noted.
3.2 The diesel generator system valves and electrical distribution systems are aligned per System Check List FNP-0-SOP-38.0A (B, C, D and E) with exceptions noted.
3.3 The service water system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-SOP-24.0, SERVICE WATER SYSTEM, and FNP-2-SOP-24.0, SERVICE WATER SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
3.3 The service water system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-SOP-24.0, SERVICE WATER SYSTEM, and FNP-2-SOP-24.0, SERVICE WATER SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.
Line 375: Line 430:
3.7 IF a diesel generator start is being performed, THEN SS has determined the type of start required. For the final maintenance start performed at the conclusion of major maintenance on 1-2A, 1B, 2B and 1C DGs a fast speed start would typically be used to fully exercise the diesel functions. Guidance for surveillance starts is contained in the appropriate surveillance test procedure. Other routine operational starts would typically be slow speed starts to minimize diesel wear.
3.7 IF a diesel generator start is being performed, THEN SS has determined the type of start required. For the final maintenance start performed at the conclusion of major maintenance on 1-2A, 1B, 2B and 1C DGs a fast speed start would typically be used to fully exercise the diesel functions. Guidance for surveillance starts is contained in the appropriate surveillance test procedure. Other routine operational starts would typically be slow speed starts to minimize diesel wear.
3.8 IF a diesel generator is to be loaded, THEN ACC has placed the following capacitor banks in manual prior to the generator being synchronized to the grid.
3.8 IF a diesel generator is to be loaded, THEN ACC has placed the following capacitor banks in manual prior to the generator being synchronized to the grid.
* Webb Sub Station Capacitor Bank
Webb Sub Station Capacitor Bank Farley 230 KV Switchyard Capacitor Bank  
* Farley 230 KV Switchyard Capacitor Bank


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                        Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                         Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                     11 of 37 4.0   INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 IF the task involves operation of the 1-2A Diesel Generator and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-38.0-1-2A.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 11 of 37 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 IF the task involves operation of the 1-2A Diesel Generator and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-38.0-1-2A.
4.2 IF the task involves operation of the 1B Diesel Generator and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-0-38.0-1B.
4.2 IF the task involves operation of the 1B Diesel Generator and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-0-38.0-1B.
4.3 IF the task involves operation of the 1C Diesel Generator and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-0-38.0-1C.
4.3 IF the task involves operation of the 1C Diesel Generator and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-0-38.0-1C.
4.4 IF the task involves operation of the 2B Generator Diesel and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-0-38.0-2B.
4.4 IF the task involves operation of the 2B Generator Diesel and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-0-38.0-2B.
4.5 IF the task involves operation of the 2C Generator Diesel and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-0-38.0-2C 5.0   RECORDS Documents created using this procedure will become QA Records when completed unless otherwise stated. The procedures and documents are considered complete when issued in DMS.
4.5 IF the task involves operation of the 2C Generator Diesel and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-0-38.0-2C 5.0 RECORDS Documents created using this procedure will become QA Records when completed unless otherwise stated. The procedures and documents are considered complete when issued in DMS.
QA Record       Non-QA Record             Record       Retention Time         R-Type (X)                (X)            Generated X                              FNP-0-SOP-38.0       Life of Plant       HH6.051
QA Record (X)
 
Non-QA Record (X)
==6.0    REFERENCES==
Record Generated Retention Time R-Type X
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 Life of Plant HH6.051  


6.1 PROCEDURES 6.1.1     U-184852 - Service Manual Colt Industries 4075 kW DGs.
==6.0 REFERENCES==
6.1.2     U-184804 - Service Manual Colt Industries 2850 kW DGs.
6.1 PROCEDURES 6.1.1 U-184852 - Service Manual Colt Industries 4075 kW DGs.
6.1.3     FSAR - Chapter 8 Section 8.3.1.1.7 6.1.4     NDS-90-2003, Diesel Fuel Oil Storage Tank Capacity 6.1.5     A-181001, Service Water System Functional System Description 6.1.6     FNP-0-SOP-0.7, General Instructions for Filling Out DG Test Data Logs and the DG Reliability Program 6.1.7     A-181005, Diesel Generator System Functional System Description 6.1.8     DCP C050889101, 2C Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) Governor Upgrade.
6.1.2 U-184804 - Service Manual Colt Industries 2850 kW DGs.
6.1.3 FSAR - Chapter 8 Section 8.3.1.1.7 6.1.4 NDS-90-2003, Diesel Fuel Oil Storage Tank Capacity 6.1.5 A-181001, Service Water System Functional System Description 6.1.6 FNP-0-SOP-0.7, General Instructions for Filling Out DG Test Data Logs and the DG Reliability Program 6.1.7 A-181005, Diesel Generator System Functional System Description 6.1.8 DCP C050889101, 2C Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) Governor Upgrade.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                    Farley Nuclear Plant                        FNP-0-SOP-38.0   123.0 10/28/2013                                                                   Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                 12 of 37 6.2 DRAWINGS 6.2.1 D-172774 - Elementary Diagram Diesel Generator 1-2A Start, Stop
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 12 of 37 6.2 DRAWINGS 6.2.1 D-172774 - Elementary Diagram Diesel Generator 1-2A Start, Stop  
                & Shutdown.
& Shutdown.
6.2.2 D-172772 - Elementary Diagram, Diesel Generator 1C Start, Stop &
6.2.2 D-172772 - Elementary Diagram, Diesel Generator 1C Start, Stop &
Shutdown.
Shutdown.
6.2.3 D-177033 - Logic Diagram Diesel 1-2A Auto Start & Loading.
6.2.3 D-177033 - Logic Diagram Diesel 1-2A Auto Start & Loading.
6.2.4 D-177036 - Logic Diagram Diesel 1C Auto Start & Loading.
6.2.4 D-177036 - Logic Diagram Diesel 1C Auto Start & Loading.
6.2.5 D-172860 - Motor Control Center 1N 6.2.6 D-172861 - Motor Control Center 1P 6.2.7 D-172862 - Motor Control Center 1S 6.2.8 D-172863 - Motor Control Center 1T 6.2.9 D-202539, 40, 41, 42 - MCC 2T 6.2.10 D-177032 - Logic Diagram Diesel 1B Auto Start & Loading.
6.2.5 D-172860 - Motor Control Center 1N 6.2.6 D-172861 - Motor Control Center 1P 6.2.7 D-172862 - Motor Control Center 1S 6.2.8 D-172863 - Motor Control Center 1T 6.2.9 D-202539, 40, 41, 42 - MCC 2T 6.2.10 D-177032 - Logic Diagram Diesel 1B Auto Start & Loading.
6.2.11 D-177037 - Logic Diagram Diesel 2C Auto Start & Loading.
6.2.11 D-177037 - Logic Diagram Diesel 2C Auto Start & Loading.
6.2.12 D-170119, D-200013, Sheet 3 or 6 - River Water, Service Water and Circulating Water Systems 6.2.13 D-170800 through D-170809, (200209-200213) - Diesel Air Start, Lube Oil, and Cooling Water Systems 6.2.14 D-170849 - P&ID Diesel Coolant Storage System.
6.2.12 D-170119, D-200013, Sheet 3 or 6 - River Water, Service Water and Circulating Water Systems 6.2.13 D-170800 through D-170809, (200209-200213) - Diesel Air Start, Lube Oil, and Cooling Water Systems 6.2.14 D-170849 - P&ID Diesel Coolant Storage System.
6.2.15 D-207032 - Logic Diagram Diesel 2B Auto Start & Loading.
6.2.15 D-207032 - Logic Diagram Diesel 2B Auto Start & Loading.
END OF PROCEDURE TEXT
END OF PROCEDURE TEXT  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                            Farley Nuclear Plant                      FNP-0-SOP-38.0   123.0 10/28/2013                                                                     Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                               13 of 37 TABLE 1 1-2A, 1B, 2B Jacket Water System Drain Points Valve Name                           1-2A           1B             2B J. W. HX SHELL SIDE DRN                         QSR43V670       Q1R43V547     Q2R43V547 INTER-COOLER HX SHELL SIDE DRN                 QSR43V713       Q1R43V560     Q2R43V560 AUX J. W. HDR DISCH DRN ISO                         N/A       Q1R43V886     Q2R43V617 J. W. DISCH HDR DRN                             QSR43V766         N/A           N/A AUX J. W. PUMP SUCT DRN ISO                     Q1P21V535       Q1P21V537     Q2P21V537 AUX J. W. PUMP DISCH DRN ISO                   Q1P21V536       Q1P21V538     Q2P21V538 AUX J. W. PUMP SUCT VENT ISO                   Q1P21V541       Q1P21V539     Q2P21V539 AUX J. W. PUMP DISCH VENT                       Q1P21V542       Q1P21V540     Q2P21V540 1C, 2C Jacket Water System Drain Points Valve Name                         1C             2C J. W. HX SHELL SIDE DRN                         QSR43V570     QSR43V554 (Note 1)     (Note 2)
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 13 of 37 TABLE 1 1-2A, 1B, 2B Jacket Water System Drain Points Valve Name 1-2A 1B 2B J. W. HX SHELL SIDE DRN QSR43V670 Q1R43V547 Q2R43V547 INTER-COOLER HX SHELL SIDE DRN QSR43V713 Q1R43V560 Q2R43V560 AUX J. W. HDR DISCH DRN ISO N/A Q1R43V886 Q2R43V617 J. W. DISCH HDR DRN QSR43V766 N/A N/A AUX J. W. PUMP SUCT DRN ISO Q1P21V535 Q1P21V537 Q2P21V537 AUX J. W. PUMP DISCH DRN ISO Q1P21V536 Q1P21V538 Q2P21V538 AUX J. W. PUMP SUCT VENT ISO Q1P21V541 Q1P21V539 Q2P21V539 AUX J. W. PUMP DISCH VENT Q1P21V542 Q1P21V540 Q2P21V540 1C, 2C Jacket Water System Drain Points Valve Name 1C 2C J. W. HX SHELL SIDE DRN QSR43V570 QSR43V554 AIR COOLANT HX SHELL SIDE DRN (Note 1)
AIR COOLANT HX SHELL SIDE DRN QSR43V698    QSR43V697 J. W. SUPP HDR DRN                               QSR43V735     QSR43V734 AUX J. W. PUMP SUCT HDR DRN                     Q1P21V531     Q1P21V533 AUX J. W. PUMP DISCH HDR DRN                     Q1P21V532     Q1P21V534 AUX J. W. PUMP SUCT VENT ISO                     Q1P21V543     Q1P21V545 AUX J. W. PUMP DISCH VENT ISO                   Q1P21V544     Q1P21V546 J. W. HX BYP LINE DRN                           QSR43V569     QSR43V553 (Note 1)
QSR43V698 (Note 2)
P512 PUMP SUCT HDR DRN VLV 1C DG                                 N/A QSR43V889 (Note 2)
QSR43V697 J. W. SUPP HDR DRN QSR43V735 QSR43V734 AUX J. W. PUMP SUCT HDR DRN Q1P21V531 Q1P21V533 AUX J. W. PUMP DISCH HDR DRN Q1P21V532 Q1P21V534 AUX J. W. PUMP SUCT VENT ISO Q1P21V543 Q1P21V545 AUX J. W. PUMP DISCH VENT ISO Q1P21V544 Q1P21V546 J. W. HX BYP LINE DRN QSR43V569 QSR43V553 P512 PUMP SUCT HDR DRN VLV 1C DG (Note 1)
P511 PUMP SUCT HDR DRN                             N/A QSR43V891 ENGINE DRIVEN AIR COOLANT PUMP                   (Note 1)     (Note 2)
QSR43V889 N/A P511 PUMP SUCT HDR DRN N/A (Note 2)
SUCT DRN                                        QSR43V704    QSR43V703 Note 1   Valve is in series with 1C D/G Coolant Drn Hdr Iso, QSR43V890, which must also be open to allow draining.
QSR43V891 ENGINE DRIVEN AIR COOLANT PUMP SUCT DRN (Note 1)
Note 2   Valve is in series with 2C D/G Coolant Drn Hdr Iso, QSR43V892, which must also be open to allow draining.
QSR43V704 (Note 2)
QSR43V703 Note 1 Valve is in series with 1C D/G Coolant Drn Hdr Iso, QSR43V890, which must also be open to allow draining.
Note 2 Valve is in series with 2C D/G Coolant Drn Hdr Iso, QSR43V892, which must also be open to allow draining.
Page 1 of 1
Page 1 of 1


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                        Farley Nuclear Plant                          FNP-0-SOP-38.0       123.0 10/28/2013                                                                         Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                   14 of 37 TABLE 2 NOTE When operating a diesel with service water supply temperature > 92&deg;F, the following loading limits should be observed.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 14 of 37 TABLE 2 NOTE When operating a diesel with service water supply temperature > 92&deg;F, the following loading limits should be observed.  
                                        "Continuous Rating" Allowable KW Service Water         Intercooler Water Deration Factor       without exceeding Temperature              Temperature DG Rating 1B, 2B Diesel Deration @ 4075 KW 97.3 &deg;F                 120.0 &deg;F                 0.0 %                 4075 KW 106.2 &deg;F                 128.7 &deg;F               1.18 %                 4027 KW 1-2A Diesel Deration @ 4075 KW 97.3 &deg;F                 121.5 &deg;F               0.20 %                 4067 KW 106.2 &deg;F                 130.2 &deg;F               1.38 %                 4018 KW 1C, 2C Diesel Deration @ 2850 KW 97.3 &deg;F                 120.0 &deg;F                 0.0 %                 2850 KW 106.2 &deg;F                 128.5 &deg;F               1.15 %                 2817 KW Page 1 of 2
"Continuous Rating" Service Water Temperature Intercooler Water Temperature Deration Factor Allowable KW without exceeding DG Rating 1B, 2B Diesel Deration @ 4075 KW 97.3 &deg;F 120.0 &deg;F 0.0 %
4075 KW 106.2 &deg;F 128.7 &deg;F 1.18 %
4027 KW 1-2A Diesel Deration @ 4075 KW 97.3 &deg;F 121.5 &deg;F 0.20 %
4067 KW 106.2 &deg;F 130.2 &deg;F 1.38 %
4018 KW 1C, 2C Diesel Deration @ 2850 KW 97.3 &deg;F 120.0 &deg;F 0.0 %
2850 KW 106.2 &deg;F 128.5 &deg;F 1.15 %
2817 KW Page 1 of 2  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED              Farley Nuclear Plant                    FNP-0-SOP-38.0   123.0 10/28/2013                                                       Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                           15 of 37 TABLE 2 "2000 Hour Rating" Allowable KW Service Water Intercooler Water Deration Factor without exceeding Temperature    Temperature DG Rating 1B, 2B Diesel Deration @ 4353 KW 97.3 &deg;F       123.9 &deg;F               0.53 %           4330 KW 106.2 &deg;F       132.5 &deg;F               1.69%           4279 KW 1-2A Diesel Deration @ 4353 KW 97.3 &deg;F       125.7 &deg;F               0.77 %           4320 KW 106.2 &deg;F       134.3 &deg;F               1.93%           4269 KW 1C, 2C Diesel Deration @ 3100 KW 97.3 &deg;F       125.0 &deg;F               0.68 %           3079 KW 106.2 &deg;F       129.0 &deg;F               1.81%           3044 KW Page 2 of 2
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 15 of 37 TABLE 2 "2000 Hour Rating" Service Water Temperature Intercooler Water Temperature Deration Factor Allowable KW without exceeding DG Rating 1B, 2B Diesel Deration @ 4353 KW 97.3 &deg;F 123.9 &deg;F 0.53 %
4330 KW 106.2 &deg;F 132.5 &deg;F 1.69%
4279 KW 1-2A Diesel Deration @ 4353 KW 97.3 &deg;F 125.7 &deg;F 0.77 %
4320 KW 106.2 &deg;F 134.3 &deg;F 1.93%
4269 KW 1C, 2C Diesel Deration @ 3100 KW 97.3 &deg;F 125.0 &deg;F 0.68 %
3079 KW 106.2 &deg;F 129.0 &deg;F 1.81%
3044 KW Page 2 of 2


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED      Farley Nuclear Plant  FNP-0-SOP-38.0   123.0 10/28/2013                             Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS           16 of 37 FIGURE 1 Page 1 of 1
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 16 of 37 FIGURE 1 Page 1 of 1  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED      Farley Nuclear Plant  FNP-0-SOP-38.0   123.0 10/28/2013                             Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS           17 of 37 FIGURE 2 Page 1 of 1
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 17 of 37 FIGURE 2 Page 1 of 1  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                            Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0         123.0 10/28/2013                                                                             Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                       18 of 37 ATTACHMENT A GUIDELINES FOR RETURNING A DIESEL TO SERVICE FOLLOWING A MAINTENANCE OUTAGE 1.0   Frequently, maintenance activities on Diesels require the performance of diesel generator starting and loading. This operation of the diesels may be necessary to allow running adjustments as part of the maintenance procedure. As such, a maintenance start should be performed following maintenance which requires such checks. Acknowledgment of diesel maintenance starts must be made and properly documented prior to the associated diesel start. Maintenance activities which would invoke maintenance starts include quarterly and 18 month preventive maintenance and any maintenance which works on any control function of the diesel (such as work on governor, fuel rack systems or air start systems). These maintenance starts should normally include the closure of the output breaker and loading of the diesel to allow adjustment of the control systems during loaded operations. The return to service surveillance should be performed upon successful completion of all maintenance activities including required maintenance starts and loading. The on-call Emergency Director should be called if there is any question as to whether a maintenance start or return to service surveillance should be performed.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 18 of 37 ATTACHMENT A GUIDELINES FOR RETURNING A DIESEL TO SERVICE FOLLOWING A MAINTENANCE OUTAGE 1.0 Frequently, maintenance activities on Diesels require the performance of diesel generator starting and loading. This operation of the diesels may be necessary to allow running adjustments as part of the maintenance procedure. As such, a maintenance start should be performed following maintenance which requires such checks. Acknowledgment of diesel maintenance starts must be made and properly documented prior to the associated diesel start. Maintenance activities which would invoke maintenance starts include quarterly and 18 month preventive maintenance and any maintenance which works on any control function of the diesel (such as work on governor, fuel rack systems or air start systems). These maintenance starts should normally include the closure of the output breaker and loading of the diesel to allow adjustment of the control systems during loaded operations. The return to service surveillance should be performed upon successful completion of all maintenance activities including required maintenance starts and loading. The on-call Emergency Director should be called if there is any question as to whether a maintenance start or return to service surveillance should be performed.
2.0   All maintenance starts should be performed using SOP-38.0 for guidance. Timing the start should be done for the purpose of gathering information. Normally, the maintenance start is expected to be performed as a dual header start.
2.0 All maintenance starts should be performed using SOP-38.0 for guidance. Timing the start should be done for the purpose of gathering information. Normally, the maintenance start is expected to be performed as a dual header start.
3.0   Any time the diesel generator has been tagged out and the generator output breakers have been racked out, the output breakers should be closed to demonstrate diesel operability for the applicable unit. This can be accomplished during the maintenance run provided it is appropriately documented in the operators log book.
3.0 Any time the diesel generator has been tagged out and the generator output breakers have been racked out, the output breakers should be closed to demonstrate diesel operability for the applicable unit. This can be accomplished during the maintenance run provided it is appropriately documented in the operators log book.
4.0   Any time a diesel generator has been tagged out of service for major maintenance a full load maintenance run should be performed. This allows a comprehensive review of diesel generator performance at expected operating conditions to make final adjustments to engine parameters (e.g., governor settings) prior to attempting a surveillance run.
4.0 Any time a diesel generator has been tagged out of service for major maintenance a full load maintenance run should be performed. This allows a comprehensive review of diesel generator performance at expected operating conditions to make final adjustments to engine parameters (e.g., governor settings) prior to attempting a surveillance run.
5.0   Any time maintenance has been performed on an air start system during a diesel generator outage, a single header start is required on the applicable header. When no maintenance has been performed on the air systems, the Shift Supervisor should determine if it is necessary to perform single header starts on both air headers. After a satisfactory maintenance run on a diesel generator, justification for not performing two single header starts during the return to service STP must be documented in the applicable STP review sheet.
5.0 Any time maintenance has been performed on an air start system during a diesel generator outage, a single header start is required on the applicable header. When no maintenance has been performed on the air systems, the Shift Supervisor should determine if it is necessary to perform single header starts on both air headers. After a satisfactory maintenance run on a diesel generator, justification for not performing two single header starts during the return to service STP must be documented in the applicable STP review sheet.
Page 1 of 1
Page 1 of 1  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                              Farley Nuclear Plant                              FNP-0-SOP-38.0       123.0 10/28/2013                                                                               Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                       19 of 37 ATTACHMENT B DIESEL LUBE OIL REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT GUIDANCE
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 19 of 37 ATTACHMENT B DIESEL LUBE OIL REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT GUIDANCE
{IR # 1-96-143}
{IR # 1-96-143}
WARNING Transferring lube oil from a diesel is an evolution that requires close monitoring to prevent overfilling of drums and subsequent spilling.
WARNING Transferring lube oil from a diesel is an evolution that requires close monitoring to prevent overfilling of drums and subsequent spilling.
Line 450: Line 520:
* Consideration should be given to replacing the oil transfer pump filter prior to draining lube oil.
* Consideration should be given to replacing the oil transfer pump filter prior to draining lube oil.
* Facilities should be contacted ASAP to move full oil drums out of the DB (greater than 30 feet from the building) and to ensure drums are covered to prevent potential contamination from rain water.
* Facilities should be contacted ASAP to move full oil drums out of the DB (greater than 30 feet from the building) and to ensure drums are covered to prevent potential contamination from rain water.
6.0     If a complete drain of lube oil is desired, the filter vents and strainer vent will have to be opened.
6.0 If a complete drain of lube oil is desired, the filter vents and strainer vent will have to be opened.
7.0     Potentially reusable oil should be placed in lined open topped drums, or new drums, and labeled per NMP-SH-012, HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM.
7.0 Potentially reusable oil should be placed in lined open topped drums, or new drums, and labeled per NMP-SH-012, HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM.
Page 1 of 2
Page 1 of 2  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                            Farley Nuclear Plant                              FNP-0-SOP-38.0   123.0 10/28/2013                                                                           Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                   20 of 37 ATTACHMENT B DIESEL LUBE OIL REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT GUIDANCE
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 20 of 37 ATTACHMENT B DIESEL LUBE OIL REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT GUIDANCE
{IR # 1-96-143}
{IR # 1-96-143}
Page 2 of 2 8.0     Potentially reusable oil drums shall be caution tagged closed. The caution tags shall have wording to the effect of Oil on hold, awaiting sampling.
Page 2 of 2 8.0 Potentially reusable oil drums shall be caution tagged closed. The caution tags shall have wording to the effect of Oil on hold, awaiting sampling.
9.0     Potentially reusable oil shall be sampled and analyzed for acceptability prior to reuse.
9.0 Potentially reusable oil shall be sampled and analyzed for acceptability prior to reuse.
10.0   If sample results indicate oil is unacceptable for reuse, non-reusable oil drums should be labeled as used oil -unacceptable for reuse.
10.0 If sample results indicate oil is unacceptable for reuse, non-reusable oil drums should be labeled as used oil -unacceptable for reuse.
11.0   FAC should be contacted to remove and properly dispose of oil unacceptable for reuse as soon as possible, preferably the same shift.
11.0 FAC should be contacted to remove and properly dispose of oil unacceptable for reuse as soon as possible, preferably the same shift.
12.0   Oil drums that are unacceptable for reuse should be kept separated from oil drums that are acceptable for reuse.
12.0 Oil drums that are unacceptable for reuse should be kept separated from oil drums that are acceptable for reuse.
13.0   If sample results indicate oil is acceptable for reuse, reusable oil drums should be caution tagged with wording to the effect of Acceptable for reuse in [insert the diesel that the oil came from here].
13.0 If sample results indicate oil is acceptable for reuse, reusable oil drums should be caution tagged with wording to the effect of Acceptable for reuse in [insert the diesel that the oil came from here].
14.0   Oil deemed acceptable for reuse must be filtered prior to adding to the diesel lube oil sump.
14.0 Oil deemed acceptable for reuse must be filtered prior to adding to the diesel lube oil sump.
15.0   Propping open fire doors and temporarily storing combustibles outside a diesel room should be reported to the Fire Protection Administrator.
15.0 Propping open fire doors and temporarily storing combustibles outside a diesel room should be reported to the Fire Protection Administrator.
Page 2 of 2
Page 2 of 2  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                          Farley Nuclear Plant                          FNP-0-SOP-38.0       123.0 10/28/2013                                                                       Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                 21 of 37 ATTACHMENT C DIESEL GENERATOR FUEL OIL CONSUMPTION NOTE The information in the table below provides the run time that can be expected under three different diesel operating configurations assuming maximum loading and minimum initial storage tank level.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 21 of 37 ATTACHMENT C DIESEL GENERATOR FUEL OIL CONSUMPTION NOTE The information in the table below provides the run time that can be expected under three different diesel operating configurations assuming maximum loading and minimum initial storage tank level.
This can be used to assess replenishment requirements.
This can be used to assess replenishment requirements.
Diesels           Storage Tanks                                 *Consumption Load     Run Time Running              Available                                      Rate 2 Large, 1 Small     4 (init. level 68%)     Max     5 1/4 days     807 gal/hr 3 Large, 1 Small     4 (init. level 68%)     Max     3 3/4 days     1104 gal/hr 3 Large, 2 Small     5 (init. level 68%)     Max       4 days       1317 gal/hr
Diesels Running Storage Tanks Available Load Run Time  
* Consumption rates compute to an average per diesel of 297 gal/hr for 1-2A, 1B, and 2B Diesels (Large Diesels) and 213 gal/hr for 1C and 2C Diesels (Small Diesels) under maximum load. {CR 2000-044 and REA 98-1637}
*Consumption Rate 2 Large, 1 Small 4 (init. level 68%)
Page 1 of 1
Max 5 1/4 days 807 gal/hr 3 Large, 1 Small 4 (init. level 68%)
Max 3 3/4 days 1104 gal/hr 3 Large, 2 Small 5 (init. level 68%)
Max 4 days 1317 gal/hr Consumption rates compute to an average per diesel of 297 gal/hr for 1-2A, 1B, and 2B Diesels (Large Diesels) and 213 gal/hr for 1C and 2C Diesels (Small Diesels) under maximum load. {CR 2000-044 and REA 98-1637}
Page 1 of 1  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                          Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0       123.0 10/28/2013                                                                         Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                   22 of 37 ATTACHMENT D READING DIESEL GENERATOR CRANKCASE VACUUM MANOMETER The following discussion and examples is intended to remove confusion which may exist concerning how to read the crankcase manometer installed on each of the emergency diesel generators.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 22 of 37 ATTACHMENT D READING DIESEL GENERATOR CRANKCASE VACUUM MANOMETER The following discussion and examples is intended to remove confusion which may exist concerning how to read the crankcase manometer installed on each of the emergency diesel generators.
At rest, atmospheric pressure        Atmospheric Pressure        Crankcase Pressure equals crankcase pressure In the example illustrated above, to calculate the pressure measured by this application, the readings above and below zero are added; with the result being 4. It is important to note the At rest reading of the manometer, in this example, 0.
In the example illustrated above, to calculate the pressure measured by this application, the readings above and below zero are added; with the result being 4. It is important to note the At rest reading of the manometer, in this example, 0.
Page 1 of 3
Page 1 of 3 At rest, atmospheric pressure equals crankcase pressure Atmospheric Pressure Crankcase Pressure


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                          Farley Nuclear Plant                              FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                               Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                       23 of 37 ATTACHMENT D READING DIESEL GENERATOR CRANKCASE VACUUM MANOMETER A recent field trip to the Diesel Building (all EDGs secured) to ascertain the At rest manometer readings obtained the following information:
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 23 of 37 ATTACHMENT D READING DIESEL GENERATOR CRANKCASE VACUUM MANOMETER A recent field trip to the Diesel Building (all EDGs secured) to ascertain the At rest manometer readings obtained the following information:
The manometer readings were:
The manometer readings were:
* 1-2A D/G         -0.3     -0.3
* 1-2A D/G  
* 1C D/G           -1.7     -1.8
-0.3  
* 2B D/G           -2.4     -2.4
-0.3
* 1B D/G           -0.4     -0.4
* 1C D/G  
* 2C D/G           0.0     -0.2 The conclusion to be made from these readings is the manometers are low on operating fluid.
-1.7  
-1.8
* 2B D/G  
-2.4  
-2.4
* 1B D/G  
-0.4  
-0.4
* 2C D/G 0.0  
-0.2 The conclusion to be made from these readings is the manometers are low on operating fluid.
The important fact to realize is the At rest manometer reading, because both legs will use this as the point of reference for determining a value for crankcase vacuum when the diesel is in operation. To correctly calculate crankcase vacuum, determine the ALGEBRAIC DIFFERENCE between the two readings. The left leg (atmosphere) minus the right leg (crankcase). The resultant ALGEBRAIC DIFFERENCE is the crankcase pressure reading that should be recorded in the logs. Hopefully, this is a negative number, indicating a vacuum.
The important fact to realize is the At rest manometer reading, because both legs will use this as the point of reference for determining a value for crankcase vacuum when the diesel is in operation. To correctly calculate crankcase vacuum, determine the ALGEBRAIC DIFFERENCE between the two readings. The left leg (atmosphere) minus the right leg (crankcase). The resultant ALGEBRAIC DIFFERENCE is the crankcase pressure reading that should be recorded in the logs. Hopefully, this is a negative number, indicating a vacuum.
During routine D/G operations, a trend of the crankcase pressure would be helpful in determining the condition of the cylinders. To obtain a manometer reading, perform the following action: Left leg minus right leg.
During routine D/G operations, a trend of the crankcase pressure would be helpful in determining the condition of the cylinders. To obtain a manometer reading, perform the following action: Left leg minus right leg.
Examples of hypothetical readings:
Examples of hypothetical readings:
LEFT       minus       RIGHT       =     Reading                   What it means.
LEFT minus RIGHT  
1 -1.7         -          -1.4     =       -0.3       Indicates crankcase vacuum.
=
2 -1.7         -          1.7     =       -3.4       Indicates crankcase vacuum.
Reading What it means.
3   1.7         -          -1.7     =         3.4       Indicates potential cylinder blow-by.
1  
4 -3.6         -          -1.3     =       -2.3       Indicates crankcase vacuum.
-1.7  
5   1.5         -          0.5     =         1.0       Indicates potential cylinder blow-by.
-1.4  
Page 2 of 3
=  
-0.3 Indicates crankcase vacuum.
2  
-1.7 1.7  
=  
-3.4 Indicates crankcase vacuum.
3 1.7  
-1.7  
=
3.4 Indicates potential cylinder blow-by.
4  
-3.6  
-1.3  
=  
-2.3 Indicates crankcase vacuum.
5 1.5 0.5  
=
1.0 Indicates potential cylinder blow-by.
Page 2 of 3  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                            Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                           Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                   24 of 37 ATTACHMENT D READING DIESEL GENERATOR CRANKCASE VACUUM MANOMETER NOTE IF this page is revised, THEN ensure operator aid is updated.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 24 of 37 ATTACHMENT D READING DIESEL GENERATOR CRANKCASE VACUUM MANOMETER NOTE IF this page is revised, THEN ensure operator aid is updated.
READING DIESEL GENERATOR CRANKCASE VACUUM MANOMETER Crankcase vacuum is read by viewing levels in both legs of the manometer and calculating the algebraic difference in fluid level to obtain the value for crankcase vacuum.
READING DIESEL GENERATOR CRANKCASE VACUUM MANOMETER Crankcase vacuum is read by viewing levels in both legs of the manometer and calculating the algebraic difference in fluid level to obtain the value for crankcase vacuum.
The right-hand side of the manometer is the crankcase side of the gauge. A higher column of fluid on this side indicates a vacuum in the crankcase.
The right-hand side of the manometer is the crankcase side of the gauge. A higher column of fluid on this side indicates a vacuum in the crankcase.
Line 507: Line 607:
1-2A Diesel 1C Diesel 2B Diesel 1B Diesel 2C Diesel Page 3 of 3
1-2A Diesel 1C Diesel 2B Diesel 1B Diesel 2C Diesel Page 3 of 3


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                            Farley Nuclear Plant                        FNP-0-SOP-38.0       123.0 10/28/2013                                                                       Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                 25 of 37 APPENDIX 1 LOADING/UNLOADING GUIDANCE FOR 1C AND 2C DIESEL GENERATORS Page 1 of 1 NOTES
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 25 of 37 APPENDIX 1 LOADING/UNLOADING GUIDANCE FOR 1C AND 2C DIESEL GENERATORS Page 1 of 1 NOTES
* The values in parenthesis following the MW load hold points correspond to approximate EPB ammeter readings for that load. Major deviations from these values should be investigated.
* The values in parenthesis following the MW load hold points correspond to approximate EPB ammeter readings for that load. Major deviations from these values should be investigated.
{OR 2-97-314 and CMT 0003868}
{OR 2-97-314 and CMT 0003868}
* When changing loads on a diesel, MVARs must be kept within the limits of Figure 2.
* When changing loads on a diesel, MVARs must be kept within the limits of Figure 2.
* Fuel rack stop settings for Diesel Generators 1C and 2C have been increased from 112% to 120% in order to restore sufficient margin for EDG response during worst case dynamic loading. Exercise caution when loading and unloading DG 1C or 2C to ensure load on the DG remains within procedural guidance.
* Fuel rack stop settings for Diesel Generators 1C and 2C have been increased from 112% to 120% in order to restore sufficient margin for EDG response during worst case dynamic loading. Exercise caution when loading and unloading DG 1C or 2C to ensure load on the DG remains within procedural guidance.
* During D/G load changes, at each specified point, the D/G load shall be monitored to check for any drift in monitored parameters.
* During D/G load changes, at each specified point, the D/G load shall be monitored to check for any drift in monitored parameters.  


==1.0 Loading==
==1.0 Loading==
1.1     Slowly increase load to desired load up to 2850 kW (400-450 amps) with the following requirements:
1.1 Slowly increase load to desired load up to 2850 kW (400-450 amps) with the following requirements:
Maintain load at 1000 kW (160-185 amps) for 15 minutes.
Maintain load at 1000 kW (160-185 amps) for 15 minutes.
Maintain load at 1500 kW (220-275 amps) for 15 minutes.
Maintain load at 1500 kW (220-275 amps) for 15 minutes.
Maintain load at 2000 kW (300-330 amps) for 15 minutes.
Maintain load at 2000 kW (300-330 amps) for 15 minutes.
Maintain load at 2500 kW (360-390 amps) for 15 minutes.
Maintain load at 2500 kW (360-390 amps) for 15 minutes.  


==2.0 Unloading==
==2.0 Unloading==
2.1     Slowly decrease load with the following requirements:
2.1 Slowly decrease load with the following requirements:
2.1.1   IF load is > 1500 kW, THEN Slowly decrease load to 1500 kW and maintain load for 15 minutes.
2.1.1 IF load is > 1500 kW, THEN Slowly decrease load to 1500 kW and maintain load for 15 minutes.
2.1.2   Slowly decrease load below 1500 kW.
2.1.2 Slowly decrease load below 1500 kW.
2.1.3   Perform the following:
2.1.3 Perform the following:
2.1.3.1   Go To Step 4.5.11 in FNP-0-SOP-38.0-1C if unloading 1C DG.
2.1.3.1 Go To Step 4.5.11 in FNP-0-SOP-38.0-1C if unloading 1C DG.
2.1.3.2   Go To Step 4.5.12 in FNP-0-SOP-38.0-2C if unloading 2C DG.
2.1.3.2 Go To Step 4.5.12 in FNP-0-SOP-38.0-2C if unloading 2C DG.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                              Farley Nuclear Plant                        FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                         Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                 26 of 37 APPENDIX 2 LOADING/UNLOADING GUIDANCE FOR 1-2A, 1B AND 2B DIESEL GENERATORS Page 1 of 1 NOTES
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 26 of 37 APPENDIX 2 LOADING/UNLOADING GUIDANCE FOR 1-2A, 1B AND 2B DIESEL GENERATORS Page 1 of 1 NOTES
* The values in parenthesis following the MW load hold points correspond to approximate EPB ammeter readings for that load. Major deviations from these values should be investigated.
* The values in parenthesis following the MW load hold points correspond to approximate EPB ammeter readings for that load. Major deviations from these values should be investigated.
{OR 2-97-314 and CMT 0003868}
{OR 2-97-314 and CMT 0003868}
Line 537: Line 637:
* Fuel rack stop settings for Diesel Generator 1-2A and 2B have been increased from 112% to 120%
* Fuel rack stop settings for Diesel Generator 1-2A and 2B have been increased from 112% to 120%
in order to restore sufficient margin for EDG response during worst case dynamic loading. Exercise caution when loading and unloading DG 1-2A and 2B to ensure load on the DG remains within procedural guidance.
in order to restore sufficient margin for EDG response during worst case dynamic loading. Exercise caution when loading and unloading DG 1-2A and 2B to ensure load on the DG remains within procedural guidance.
* During D/G load changes, at each specified point, the D/G load shall be monitored to check for any drift in monitored parameters.
* During D/G load changes, at each specified point, the D/G load shall be monitored to check for any drift in monitored parameters.  


==1.0 Loading==
==1.0 Loading==
1.1     IF loading 1-2A, 1B or 2B Diesel Generator, PERFORM the following:
1.1 IF loading 1-2A, 1B or 2B Diesel Generator, PERFORM the following:
Slowly increase load to desired load up to 4075 kW (570-630 amps) with the following requirements:
Slowly increase load to desired load up to 4075 kW (570-630 amps) with the following requirements:
* Maintain load at 1000 kW (150-200 amps) for 15 minutes.
Maintain load at 1000 kW (150-200 amps) for 15 minutes.
* Maintain load at 2000 kW (300-350 amps) for 15 minutes.
Maintain load at 2000 kW (300-350 amps) for 15 minutes.
* Maintain load at 3000 kW (425-475 amps) for 15 minutes.
Maintain load at 3000 kW (425-475 amps) for 15 minutes.
* Maintain load at 3500 kW (480-530 amps) for 15 minutes.
Maintain load at 3500 kW (480-530 amps) for 15 minutes.  


==2.0 Unloading==
==2.0 Unloading==
2.1     IF unloading 1-2A, 1B or 2B Diesel Generator, PERFORM the following:
2.1 IF unloading 1-2A, 1B or 2B Diesel Generator, PERFORM the following:
2.1.1     IF load is > 2000 kW, THEN Slowly decrease load to 2000 kW and maintain load for 15 minutes.
2.1.1 IF load is > 2000 kW, THEN Slowly decrease load to 2000 kW and maintain load for 15 minutes.
2.1.2     Slowly decrease load below 2000 kW.
2.1.2 Slowly decrease load below 2000 kW.
2.1.3     Perform the following:
2.1.3 Perform the following:
2.1.3.1   Go To Step 4.5.12 of FNP-0-SOP-38.0-1-2A if unloading 1-2A DG.
2.1.3.1 Go To Step 4.5.12 of FNP-0-SOP-38.0-1-2A if unloading 1-2A DG.
2.1.3.2   Go To Step 4.5.12 of FNP-0-SOP-38.0-1B if unloading 1B DG.
2.1.3.2 Go To Step 4.5.12 of FNP-0-SOP-38.0-1B if unloading 1B DG.
2.1.3.3   Go To Step 4.5.12 of FNP-0-SOP-38.0-2B if unloading 2B DG.
2.1.3.3 Go To Step 4.5.12 of FNP-0-SOP-38.0-2B if unloading 2B DG.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                          Farley Nuclear Plant                          FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                     Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                 27 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START/RUN DATA DG STARTED __________.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 27 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START/RUN DATA DG STARTED __________.
DATE/TIME STARTED ____________
DATE/TIME STARTED ____________
Performed by:___________________________________
Performed by:___________________________________
Line 568: Line 668:
Data Recorded in appropriate Units Control Room log using the Diesel Start Data (SOP-38) stamp:
Data Recorded in appropriate Units Control Room log using the Diesel Start Data (SOP-38) stamp:
(SSS)
(SSS)
This appendix consists of 9 pages.
This appendix consists of 9 pages.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                          Farley Nuclear Plant                          FNP-0-SOP-38.0   123.0 10/28/2013                                                                         Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                   28 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 1 of 9 1.0   Verify the version of this procedure is the current version. {OR 1-98-498}
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 28 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 1 of 9 1.0 Verify the version of this procedure is the current version. {OR 1-98-498}
2.0   Identify the reason for starting the Diesel Generator. (Check the appropriate box)
2.0 Identify the reason for starting the Diesel Generator. (Check the appropriate box)
* Scheduled surveillance FNP-___-STP-                         Cover Page Date/Time stamp:
Scheduled surveillance FNP-___-STP-Cover Page Date/Time stamp:
* STP performed after maintenance to verify operability.
STP performed after maintenance to verify operability.
FNP-___-STP-                         Cover Page Date/Time stamp:
FNP-___-STP-Cover Page Date/Time stamp:
* STP performed to verify operability when other train is inoperable.
STP performed to verify operability when other train is inoperable.
FNP-___-STP-                         Cover Page Date/Time stamp:
FNP-___-STP-Cover Page Date/Time stamp:
* Maintenance start.
Maintenance start.
Record document used for guidance.__________________
Record document used for guidance.__________________
(Document reason in comments section.)
(Document reason in comments section.)
* Diesel started due to actual undervoltage not associated with testing.
Diesel started due to actual undervoltage not associated with testing.
Record bus that experienced undervoltage. ____________
Record bus that experienced undervoltage. ____________
* Diesel started due to actual Safety Injection signal not associated with testing.
Diesel started due to actual Safety Injection signal not associated with testing.
INDICATE AFFECTED UNIT                           INDICATE AFFECTED TRAIN UNIT 1               UNIT 2             A TRAIN           B TRAIN         BOTH TRAINS
INDICATE AFFECTED UNIT INDICATE AFFECTED TRAIN UNIT 1 UNIT 2 A TRAIN B TRAIN BOTH TRAINS An FNP-0-SOP-38 Start.
* An FNP-0-SOP-38 Start.
(Document Reason in Comments section.)
(Document Reason in Comments section.)
* 2C DG is started due to an actual station blackout condition.
2C DG is started due to an actual station blackout condition.
INDICATE AFFECTED UNIT UNIT 1               UNIT 2
INDICATE AFFECTED UNIT UNIT 1 UNIT 2  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                            Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0       123.0 10/28/2013                                                                           Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                   29 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 2 of 9 3.0   Have the Diesel Building SO begin Attachment 1 of this appendix.                               _____
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 29 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 2 of 9 3.0 Have the Diesel Building SO begin Attachment 1 of this appendix.
NOTE Ensure the correct information obtained by using the same IPC as the unit the DG will be tied to.
NOTE Ensure the correct information obtained by using the same IPC as the unit the DG will be tied to.
4.0   Check the selected DG Output breaker (pre-start) IPC status OPEN.                             _____
4.0 Check the selected DG Output breaker (pre-start) IPC status OPEN.
5.0   Obtain DG START/RUN DATA as follows:
5.0 Obtain DG START/RUN DATA as follows:
* DG started:(circle one)           1-2A       1C       2B       1B       2C
DG started:(circle one) 1-2A 1C 2B 1B 2C Unit DG aligned to: (circle one)
* Unit DG aligned to: (circle one)           Unit 1         Unit 2         None
Unit 1 Unit 2 None Diesel start attempt: (circle one)
* Diesel start attempt: (circle one)           Successful / Unsuccessful
Successful / Unsuccessful Date / time started:  
* Date / time started:                         /
/
* Type of Start (circle one)         SLOW               FAST
Type of Start (circle one)
* Seconds to start: (if timed) (N/A for slow start)
SLOW FAST Seconds to start: (if timed) (N/A for slow start)
Freq           Speed             Volts         SST
Freq Speed Volts SST Air Header started on: (circle one)  
* Air Header started on: (circle one)             #1       #2       Both
#1  
* DG Loaded: (circle one)           Yes             No
#2 Both DG Loaded: (circle one)
* Time Loaded above 50% Load:                                 HH/mm 6.0   Record Service Water supply temperature:_____ &deg;F NOTE The intent of the following step is to differentiate between an IPC problem and a failure of the DG output breaker MOC switch.
Yes No Time Loaded above 50% Load:
7.0   IF loaded, THEN check the selected DG Output breaker IPC status CLOSED.                       _____
HH/mm 6.0 Record Service Water supply temperature:_____ &deg;F NOTE The intent of the following step is to differentiate between an IPC problem and a failure of the DG output breaker MOC switch.
7.1     IF the selected DG Output breaker IPC status did not change state (refer to step 4.0),
7.0 IF loaded, THEN check the selected DG Output breaker IPC status CLOSED.
THEN dispatch personnel to check the position of the MOC switch.                       _____
7.1 IF the selected DG Output breaker IPC status did not change state (refer to step 4.0),
7.1.1   Submit a CR for evaluation of the problem, including all indications that may be beneficial.                                                           _____
THEN dispatch personnel to check the position of the MOC switch.
7.1.1 Submit a CR for evaluation of the problem, including all indications that may be beneficial.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                            Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0         123.0 10/28/2013                                                                             Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                       30 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 3 of 9 8.0     Record date and time diesel loaded to at least 50% of continuous load rating (2100 Kw on 1-2A, 1B and 2B Diesels and 1500 Kw on 1C and 2C Diesels)
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 30 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 3 of 9 8.0 Record date and time diesel loaded to at least 50% of continuous load rating (2100 Kw on 1-2A, 1B and 2B Diesels and 1500 Kw on 1C and 2C Diesels)
Date and Time                         /                       .
Date and Time  
9.0     Record date and time diesel load reduced to less than 50% of continuous load rating.
/
Date and Time                         /                       .
9.0 Record date and time diesel load reduced to less than 50% of continuous load rating.
Date and Time  
/
NOTE Step 10.0 is NOT applicable to maintenance starts.
NOTE Step 10.0 is NOT applicable to maintenance starts.
10.0   Circle either Y or N:
10.0 Circle either Y or N:
Y       N     Start resulted from automatic real signal-actual bus undervoltage (not caused by preplanned test or maintenance sequence) or actual safety injection (caused by plant parameters reaching setpoints, manually initiated safety injection, inadvertent - not preplanned - safety injection).
Y N
Y       N     Start resulted from manual real signal - purposefully started due to need for emergency power to a bus.
Start resulted from automatic real signal-actual bus undervoltage (not caused by preplanned test or maintenance sequence) or actual safety injection (caused by plant parameters reaching setpoints, manually initiated safety injection, inadvertent - not preplanned - safety injection).
Y       N     Start resulted from preplanned test (STP) or maintenance sequence.
Y N
Y       N     Diesel loaded to at least 50% of continuous load rating for at least one hour.
Start resulted from manual real signal - purposefully started due to need for emergency power to a bus.
Y       N     Diesel run terminated due to preplanned test or maintenance sequence (STP was completed as written).
Y N
Y       N     Diesel run terminated due to operator error that does not or would not prevent the diesel from being restarted and brought to load in a few minutes without corrective action.
Start resulted from preplanned test (STP) or maintenance sequence.
Y       N     Diesel run terminated due to inadvertent or spurious trip signal that is not operative in the emergency mode. Spurious trips refer to false or illegitimate signals such as a shorted contact or other faulty equipment that results in automatic trip. Valid trip signals due to actual condition (such as actual high crankcase pressure) are not considered inadvertent or spurious.
Y N
Y       N     Diesel run terminated due to malfunction of equipment not operative in the emergency mode (examples: synchronizing circuits, SST, pre-lube pump, non-shutdown alarm devices, non-essential generator protection devices).
Diesel loaded to at least 50% of continuous load rating for at least one hour.
Y       N     Diesel run terminated due to minor water leaks and oil leaks (fuel or lube) that would not preclude operation of the DG in an emergency.
Y N
COMMENTS:           (Explanation of all abnormal occurrences, indications and alarms observed during this DG start/run or any other pertinent information.)
Diesel run terminated due to preplanned test or maintenance sequence (STP was completed as written).
11.0   Attach the completed Attachment 1 to Appendix 3.                                                 _____
Y N
Diesel run terminated due to operator error that does not or would not prevent the diesel from being restarted and brought to load in a few minutes without corrective action.
Y N
Diesel run terminated due to inadvertent or spurious trip signal that is not operative in the emergency mode. Spurious trips refer to false or illegitimate signals such as a shorted contact or other faulty equipment that results in automatic trip. Valid trip signals due to actual condition (such as actual high crankcase pressure) are not considered inadvertent or spurious.
Y N
Diesel run terminated due to malfunction of equipment not operative in the emergency mode (examples: synchronizing circuits, SST, pre-lube pump, non-shutdown alarm devices, non-essential generator protection devices).
Y N
Diesel run terminated due to minor water leaks and oil leaks (fuel or lube) that would not preclude operation of the DG in an emergency.
COMMENTS:
(Explanation of all abnormal occurrences, indications and alarms observed during this DG start/run or any other pertinent information.)
11.0 Attach the completed Attachment 1 to Appendix 3.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                          Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                           Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                     31 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 4 of 9 ATTACHMENT 1 INCREASED DG MONITORING DURING MAINTENANCE AND SURVEILLANCE RUNS.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 31 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 4 of 9 ATTACHMENT 1 INCREASED DG MONITORING DURING MAINTENANCE AND SURVEILLANCE RUNS.
1.0   Purpose This attachment has been developed to provide the minimum requirements for diesel generator monitoring during maintenance and surveillance runs. (S-2012-20) 2.0   Instructions 2.1     When performing DG monitoring, the following field observations shall be performed, at a minimum.
1.0 Purpose This attachment has been developed to provide the minimum requirements for diesel generator monitoring during maintenance and surveillance runs. (S-2012-20) 2.0 Instructions 2.1 When performing DG monitoring, the following field observations shall be performed, at a minimum.
* Monitor gage board parameters to include crankcase vacuum.
Monitor gage board parameters to include crankcase vacuum.
* Inspect for unusual operating characteristics, such as fluid leaks (fuel, JW, or oil), exhaust leaks, excessive vibrations, abnormal sounds, etc.
Inspect for unusual operating characteristics, such as fluid leaks (fuel, JW, or oil), exhaust leaks, excessive vibrations, abnormal sounds, etc.
* Monitor temperature indications for proper response to current engine conditions.
Monitor temperature indications for proper response to current engine conditions.
* Monitor filter and strainer performance.
Monitor filter and strainer performance.
* Monitor pump performance. (discharge pressure, abnormal noise, seal leaks, etc.)
Monitor pump performance. (discharge pressure, abnormal noise, seal leaks, etc.)
* Monitor oil levels. (engine sump, governor, turbochargers and generator)
Monitor oil levels. (engine sump, governor, turbochargers and generator)
* Monitor room ventilation. (fans, intake screens and louvers)
Monitor room ventilation. (fans, intake screens and louvers)
* Breakers and alarm panels and should be inspected for abnormal or unusual conditions.
Breakers and alarm panels and should be inspected for abnormal or unusual conditions.
* JW expansion tank level.
JW expansion tank level.
2.2     Any abnormal indications shall be brought to the attention of the Shift Supervisor for investigation and resolution.
2.2 Any abnormal indications shall be brought to the attention of the Shift Supervisor for investigation and resolution.
2.3     IF the DG is started following maintenance, THEN maintenance personnel shall directly observe the DG start.
2.3 IF the DG is started following maintenance, THEN maintenance personnel shall directly observe the DG start.
2.4     Operations personnel shall directly observe the DG start.
2.4 Operations personnel shall directly observe the DG start.
2.5     Diesel operation shall be monitored locally AND at the EPB for approximately fifteen (15) minutes following DG start.
2.5 Diesel operation shall be monitored locally AND at the EPB for approximately fifteen (15) minutes following DG start.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                        Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0     123.0 10/28/2013                                                                         Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                     32 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 5 of 9 2.6   Diesel operation shall be monitored locally AND at the EPB for approximately fifteen (15) minutes following each load increase (during load ascension, normally at fifteen minute intervals). This observation should be of sufficient duration to allow parameters monitored to stabilize.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 32 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 5 of 9 2.6 Diesel operation shall be monitored locally AND at the EPB for approximately fifteen (15) minutes following each load increase (during load ascension, normally at fifteen minute intervals). This observation should be of sufficient duration to allow parameters monitored to stabilize.
2.7   IF delays occur in loading the DG, THEN the DG shall be monitored locally and at the EPB at approximately thirty (30) minute intervals.
2.7 IF delays occur in loading the DG, THEN the DG shall be monitored locally and at the EPB at approximately thirty (30) minute intervals.
2.8   At least one set of DG run logs shall be taken with the DG at full load. DG run logs shall be taken hourly for periods of extended operation.
2.8 At least one set of DG run logs shall be taken with the DG at full load. DG run logs shall be taken hourly for periods of extended operation.
2.9   In addition to the logs normally taken, Attachment 1, Data Sheet 1 will be completed for each start/run of any DG.
2.9 In addition to the logs normally taken, Attachment 1, Data Sheet 1 will be completed for each start/run of any DG.
2.10   Mark any Data Sheet N/A for D/G not covered by this Appendix 3.
2.10 Mark any Data Sheet N/A for D/G not covered by this Appendix 3.
2.11   For extended periods of operation, additional Data Sheets should be printed and attached as necessary.
2.11 For extended periods of operation, additional Data Sheets should be printed and attached as necessary.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                          Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0       123.0 10/28/2013                                                                       Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                   33 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 6 of 9 DATA SHEET 1, page 1 NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 33 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 6 of 9 DATA SHEET 1, page 1 NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.
If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.
If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.
If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.
If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.
The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.
The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.
1-2A Diesel Generator MIN     MAX     TIME     TIME     TIME     TIME   TIME     TIME     TIME West Side Description West Air Intercooler Water N/A   120&deg;F Temperature In West Air Intercooler Water N/A   120&deg;F Temperature Out Intercooler West Bank Air N/A     N/A Inlet Temperature Intercooler West Bank Air N/A     N/A Outlet Temperature 1-2A Diesel Generator MIN   MAX     TIME     TIME     TIME     TIME   TIME     TIME     TIME East Side Description East Air Intercooler Water N/A   120&deg;F Temperature In East Air Intercooler Water N/A   120&deg;F Temperature Out Intercooler East Bank Air N/A     N/A Inlet Temperature Intercooler East Bank Air N/A     N/A Outlet Temperature Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3&deg;F in temperature after two minutes of operation.
1-2A Diesel Generator West Side MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description West Air Intercooler Water Temperature In N/A 120&deg;F West Air Intercooler Water Temperature Out N/A 120&deg;F Intercooler West Bank Air Inlet Temperature N/A N/A Intercooler West Bank Air Outlet Temperature N/A N/A 1-2A Diesel Generator East Side MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description East Air Intercooler Water Temperature In N/A 120&deg;F East Air Intercooler Water Temperature Out N/A 120&deg;F Intercooler East Bank Air Inlet Temperature N/A N/A Intercooler East Bank Air Outlet Temperature N/A N/A Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3&deg;F in temperature after two minutes of operation.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                          Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0       123.0 10/28/2013                                                                       Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                   34 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 7 of 9 DATA SHEET 1, page 2 NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 34 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 7 of 9 DATA SHEET 1, page 2 NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.
If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.
If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.
If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.
If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.
The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.
The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.
1B Diesel Generator MIN     MAX     TIME     TIME     TIME     TIME   TIME     TIME     TIME West Side Description West Air Intercooler Water N/A   120&deg;F Temperature In West Air Intercooler Water N/A   120&deg;F Temperature Out Intercooler West Bank Air N/A     N/A Inlet Temperature Intercooler West Bank Air N/A     N/A Outlet Temperature 1B Diesel Generator MIN   MAX     TIME     TIME     TIME     TIME   TIME     TIME     TIME East Side Description East Air Intercooler Water N/A   120&deg;F Temperature In East Air Intercooler Water N/A   120&deg;F Temperature Out Intercooler East Bank Air N/A     N/A Inlet Temperature Intercooler East Bank Air N/A     N/A Outlet Temperature Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3&deg;F in temperature after two minutes of operation.
1B Diesel Generator West Side MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description West Air Intercooler Water Temperature In N/A 120&deg;F West Air Intercooler Water Temperature Out N/A 120&deg;F Intercooler West Bank Air Inlet Temperature N/A N/A Intercooler West Bank Air Outlet Temperature N/A N/A 1B Diesel Generator East Side MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description East Air Intercooler Water Temperature In N/A 120&deg;F East Air Intercooler Water Temperature Out N/A 120&deg;F Intercooler East Bank Air Inlet Temperature N/A N/A Intercooler East Bank Air Outlet Temperature N/A N/A Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3&deg;F in temperature after two minutes of operation.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                          Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0       123.0 10/28/2013                                                                       Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                   35 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 8 of 9 DATA SHEET 1, page 3 NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 35 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 8 of 9 DATA SHEET 1, page 3 NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.
If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.
If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.
If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.
If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.
The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.
The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.
2B Diesel Generator MIN     MAX     TIME     TIME     TIME     TIME   TIME     TIME     TIME West Side Description West Air Intercooler Water N/A   120&deg;F Temperature In West Air Intercooler Water N/A   120&deg;F Temperature Out Intercooler West Bank Air N/A     N/A Inlet Temperature Intercooler West Bank Air N/A     N/A Outlet Temperature 2B Diesel Generator MIN     MAX     TIME     TIME     TIME     TIME   TIME     TIME     TIME East Side Description East Air Intercooler Water N/A   120&deg;F Temperature In East Air Intercooler Water N/A   120&deg;F Temperature Out Intercooler East Bank Air N/A     N/A Inlet Temperature Intercooler East Bank Air N/A     N/A Outlet Temperature Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3&deg;F in temperature after two minutes of operation.
2B Diesel Generator West Side MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description West Air Intercooler Water Temperature In N/A 120&deg;F West Air Intercooler Water Temperature Out N/A 120&deg;F Intercooler West Bank Air Inlet Temperature N/A N/A Intercooler West Bank Air Outlet Temperature N/A N/A 2B Diesel Generator East Side MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description East Air Intercooler Water Temperature In N/A 120&deg;F East Air Intercooler Water Temperature Out N/A 120&deg;F Intercooler East Bank Air Inlet Temperature N/A N/A Intercooler East Bank Air Outlet Temperature N/A N/A Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3&deg;F in temperature after two minutes of operation.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                          Farley Nuclear Plant                            FNP-0-SOP-38.0       123.0 10/28/2013                                                                       Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                                     36 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 9 of 9 DATA SHEET 1, page 4 NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 36 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 9 of 9 DATA SHEET 1, page 4 NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.
If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.
If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.
If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.
If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.
The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.
The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.
1C Diesel Generator       MIN     MAX     TIME     TIME     TIME     TIME   TIME     TIME     TIME Description Intercooler Water Into Air N/A     N/A Cooler Scavenging Air Into N/A     N/A Cylinders Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3&deg;F in temperature after two minutes of operation.
1C Diesel Generator MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description Intercooler Water Into Air Cooler N/A N/A Scavenging Air Into Cylinders N/A N/A Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3&deg;F in temperature after two minutes of operation.
NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.
NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.
If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.
If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.
If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.
If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.
The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.
The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.
2C Diesel Generator       MIN     MAX     TIME     TIME     TIME     TIME   TIME     TIME     TIME Description Intercooler Water Into Air N/A     N/A Cooler Scavenging Air Into N/A     N/A Cylinders Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3&deg;F in temperature after two minutes of operation.
2C Diesel Generator MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description Intercooler Water Into Air Cooler N/A N/A Scavenging Air Into Cylinders N/A N/A Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3&deg;F in temperature after two minutes of operation.  


Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.
SHARED                  Farley Nuclear Plant                  FNP-0-SOP-38.0   123.0 10/28/2013                                                         Page Number 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS                           37 of 37 APPENDIX 4 SURVEILLANCE TESTS CONTAINING GOVERNOR SETTINGS Affected Surveillance Test Diesel Generator Shared                 Unit 1                   Unit 2 FNP-0-STP-80.1         FNP-1-STP-80.14         FNP-2-STP-80.14 FNP-0-STP-80.5         FNP-1-STP-80.20         FNP-2-STP-80.20 1-2A D/G FNP-0-STP-80.6         FNP-1-STP-80.21         FNP-2-STP-80.21 FNP-0-STP-80.11       FNP-1-STP-80.25         FNP-2-STP-80.25 FNP-0-STP-80.2         FNP-1-STP-80.14         FNP-2-STP-80.14 FNP-0-STP-80.5         FNP-1-STP-80.18         FNP-2-STP-80.18 1C D/G              FNP-0-STP-80.7         FNP-1-STP-80.23         FNP-2-STP-80.23 FNP-0-STP-80.11       FNP-1-STP-80.25         FNP-2-STP-80.25 FNP-0-STP-80.12 2C D/G FNP-1-STP-80.1 FNP-1-STP-80.5 FNP-1-STP-80.6 1B D/G                                    FNP-1-STP-80.8 FNP-1-STP-80.11 FNP-1-STP-80.22 FNP-1-STP-80.25 FNP-2-STP-80.1 FNP-2-STP-80.5 FNP-2-STP-80.6 2B D/G                                                              FNP-2-STP-80.8 FNP-2-STP-80.11 FNP-2-STP-80.22 FNP-2-STP-80.25
FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 37 of 37 APPENDIX 4 SURVEILLANCE TESTS CONTAINING GOVERNOR SETTINGS Diesel Generator Affected Surveillance Test Shared Unit 1 Unit 2 1-2A D/G FNP-0-STP-80.1 FNP-1-STP-80.14 FNP-2-STP-80.14 FNP-0-STP-80.5 FNP-1-STP-80.20 FNP-2-STP-80.20 FNP-0-STP-80.6 FNP-1-STP-80.21 FNP-2-STP-80.21 FNP-0-STP-80.11 FNP-1-STP-80.25 FNP-2-STP-80.25 1C D/G FNP-0-STP-80.2 FNP-1-STP-80.14 FNP-2-STP-80.14 FNP-0-STP-80.5 FNP-1-STP-80.18 FNP-2-STP-80.18 FNP-0-STP-80.7 FNP-1-STP-80.23 FNP-2-STP-80.23 FNP-0-STP-80.11 FNP-1-STP-80.25 FNP-2-STP-80.25 FNP-0-STP-80.12 2C D/G 1B D/G FNP-1-STP-80.1 FNP-1-STP-80.5 FNP-1-STP-80.6 FNP-1-STP-80.8 FNP-1-STP-80.11 FNP-1-STP-80.22 FNP-1-STP-80.25 2B D/G FNP-2-STP-80.1 FNP-2-STP-80.5 FNP-2-STP-80.6 FNP-2-STP-80.8 FNP-2-STP-80.11 FNP-2-STP-80.22 FNP-2-STP-80.25  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                           Page 1 of 7 A.1.b, Conduct of Operations - RO & SRO A.1.b TITLE: Perform A Shutdown Margin Calculation in modes 1 & 2.
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 7 Developer S. Jackson 05/07/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 A.1.b, Conduct of Operations - RO & SRO A.1.b TITLE: Perform A Shutdown Margin Calculation in modes 1 & 2.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT                 SOCT           OLT X     LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:                   X   PERFORM           SIMULATE         DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR           CONTROL ROOM           X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME:         30 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:             N/A ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL             PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
: 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.
: 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.
Line 698: Line 810:
* Identify the need to emergency borate.
* Identify the need to emergency borate.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                    S. Jackson                                05/07/14 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                                 A.1.b                                   Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Determine the excess Shutdown Margin using STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547&deg;F), for Unit 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.b Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Determine the excess Shutdown Margin using STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547&deg;F), for Unit 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 1 is stable at 90% with the ramp on hold
: a. Unit 1 is stable at 90% with the ramp on hold
: b. Bank D indicates 192 by Group Demand.
: b. Bank D indicates 192 by Group Demand.
Line 712: Line 824:
: h. FNP-1-STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547&deg;F), initial conditions are satisfied.
: h. FNP-1-STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547&deg;F), initial conditions are satisfied.
: i. The Shift Supervisor has directed you to complete FNP-1-STP-29.5 starting at step 5.1 and identify whether or not emergency boration is required.
: i. The Shift Supervisor has directed you to complete FNP-1-STP-29.5 starting at step 5.1 and identify whether or not emergency boration is required.
INITIATING CUE:             You may begin.
INITIATING CUE:
You may begin.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                   STANDARDS:               (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME NOTE: Elements 1 through 13 are evaluated by comparing the completed Calculation page to the values and ranges of each element. The acceptable responses are ALSO listed on the calculation KEY.
START TIME NOTE: Elements 1 through 13 are evaluated by comparing the completed Calculation page to the values and ranges of each element. The acceptable responses are ALSO listed on the calculation KEY.
: 1. Step A.1: Document Core Burnup                     1) Value entered: 9,800 MWD         S / U
: 1. Step A.1: Document Core Burnup
: 2. Step A.2: Document Power Level                     2) Value entered: 90% entered       S / U
: 1) Value entered: 9,800 MWD S / U
: 2. Step A.2: Document Power Level
: 2) Value entered: 90% entered S / U  


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                               A.1.b                               Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.b Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                 STANDARDS:             (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
: 3. Step A.3: Determine penalty steps for Banks     3) Value entered: ZERO (0)       S / U below RIL.                                          (range: NONE) a) Using COLR figure 1 determines RIL    a) Determines RIL from COLR for 90% power level.
STANDARDS:
* CB D/ RIL = 167 (range: 165-170) from COLR.
(CIRCLE)
* CBC / RIL = FULL OUT (or 228).
: 3. Step A.3: Determine penalty steps for Banks below RIL.
b) Gathers data from Conditions page      b) Documents given Demand positions
a) Using COLR figure 1 determines RIL for 90% power level.
* CB D/ Demand 192
b) Gathers data from Conditions page c) Determines penalty steps per bank.
* All others: FULL OUT (or 228) c) Determines penalty steps per bank. c) Calculates difference
: 3) Value entered: ZERO (0)
* All values: ZERO (0)
(range: NONE) a) Determines RIL from COLR CB D/ RIL = 167 (range: 165-170) from COLR.
CBC / RIL = FULL OUT (or 228).
b) Documents given Demand positions CB D/ Demand 192 All others: FULL OUT (or 228) c) Calculates difference All values: ZERO (0)
(range: NONE)
(range: NONE)
: 4. Step A.4: Determine number of penalty steps for 4) Value entered: ZERO (0)       S / U RODS below RIL.
S / U
* 5. Step B.1: Determine Rod Worth for all control   5) Value entered: 6043.          S / U and shutdown bands at Zero steps using given       (range: NONE) power and burnup:
: 4. Step A.4: Determine number of penalty steps for RODS below RIL.
: 4) Value entered: ZERO (0)
S / U
* 5. Step B.1: Determine Rod Worth for all control and shutdown bands at Zero steps using given power and burnup:
a) Uses Curve 77 pg 1 for 90% power and > 9000 - < 10000MWD
a) Uses Curve 77 pg 1 for 90% power and > 9000 - < 10000MWD
: 6. Step B.2: Calculate penalty value of rod banks. 6) Value entered of ZERO (0)     S / U
: 5) Value entered: 6043.
* 7. Step B.3: Calculate penalty value of individual 7) Value entered of ZERO (0)     S / U rods.
(range: NONE)
* 8. Step B.4.a; Determine most reactive Rod worth. 8) Value entered of 1389         S / U (range: NONE) a)   From Curve 77 pg 2 for
S / U
                                                            > 9000 - < 10000MWD
: 6. Step B.2: Calculate penalty value of rod banks.
: 6) Value entered of ZERO (0)
S / U
* 7. Step B.3: Calculate penalty value of individual rods.
: 7) Value entered of ZERO (0)
S / U
* 8. Step B.4.a; Determine most reactive Rod worth.
: 8) Value entered of 1389 (range: NONE) a)
From Curve 77 pg 2 for  
> 9000 - < 10000MWD S / U


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                               A.1.b                                   Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.b Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                 STANDARDS:               (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
* 9. Step B.4.b; Calculate rod worth of             9)   Value entered of 3472.5       S / U stuck/untrippable rod                              (range: 3471- 3473 for various rounding technique effects) a)   # of stuck: 1 rod b) B.4.a: 1389 Calculate using equation.
STANDARDS:
* 10. Step B.5; Calculate penalized rod worth       10) Value entered of (-) 2313.5     S / U NOTE: NEG (-) SIGN IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS CALCULATION/Evaluation
(CIRCLE)
* 9. Step B.4.b; Calculate rod worth of stuck/untrippable rod
: 9) Value entered of 3472.5 (range: 3471-3473 for various rounding technique effects) a)  
# of stuck: 1 rod b)
B.4.a: 1389 Calculate using equation.
S / U
* 10. Step B.5; Calculate penalized rod worth
: 10) Value entered of (-) 2313.5 NOTE: NEG (-) SIGN IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS CALCULATION/Evaluation
( range: (-)2313 to (-) 2315 )
( range: (-)2313 to (-) 2315 )
Transfer data from other steps:
Transfer data from other steps:
a) B.1: 6043 b)   B.2: 0 c)   B.3: 0 d) B.4.b: 3472.5 (+.5, -1.5)
a)
B.1: 6043 b)
B.2: 0 c)
B.3: 0 d)
B.4.b: 3472.5 (+.5, -1.5)
Calculate using equation.
Calculate using equation.
* 11. Step B.6; Determine power defect for given     11) Value entered of 1701 (range:   S / U conditions                                          NONE) a)   From Curve 78 for
S / U
                                                            > 9000 - < 10000MWD
* 11. Step B.6; Determine power defect for given conditions
: 11) Value entered of 1701 (range:
NONE) a)
From Curve 78 for  
> 9000 - < 10000MWD S / U


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                               A.1.b                                     Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.b Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                   STANDARDS:                 (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
* 12. Step B.8; Calculate available Shutdown         12) Value entered of (-) 562.5         S / U Reactivity                                          pcm (range: -562 to -564)
STANDARDS:
NOTE: NEG (-) SIGN IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS CALCULATION/Evaluation a)     Transfer data:
(CIRCLE)
* 12. Step B.8; Calculate available Shutdown Reactivity
: 12) Value entered of (-) 562.5 pcm (range: -562 to -564)
NOTE: NEG (-) SIGN IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS CALCULATION/Evaluation a)
Transfer data:
: i. B.5: (-) 2313.5 (range: (-)2313 to (-)2315) ii. B.6: 1701 Calculate using equation.
: i. B.5: (-) 2313.5 (range: (-)2313 to (-)2315) ii. B.6: 1701 Calculate using equation.
* 13. Step B.9; Calculate Excess Shutdown Margin     13) Value entered of (+) 1207.5         S / U (range: +1206 to +1208)
S / U
NOTE: POS (+) SIGN IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS CALCULATION/Evaluation a)     Transpose data:
* 13. Step B.9; Calculate Excess Shutdown Margin
: i. B.8: (-) 562.5 (-562 to -564) ii. Calculate NOTE: Element 15 is not required to be completed but is likely to be completed/initialed if initiated as a group/classroom setting.
: 13) Value entered of (+) 1207.5 (range: +1206 to +1208)
* 14. Step B.10: Identifies Need to Emergency Borate 14) Notifies Shift Supervisor of       S / U need to Emergency Borate.
NOTE: POS (+) SIGN IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS CALCULATION/Evaluation a)
: 15. completes task:                                 15) Completes sign off.                S / U a) Signs and dates Calculation Sheet       a) Signs and dates form b) Initials step 5.1                       b) Initials step 5.1 of procedure.
Transpose data:
c) Asks for verification of calculation TERMINATE After calculation of Excess Shutdown Margin AND element 14 completed.
: i. B.8: (-) 562.5 (-562 to -564) ii. Calculate S / U NOTE: Element 15 is not required to be completed but is likely to be completed/initialed if initiated as a group/classroom setting.
STOP TIME
* 14. Step B.10: Identifies Need to Emergency Borate
: 14) Notifies Shift Supervisor of need to Emergency Borate.
S / U
: 15. completes task:
a) Signs and dates Calculation Sheet b) Initials step 5.1 c) Asks for verification of calculation
: 15) Completes sign off.
a) Signs and dates form b) Initials step 5.1 of procedure.
S / U TERMINATE After calculation of Excess Shutdown Margin AND element 14 completed.
STOP TIME  


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                                   A.1.b                                       Page 6 of 7 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.b Page 6 of 7 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


Line 773: Line 931:
: 5. Pen/Pencil
: 5. Pen/Pencil
: 6. calculator Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 6. calculator Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP                                               Evaluation 1-4, 6, 15   Not critical - These steps have no impact on the SDM calculation.
STEP Evaluation 1-4, 6, 15 Not critical - These steps have no impact on the SDM calculation.
5, 7-13       Critical - Calculation completion; each step is critical in accurately determining available SDM and Excess SDM.
5, 7-13 Critical - Calculation completion; each step is critical in accurately determining available SDM and Excess SDM.
14           Critical - Task Objective; Identification that Acceptance Criteria NOT met and Emergency boration IS required to ensure corrective action is initiated and compliance with T.S. is restored.
14 Critical - Task Objective; Identification that Acceptance Criteria NOT met and Emergency boration IS required to ensure corrective action is initiated and compliance with T.S. is restored.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:  


FNP ILT-37 ADMIN                                 A.1.b                                 HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Determine if Shutdown Margin is adequate using STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547&deg;F), for Unit 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.b HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Determine if Shutdown Margin is adequate using STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547&deg;F), for Unit 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 1 is stable at 90% with the ramp on hold
: a. Unit 1 is stable at 90% with the ramp on hold
: b. Bank D indicates 192 by Group Demand.
: b. Bank D indicates 192 by Group Demand.
Line 787: Line 945:
: g. Core burnup is 9,800 MWD/MTU burnup.
: g. Core burnup is 9,800 MWD/MTU burnup.
: h. FNP-1-STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547&deg;F), initial conditions are satisfied.
: h. FNP-1-STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547&deg;F), initial conditions are satisfied.
: i. The Shift Supervisor has directed you to complete FNP-1-STP-29.5 starting at step 5.1 and identify whether or not emergency boration is required.
: i. The Shift Supervisor has directed you to complete FNP-1-STP-29.5 starting at step 5.1 and identify whether or not emergency boration is required.  


06/01/11 15:34:35                     UNIT          KEY 1 SHUTDOWN MARGIN IN MODES 1 AND 2 FNP-1-STP-29.5 A.     PRESENT CONDITIONS 9800 A.1     Core Burnup ________         MWD/MTU 90 A.2     Power Level.                   %
UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 1 of 3 Version 5.0 SHUTDOWN MARGIN IN MODES 1 AND 2 A.
A.3     Determine number of penalty steps for ROD BANKS below RIL.
PRESENT CONDITIONS A.1 Core Burnup ________ MWD/MTU A.2 Power Level. %
A.3 Determine number of penalty steps for ROD BANKS below RIL.
(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)
(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)
A.3.a Record data in table ROD                 BANK RIL                 BANK             STEPS BELOW BANKS              HEIGHT                  DEMAND            RIL CBA                 FULL OUT               Full Out (228)             0 CBB                FULL OUT                Full Out (228)             0 CBC                  Full Out(228)         Full Out (228)             0 CBD                    167 (165-170)              192                0 SDA                FULL OUT                Full Out (228)             0 SDB                FULL OUT                Full Out (228)             0 0
A.3.a Record data in table ROD BANKS BANK RIL HEIGHT BANK DEMAND STEPS BELOW RIL CBA FULL OUT CBB FULL OUT CBC CBD SDA FULL OUT SDB FULL OUT TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL KEY 9800 90 Full Out (228)
TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL RANGE for CBD RIL:
Full Out (228)
Full Out (228) 192 Full Out (228)
Full Out (228) 0 0
0 0
0 0
0 Full Out(228) 167 (165-170)
RANGE for CBD RIL:
LO: Readability of COLR RIL curve may allow as low as 165 steps; although this is < than the curve limit of 166.9, if calculated. The assumptions within the curve development provides for this readability error.
LO: Readability of COLR RIL curve may allow as low as 165 steps; although this is < than the curve limit of 166.9, if calculated. The assumptions within the curve development provides for this readability error.
HI: conservatism allowed by P&L 4.1 may be instituted and a value of up to 170 steps may be selected since the specific value between the Y-axis increments may not be calculated.
HI: conservatism allowed by P&L 4.1 may be instituted and a value of up to 170 steps may be selected since the specific value between the Y-axis increments may not be calculated.
Page 1 of 3                                    Version 5.0


06/01/11 15:34:35                   UNIT        KEY1                          FNP-1-STP-29.5 A.4       Determine number of penalty steps for RODS below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL)
UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 2 of 3 Version 5.0 A.4 Determine number of penalty steps for RODS below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL)
(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)
(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)
A.4.a Record data in table ROD NUMBER           RIL POSITION       DRPI POSITION       DIFFERENCE N/A 0
A.4.a Record data in table ROD NUMBER RIL POSITION DRPI POSITION DIFFERENCE TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL B.
TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL B.     SHUTDOWN MARGIN NOTE: Write the values from Curves 77 & 78 directly into the surveillance test.
SHUTDOWN MARGIN NOTE: Write the values from Curves 77 & 78 directly into the surveillance test.
The correct sign convention has been entered in the STP.
The correct sign convention has been entered in the STP.
B.1     Rod worth for all control and shutdown banks at zero steps at 6043 Present Burnup (A.1) and Power Level (A.2) .             ()           pcm (Curve 77 Page 1)
B.1 Rod worth for all control and shutdown banks at zero steps at Present Burnup (A.1) and Power Level (A.2).
B.2     Penalty value of rod banks below insertion limit:
()
0                                                            0 steps 75 pcm/step =                           (+)            pcm (A.3.a)
pcm (Curve 77 Page 1)
B.3     Penalty value of individual rods below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL) 0 0                                                  (+)            pcm steps 10 pcm/step   =
B.2 Penalty value of rod banks below insertion limit:
steps 75 pcm/step =
(A.3.a)
B.3 Penalty value of individual rods below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL) steps 10 pcm/step =
(A.4.a)
(A.4.a)
Page 2 of 3                            Version 5.0
(+)
pcm
(+)
pcm KEY N/A 6043 0
0 0
0 0


06/01/11 15:34:35                             UNIT        KEY 1                                    FNP-1-STP-29.5 B.4       Stuck / Untrippable Rod penalty:
UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 3 of 3 Version 5.0 B.4 Stuck / Untrippable Rod penalty:
(B.4.a is N/A and B.4.b is zero if there are no stuck/untrippable rods) 1389 B.4.a Worth of most reactive rod worth at present burnup (A.1) ()                               pcm from Curve 77 pg. 2 B.4.b Calculate worth of Stuck/untrippable rods 1                                                                        3472.5 1389                      1389
(B.4.a is N/A and B.4.b is zero if there are no stuck/untrippable rods)
[               ()           1.75 ] + [()             0.75] = ()     range: 3471pcm to 3473
B.4.a Worth of most reactive rod worth at present burnup (A.1) ()
(# Stuck/             (B.4.a)               (B.4.a) untrippable Range rods) considers (Most rounding reactiveup or rounding  down (Most reactive rod worth)             rod worth)
pcm from Curve 77 pg. 2 B.4.b Calculate worth of Stuck/untrippable rods
B.5         Penalized rod worth considering stuck/untrippable rods, misaligned rods, rods below the insertion limit, and uncertainty:
[
3472.5 6043          0              0                                              (-) 2313.5
()
(+.5,
1.75 ] + [()
[()              + ______ + ______       ()______]     0.9 =           ( ) range: (-)2313 pcmto (-)2315
0.75] = ()
                                                                        -1.5)
pcm
(B.1)         (B.2)         (B.3)         (B.4.b)
(# Stuck/
(B.4.a)
(B.4.a) untrippable rods) (Most reactive (Most reactive rod worth) rod worth)
B.5 Penalized rod worth considering stuck/untrippable rods, misaligned rods, rods below the insertion limit, and uncertainty:
[()  
+ ______ + ______ ()______] 0.9 =
( )
pcm (B.1)
(B.2)
(B.3)
(B.4.b)
B.6 Power Defect at Power Level (A.2) and Burnup (A.1)
(Curve 78).
()
pcm B.7 Void Collapse Defect.
(+) 50 pcm B.8 Available Shutdown Reactivity:
( ) () +
50 pcm (B.5)
(B.6)
(B.7)
B.9 Shutdown Margin in excess of required Shutdown Margin (B.8 Required SDM from the COLR):
( )__________ pcm () 1770 pcm =
( ) pcm (B.8) Required SDM (SDMExcess) from the COLR B.10 If B.9 is positive, THEN emergency borate per FNP-1-AOP-27.0, EMERGENCY BORATION, to establish the required shutdown margin otherwise Shutdown Margin is adequate for the Present plant condition.
Date:
Performed by:
Date:
Verified by:
1389 1389 1389 1
3472.5 range: 3471 to 3473 KEY Range considers rounding up or rounding down 6043 0
3472.5
(+.5,
-1.5)
[-6043+3472.5]*0.9 = -2313.45 (rounded to -2313.5)
[-6043+3472.5]*0.9 = -2313.45 (rounded to -2313.5)
[-6043+3471]*0.9 = -2314.8 (rounded to -2315)
[-6043+3471]*0.9 = -2314.8 (rounded to -2315)
[-6043+3473] *0.9 = -2313 B.6          Power Defect at Power Level (A.2) and Burnup (A.1)                                  1701 (Curve 78).                                                                  ()                  pcm B.7          Void Collapse Defect.                                                        (+)        50      pcm B.8 (-) 2313.5 Available Shutdown Reactivity:                                              (-) 562.5 range: (-)2313 to             1701                                            range:
[-6043+3473] *0.9 = -2313
(-)2315                                                                         (-) 562 to (-) 564
(-) 2313.5 range: (-)2313 to (-)2315 1701 1701
( )              ()                    +            50                                        pcm (B.5)                  (B.6)                      (B.7)
(+) 1207.5 range:
B.9      Shutdown Margin in excess of required Shutdown Margin (B.8  Required
(+)1206 to
(-) 562.5                  SDM from the COLR):                                          (+) 1207.5 range:                                                                                  range:
(+)1208 Emergency Boration IS required May also state that a Rx trip may be warranted (P&L 4.3).
(-) 562 to (-) 564                                                                      (+)1206 to
DATE-- Element 15-if assumes/states emergency boration completed Signed-- element 15-if assumes/states Emerg Boration completed
( )__________ pcm  ()                1770      pcm          =                ( )(+)1208         pcm (B.8)                     Required SDM                                          (SDMExcess) from the COLR B.10        If B.9 is positive, THEN emergency borate per FNP-1-AOP-27.0, EMERGENCY BORATION, to establish the required shutdown margin otherwise Shutdown Margin is adequate for the Present plant condition.
(-) 562.5 range:
Emergency Boration IS required Date:                      DATE-- Element 15-if Performed by:          Signed-- element 15- if assumes/states May also state that a                assumes/states                            Emerg Boration completed Rx trip mayDate:
(-) 562 to (-) 564 0
be                      emergency boration Verified by:
(-) 2313.5 range: (-)2313 to
warranted (P&L 4.3).                 completed Page 3 of 3                                        Version 5.0
(-)2315
(-) 562.5 range:
(-) 562 to (-) 564


06/01/11 15:34:35 UNIT 1                                    FNP-1-STP-29.5 May 3, 2011 Version 5.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE FNP-1-STP-29.5 S
UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 May 3, 2011 Version 5.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE FNP-1-STP-29.5 S
A F
A F
E T
E T
Y SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547F)
Y SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547F)
R E
R E
L A
L A
T E
T E
D PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS                                       SECTIONS Continuous Use:     Procedure must be open and readily available at the               ALL work location. Follow procedure step by step unless otherwise directed by the procedure.
D PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS Continuous Use:
Reference Use:       Procedure or applicable section(s) available at the work         NONE location for ready reference by person performing steps.
Procedure must be open and readily available at the work location. Follow procedure step by step unless otherwise directed by the procedure.
Information Use:     Available on plant site for reference needed.                     NONE Approved:
ALL Reference Use:
David L Reed (for)                                       Date Issued: May 5, 2011 Operations Manager
Procedure or applicable section(s) available at the work location for ready reference by person performing steps.
NONE Information Use:
Available on plant site for reference needed.
NONE Approved:
David L Reed (for)
Date Issued: May 5, 2011 Operations Manager  


06/01/11 15:34:35 UNIT 1 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT FNP-1-STP-29.5 SURVEILLANCE TEST REVIEW SHEET SURVEILLANCE TEST NO.                                       TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION REFERENCE FNP-1-STP-29.5 TR 13.1.1; LCO 3.1.4; LCO 3.1.5; LCO 3.1.6 TITLE                                                                         MODE(S) REQUIRING TEST:
UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Version 5.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SURVEILLANCE TEST REVIEW SHEET SURVEILLANCE TEST NO.
SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2                                                  1*,2*
FNP-1-STP-29.5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION REFERENCE TR 13.1.1; LCO 3.1.4; LCO 3.1.5; LCO 3.1.6 TITLE SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547F)
(TAVG  547F)                                  *See special test exceptions of above specifications TEST RESULTS (TO BE COMPLETED BY TEST PERFORMER)
MODE(S) REQUIRING TEST:
PERFORMED BY                                                             DATE/TIME COMPONENT OR TRAIN TESTED (if applicable)
1*,2*  
[ ] ENTIRE STP PERFORMED                                                   [ ] FOR SURVEILLANCE CREDIT
*See special test exceptions of above specifications TEST RESULTS (TO BE COMPLETED BY TEST PERFORMER)
[ ] PARTIAL STP PERFORMED:                                                 [ ] NOT FOR SURVEILLANCE CREDIT REASON FOR PARTIAL:
PERFORMED BY DATE/TIME COMPONENT OR TRAIN TESTED (if applicable)
TEST COMPLETED:                             [ ] Satisfactory                 [ ] Unsatisfactory
[ ] ENTIRE STP PERFORMED
[ ] FOR SURVEILLANCE CREDIT
[ ] PARTIAL STP PERFORMED:
[ ] NOT FOR SURVEILLANCE CREDIT REASON FOR PARTIAL:
TEST COMPLETED:
[ ] Satisfactory
[ ] Unsatisfactory
[ ] The following deficiencies occurred:
[ ] The following deficiencies occurred:
[ ] Corrective action taken or initiated:
[ ] Corrective action taken or initiated:
Line 857: Line 1,073:
[ ] PROCEDURE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SATISFACTORY PER STEP 9.1 OF FNP-0-AP-5
[ ] PROCEDURE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SATISFACTORY PER STEP 9.1 OF FNP-0-AP-5
[ ] COMMENTS:
[ ] COMMENTS:
REVIEWED BY**                                               /                             DATE (Print)                 (Signature)
REVIEWED BY**  
**Reviewer must be AP-31 Level II certified & cannot be the Performing Individual TECHNICAL GROUP-REACTOR ENG REVIEW                   REVIEWED BY                                                 DATE
/
DATE (Print)
(Signature)  
**Reviewer must be AP-31 Level II certified & cannot be the Performing Individual TECHNICAL GROUP-REACTOR ENG REVIEW REVIEWED BY DATE
[ ] Satisfactory and Approved
[ ] Satisfactory and Approved
[ ] Comments:
[ ] Comments:  
Version 5.0


06/01/11 15:34:35 UNIT 1                                        FNP-1-STP-29.5 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains                   Number of Pages STRS .........................................................1 Body ..........................................................2 Shutdown Margin......................................3 Page 1 of 1                                  Version 5.0
UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 1 of 1 Version 5.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages STRS.........................................................1 Body..........................................................2 Shutdown Margin......................................3  


06/01/11 15:34:35                     UNIT 1                                      FNP-1-STP-29.5 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE STP-29.5 SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547F) 1.0   Purpose 1.1     The purpose of this procedure is to verify that the SHUTDOWN MARGIN is greater than the limits of the Technical Requirements Manual TR 13.1.1 as directed by Technical Specifications in Modes 1 or 2:
UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Version 5.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE STP-29.5 SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547F) 1.0 Purpose 1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to verify that the SHUTDOWN MARGIN is greater than the limits of the Technical Requirements Manual TR 13.1.1 as directed by Technical Specifications in Modes 1 or 2:
1.1.1   One or more rod(s) untrippable (LCO 3.1.4),
1.1.1 One or more rod(s) untrippable (LCO 3.1.4),
1.1.2   One or more rod(s) not aligned within 12 steps of their group step counter demand position (LCO 3.1.4),
1.1.2 One or more rod(s) not aligned within 12 steps of their group step counter demand position (LCO 3.1.4),
1.1.3   One or more shutdown banks not within insertion limits specified in the COLR (LCO 3.1.5),
1.1.3 One or more shutdown banks not within insertion limits specified in the COLR (LCO 3.1.5),
1.1.4   Control bank insertion, sequence, or overlap not within limits specified in the COLR (LCO 3.1.6). (This condition does not affect shutdown margin unless control banks are below insertion limits) 2.0   Acceptance Criteria 2.1     The Shutdown Margin shall be greater than or equal to the value specified in the COLR.
1.1.4 Control bank insertion, sequence, or overlap not within limits specified in the COLR (LCO 3.1.6). (This condition does not affect shutdown margin unless control banks are below insertion limits) 2.0 Acceptance Criteria 2.1 The Shutdown Margin shall be greater than or equal to the value specified in the COLR.
3.0   Initial Conditions SJJ    3.1     The revision of this procedure has been verified to be the current revision and correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498)
3.0 Initial Conditions 3.1 The revision of this procedure has been verified to be the current revision and correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498) 3.2 TAVG 547&deg;F.
SJJ    3.2     TAVG 547&deg;F.
3.3 TAVG +/- 1&deg;F of programmed value. (Needed for Power Defect to be accurate) 3.4 The plant is in Mode 1 or 2 with Keff 1.
SJJ    3.3     TAVG +/- 1&deg;F of programmed value. (Needed for Power Defect to be accurate)
3.5 Technical Specifications required action entered to verify SDM to be within the limits provided in the COLR OR Shift Supervisor desires to perform.
SJJ    3.4     The plant is in Mode 1 or 2 with Keff 1.
SJJ SJJ SJJ SJJ SJJ
SJJ 3.5       Technical Specifications required action entered to verify SDM to be within the limits provided in the COLR OR Shift Supervisor desires to perform.
Version 5.0


06/01/11 15:34:35                   UNIT 1                                      FNP-1-STP-29.5 4.0   Precautions and Limitations 4.1     Read all curves as accurately as possible OR most conservatively.
UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Version 5.0 4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Read all curves as accurately as possible OR most conservatively.
4.2     Observe proper algebraic sign notation throughout the calculation.
4.2 Observe proper algebraic sign notation throughout the calculation.
4.3     IF necessary to emergency borate due to inadequate shutdown margin, THEN consideration should be given to tripping the reactor and entering FNP-1-EEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION concurrent with the emergency boration.
4.3 IF necessary to emergency borate due to inadequate shutdown margin, THEN consideration should be given to tripping the reactor and entering FNP-1-EEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION concurrent with the emergency boration.
5.0   Instructions NOTE: For calculating shutdown margin at power, the amount of reactivity by which the reactor would be subcritical from its present condition must be determined.
5.0 Instructions NOTE: For calculating shutdown margin at power, the amount of reactivity by which the reactor would be subcritical from its present condition must be determined.
If the reactor were to shutdown instantaneously, the changes in reactivity would be from control rod position and power defect. In the instant that the reactor shut down, reactivity changes from xenon, samarium and boron concentration would be zero.
If the reactor were to shutdown instantaneously, the changes in reactivity would be from control rod position and power defect. In the instant that the reactor shut down, reactivity changes from xenon, samarium and boron concentration would be zero.
5.1     Enter the information required on the attached calculation sheets and calculate the shutdown margin.
5.1 Enter the information required on the attached calculation sheets and calculate the shutdown margin.
NOTE: Verification of shutdown margin calculation by a licensed individual other than the test performer, should take place as soon as practical, and any differences resolved immediately.
NOTE: Verification of shutdown margin calculation by a licensed individual other than the test performer, should take place as soon as practical, and any differences resolved immediately.
A Shift Foreman that serves as verifier of the calculation may also serve as reviewer on the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.
A Shift Foreman that serves as verifier of the calculation may also serve as reviewer on the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.
5.2     Verify shutdown margin calculated in step 5.1.
5.2 Verify shutdown margin calculated in step 5.1.
6.0   References 6.1       Technical Specifications: LCOs 3.1.4, 3.1.5, & 3.1.6.
6.0 References 6.1 Technical Specifications: LCOs 3.1.4, 3.1.5, & 3.1.6.
6.2       Technical Requirement Manual TR 13.1.1 6.3       Core Operating Limits Report (COLR).
6.2 Technical Requirement Manual TR 13.1.1 6.3 Core Operating Limits Report (COLR).  
Version 5.0


06/01/11 15:34:35                 UNIT 1 SHUTDOWN MARGIN IN MODES 1 AND 2 FNP-1-STP-29.5 A.     PRESENT CONDITIONS A.1     Core Burnup ________ MWD/MTU A.2     Power Level.             %
UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 1 of 3 Version 5.0 SHUTDOWN MARGIN IN MODES 1 AND 2 A.
A.3     Determine number of penalty steps for ROD BANKS below RIL.
PRESENT CONDITIONS A.1 Core Burnup ________ MWD/MTU A.2 Power Level. %
A.3 Determine number of penalty steps for ROD BANKS below RIL.
(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)
(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)
A.3.a Record data in table ROD             BANK RIL           BANK       STEPS BELOW BANKS          HEIGHT            DEMAND    RIL CBA             FULL OUT CBB             FULL OUT CBC CBD SDA             FULL OUT SDB             FULL OUT TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL Page 1 of 3                      Version 5.0
A.3.a Record data in table ROD BANKS BANK RIL HEIGHT BANK DEMAND STEPS BELOW RIL CBA FULL OUT CBB FULL OUT CBC CBD SDA FULL OUT SDB FULL OUT TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL  


06/01/11 15:34:35                   UNIT 1                                    FNP-1-STP-29.5 A.4       Determine number of penalty steps for RODS below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL)
UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 2 of 3 Version 5.0 A.4 Determine number of penalty steps for RODS below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL)
(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)
(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)
A.4.a Record data in table ROD NUMBER           RIL POSITION       DRPI POSITION     DIFFERENCE TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL B.     SHUTDOWN MARGIN NOTE: Write the values from Curves 77 & 78 directly into the surveillance test.
A.4.a Record data in table ROD NUMBER RIL POSITION DRPI POSITION DIFFERENCE TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL B.
SHUTDOWN MARGIN NOTE: Write the values from Curves 77 & 78 directly into the surveillance test.
The correct sign convention has been entered in the STP.
The correct sign convention has been entered in the STP.
B.1     Rod worth for all control and shutdown banks at zero steps at Present Burnup (A.1) and Power Level (A.2) .             ()           pcm (Curve 77 Page 1)
B.1 Rod worth for all control and shutdown banks at zero steps at Present Burnup (A.1) and Power Level (A.2).
B.2     Penalty value of rod banks below insertion limit:
()
steps 75 pcm/step =                           (+)            pcm (A.3.a)
pcm (Curve 77 Page 1)
B.3     Penalty value of individual rods below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL)
B.2 Penalty value of rod banks below insertion limit:
(+)            pcm steps 10 pcm/step   =
steps 75 pcm/step =
(A.3.a)
B.3 Penalty value of individual rods below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL) steps 10 pcm/step =
(A.4.a)
(A.4.a)
Page 2 of 3                            Version 5.0
(+)
pcm
(+)
pcm


06/01/11 15:34:35                     UNIT 1                                      FNP-1-STP-29.5 B.4   Stuck / Untrippable Rod penalty:
UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 3 of 3 Version 5.0 B.4 Stuck / Untrippable Rod penalty:
(B.4.a is N/A and B.4.b is zero if there are no stuck/untrippable rods)
(B.4.a is N/A and B.4.b is zero if there are no stuck/untrippable rods)
B.4.a Worth of most reactive rod worth at present burnup (A.1) ()                 pcm from Curve 77 pg. 2 B.4.b Calculate worth of Stuck/untrippable rods
B.4.a Worth of most reactive rod worth at present burnup (A.1) ()
[             ()         1.75 ] + [()           0.75] = ()           pcm
pcm from Curve 77 pg. 2 B.4.b Calculate worth of Stuck/untrippable rods
(# Stuck/         (B.4.a)             (B.4.a) untrippable rods) (Most reactive         (Most reactive rod worth)           rod worth)
[
B.5     Penalized rod worth considering stuck/untrippable rods, misaligned rods, rods below the insertion limit, and uncertainty:
()
[()           + ______ + ______ ()______] 0.9 =             ( )             pcm (B.1)         (B.2)       (B.3)       (B.4.b)
1.75 ] + [()
B.6     Power Defect at Power Level (A.2) and Burnup (A.1)
0.75] = ()
(Curve 78).                                                         ()             pcm B.7     Void Collapse Defect.                                               (+)     50       pcm B.8     Available Shutdown Reactivity:
pcm
( )             ()                 +           50                               pcm (B.5)             (B.6)                   (B.7)
(# Stuck/
B.9   Shutdown Margin in excess of required Shutdown Margin (B.8 Required SDM from the COLR):
(B.4.a)
( )__________ pcm ()             1770     pcm         =             ()           pcm (B.8)                 Required SDM                                   (SDMExcess) from the COLR B.10     If B.9 is positive, THEN emergency borate per FNP-1-AOP-27.0, EMERGENCY BORATION, to establish the required shutdown margin otherwise Shutdown Margin is adequate for the Present plant condition.
(B.4.a) untrippable rods) (Most reactive (Most reactive rod worth) rod worth)
Date:                                   Performed by:
B.5 Penalized rod worth considering stuck/untrippable rods, misaligned rods, rods below the insertion limit, and uncertainty:
Date:                                   Verified by:
[()  
Page 3 of 3                              Version 5.0
+ ______ + ______ ()______] 0.9 =
( )
pcm (B.1)
(B.2)
(B.3)
(B.4.b)
B.6 Power Defect at Power Level (A.2) and Burnup (A.1)
(Curve 78).
()
pcm B.7 Void Collapse Defect.
(+) 50 pcm B.8 Available Shutdown Reactivity:
( ) () +
50 pcm (B.5)
(B.6)
(B.7)
B.9 Shutdown Margin in excess of required Shutdown Margin (B.8 Required SDM from the COLR):
( )__________ pcm () 1770 pcm =
( ) pcm (B.8) Required SDM (SDMExcess) from the COLR B.10 If B.9 is positive, THEN emergency borate per FNP-1-AOP-27.0, EMERGENCY BORATION, to establish the required shutdown margin otherwise Shutdown Margin is adequate for the Present plant condition.
Date:
Performed by:
Date:
Verified by:  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                   1 OF 5 A.2, Equipment Control - RO A.2 - RO (mod)
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN 1 OF 5 A.2, Equipment Control - RO A.2 - RO (mod)
TITLE: Complete selected sections of STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS.
TITLE: Complete selected sections of STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT                     SOCT             OLT X   LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:                         X   PERFORM     SIMULATE         DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:                   SIMULATOR               CONTROL ROOM     X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME:         20 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:           N/A ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL                   PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
: 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.
: 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.
Line 932: Line 1,175:
* Identify conditions that do not meet acceptance criteria.
* Identify conditions that do not meet acceptance criteria.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
Developer                   S. Jackson                                 05/07/14 NRC Approval                                           SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Developer S. Jackson 05/07/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                   2 OF 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to complete pages 12-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, Appendix 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN 2 OF 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to complete pages 12-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, Appendix 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 1 is at 60% power and stable following a load rejection.
: a. Unit 1 is at 60% power and stable following a load rejection.
: b. The UO has completed taking the data for STP-1.0, Appendix 1, for night shift with the exception of pages 12-14 & 27.
: b. The UO has completed taking the data for STP-1.0, Appendix 1, for night shift with the exception of pages 12-14 & 27.
Line 943: Line 1,187:
: 2. Identify any condition that does not meet acceptance criteria.
: 2. Identify any condition that does not meet acceptance criteria.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                         (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
START TIME NOTE: This is a classroom setting ADMIN JPM task.
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME NOTE: This is a classroom setting ADMIN JPM task.
Meters must be read accurately enough to ensure the proper identification of out of tolerance instruments and properly identify in tolerance instruments.
Meters must be read accurately enough to ensure the proper identification of out of tolerance instruments and properly identify in tolerance instruments.
: 1.     Records all data not previously recorded.     1) Records all data on pages 12-14  S / U
: 1.
                                                          & 27 not previously recorded.
Records all data not previously recorded.
*2. Determines #4, LI-496 for C SG, does not       2) Determines #4, LI-496 for C meet acceptance criteria.                        SG, does not meet acceptance     S / U criteria.
: 1) Records all data on pages 12-14  
(NOT CRITICAL: May record in the comments              (May record in the comments section of the STRS).                                 section of the STRS).
  & 27 not previously recorded.
: 3.     Informs SS that LI-496 for C SG does not       3) Informs SS that LI-496 for C meet acceptance criteria.                        SG does not meet acceptance     S / U criteria, writes CR, & records CR number in the comments section. (CUE: SS acknowledges & CR 123456 has been written).
S / U
*4. Determines #23, Axial Flux Difference           4) Determines #23, Axial Flux (AFD), does not meet acceptance criteria.          Difference, does not meet      S / U acceptance criteria.
*2.
(NOT CRITICAL: May record in the comments             (May record in the comments section of the STRS).                                 section of the STRS).
Determines #4, LI-496 for C SG, does not meet acceptance criteria.
(NOT CRITICAL: May record in the comments section of the STRS).
: 2) Determines #4, LI-496 for C SG, does not meet acceptance criteria.
(May record in the comments section of the STRS).
S / U
: 3.
Informs SS that LI-496 for C SG does not meet acceptance criteria.
: 3) Informs SS that LI-496 for C SG does not meet acceptance criteria, writes CR, & records CR number in the comments section. (CUE: SS acknowledges & CR 123456 has been written).
S / U
*4.
Determines #23, Axial Flux Difference (AFD), does not meet acceptance criteria.
(NOT CRITICAL: May record in the comments section of the STRS).
: 4) Determines #23, Axial Flux Difference, does not meet acceptance criteria.
(May record in the comments section of the STRS).
S / U


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                   3 OF 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN 3 OF 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                         (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
: 5. Informs SS that AFD does not meet             5) Informs SS that AFD does not acceptance criteria, writes CR, & records         meet acceptance criteria, writes S / U CR number in the comments section.               CR, & records CR number in the comments section. (CUE:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
: 5.
Informs SS that AFD does not meet acceptance criteria, writes CR, & records CR number in the comments section.
: 5) Informs SS that AFD does not meet acceptance criteria, writes CR, & records CR number in the comments section. (CUE:
SS acknowledges & CR 234567 has been written).
SS acknowledges & CR 234567 has been written).
*6. Determines #25, CH A RVLIS, has less than 6) Determines #25, CH A RVLIS, 4 sensors operable per channel & does not        has less than 4 sensors operable S / U meet acceptance criteria.                        per channel does not meet acceptance criteria.
S / U
(NOT CRITICAL: May record in the comments            (May record in the comments section of the STRS).                               section of the STRS).
*6.
: 7. Informs SS that CH A RVLIS does not meet       7) Informs SS that CH A RVLIS acceptance criteria, writes CR, & records         does not meet acceptance        S / U CR number in the comments section.               criteria, writes CR, & records CR number in the comments section. (CUE: SS acknowledges & CR 345678 has been written).
Determines #25, CH A RVLIS, has less than 4 sensors operable per channel & does not meet acceptance criteria.
STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
(NOT CRITICAL: May record in the comments section of the STRS).
: 6) Determines #25, CH A RVLIS, has less than 4 sensors operable per channel does not meet acceptance criteria.
(May record in the comments section of the STRS).
S / U
: 7.
Informs SS that CH A RVLIS does not meet acceptance criteria, writes CR, & records CR number in the comments section.
: 7) Informs SS that CH A RVLIS does not meet acceptance criteria, writes CR, & records CR number in the comments section. (CUE: SS acknowledges & CR 345678 has been written).
S / U STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
: 1. FNP-1-STP-1.0 Ver 112
: 1.
: 2. COLR, Cycle 26 Ver 1
FNP-1-STP-1.0 Ver 112
: 3. K/A: G2.2.12 - 3.7 / 4.1 G2.2.42 - 3.9 / 4.6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 2.
COLR, Cycle 26 Ver 1
: 3.
K/A: G2.2.12 - 3.7 / 4.1 G2.2.42 - 3.9 / 4.6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
Provide:
Provide:
: 1. Partially filled out copy of FNP-1-STP-1.0, Attachment 1.
: 1. Partially filled out copy of FNP-1-STP-1.0, Attachment 1.
: 2. Pictures of parts of MCB.
: 2. Pictures of parts of MCB.  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                   4 OF 5 Critical ELEMENT justification:
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN 4 OF 5 Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP     Evaluation
STEP Evaluation
: 1.       NOT Critical - As long as the proper indications are identified, then Tech Spec requirements can be met.
: 1.
: 2.       Critical - Task Objective. Recognizing that out of tolerance indications exists ensures the plant is operated per its License.
NOT Critical - As long as the proper indications are identified, then Tech Spec requirements can be met.
: 3.       NOT Critical - Administrative function.
: 2.
: 4.       Critical - Task Objective. Recognizing that out of tolerance indications ensures the plant is operated per its License.
Critical - Task Objective. Recognizing that out of tolerance indications exists ensures the plant is operated per its License.
: 5.       NOT Critical - Administrative function.
: 3.
: 6.       Critical - Task Objective. Recognizing that out of tolerance indications exists ensures the plant is operated per its License.
NOT Critical - Administrative function.
: 7.       NOT Critical - Administrative function.
: 4.
COMMENTS:
Critical - Task Objective. Recognizing that out of tolerance indications ensures the plant is operated per its License.
: 5.
NOT Critical - Administrative function.
: 6.
Critical - Task Objective. Recognizing that out of tolerance indications exists ensures the plant is operated per its License.
: 7.
NOT Critical - Administrative function.
COMMENTS:  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to complete pages 12-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, Appendix 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to complete pages 12-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, Appendix 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
Line 989: Line 1,270:
: c. You are the extra plant operator and have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to:
: c. You are the extra plant operator and have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to:
: 1. Complete pages 12-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, Appendix 1 for night shift using the pictures provided.
: 1. Complete pages 12-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, Appendix 1 for night shift using the pictures provided.
: 2. Identify any condition that does not meet acceptance criteria.
: 2. Identify any condition that does not meet acceptance criteria.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                     Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0   112.0 7/21/2014       OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                   Page Number 08:30:56                      REQUIREMENTS                                  1 of 99 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY                                   SECTIONS Continuous:                                   ALL
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 1 of 99 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous:
ALL  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
NONE Information:                                 NONE Approved By: David L. Reed____________           Effective Date: 07/12/14 Operations Manager
NONE Information:
NONE Approved By: David L. Reed____________
Effective Date: 07/12/14 Operations Manager  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                     Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0   112.0 7/21/2014     OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                           Page Number 08:30:56                        REQUIREMENTS                                      2 of 99 Version Number                                 Version Description Revised step 58 of Appendix 1 by deleting PDI-3317 reference. Changed acceptance criteria for Appendix 1, item 1 from 150K to 160K gallons.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 2 of 99 Version Number Version Description 105.0 Revised step 58 of Appendix 1 by deleting PDI-3317 reference. Changed acceptance criteria for Appendix 1, item 1 from 150K to 160K gallons.
105.0 (CR355457). Added guidance to acceptance criteria for item 14 of appendix 1 per ES request.
(CR355457). Added guidance to acceptance criteria for item 14 of appendix 1 per ES request.
105.1     Appendix 1, Changed ARO rod height for Fuel Cycle 25.
105.1 Appendix 1, Changed ARO rod height for Fuel Cycle 25.
105.2     Added note below containment temperature page referencing FNP-0-SOP-0.16.
105.2 Added note below containment temperature page referencing FNP-0-SOP-0.16.
Added place keeping blocks to item 38 to signify which CTMT cooler fan is 105.3 selected at the time STP-1.0 is performed..
105.3 Added place keeping blocks to item 38 to signify which CTMT cooler fan is selected at the time STP-1.0 is performed..
105.4     Revised note in Item 1 to read 13.0 ft for CST level. CR 465834 105.5     Deleted Item 58 and combined requirements with Item 34. Renumbered.
105.4 Revised note in Item 1 to read 13.0 ft for CST level. CR 465834 105.5 Deleted Item 58 and combined requirements with Item 34. Renumbered.
105.6     Appendix 1, item 11, changed EOL Coastdown variance information. CR 482797 App 1 Item 52, App 2 Item 16, App 3 Item 17; Incorporated new Met Tower 106.0 instruments per DCP C072201201 App 1 Item 52, App 2 Item 16, App 3 Item 17; Added units for data and changed 106.1 IPC group reference 107.0     Implemented changes to LTOP items per LDCR 2012011.
105.6 Appendix 1, item 11, changed EOL Coastdown variance information. CR 482797 106.0 App 1 Item 52, App 2 Item 16, App 3 Item 17; Incorporated new Met Tower instruments per DCP C072201201 106.1 App 1 Item 52, App 2 Item 16, App 3 Item 17; Added units for data and changed IPC group reference 107.0 Implemented changes to LTOP items per LDCR 2012011.
107.1     Corrected missing border in item 53 of Appendix 1.
107.1 Corrected missing border in item 53 of Appendix 1.
108.0     Deleted requirement to check PAHAs every Sunday night. CR 778297 108.1     Corrected typo in TS reference for Appendix 1, item 90. CR 787702 109.0     Added item 70.0. CR 804136 110.0     Added expected variation for N35&36 Revised Item 37 to include guidance to Contact ES to evaluate UHS operability if 111.0 recorded SW Pond temperature reaches or exceeds 90 deg. F.
108.0 Deleted requirement to check PAHAs every Sunday night. CR 778297 108.1 Corrected typo in TS reference for Appendix 1, item 90. CR 787702 109.0 Added item 70.0. CR 804136 110.0 Added expected variation for N35&36 111.0 Revised Item 37 to include guidance to Contact ES to evaluate UHS operability if recorded SW Pond temperature reaches or exceeds 90 deg. F.
Major revision to the instructions and acceptance criteria. CR 818977, CR 788318, 112.0 deleted fig. 1
112.0 Major revision to the instructions and acceptance criteria. CR 818977, CR 788318, deleted fig. 1  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                               Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0                     112.0 7/21/2014       OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                                                               Page Number 08:30:56                                  REQUIREMENTS                                                                    3 of 99 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0     PURPOSE............................................................................................................................................4 2.0     PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS .....................................................................................................4 3.0     INITIAL CONDITIONS .........................................................................................................................4 4.0     ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ...................................................................................................................4 5.0     INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................................................................................4 6.0     RECORDS ...........................................................................................................................................7
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 3 of 99 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE............................................................................................................................................ 4 2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS..................................................................................................... 4 3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS......................................................................................................................... 4 4.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA................................................................................................................... 4 5.0 INSTRUCTIONS.................................................................................................................................. 4 6.0 RECORDS........................................................................................................................................... 7  


==7.0     REFERENCES==
==7.0 REFERENCES==
.....................................................................................................................................7 APPENDIX 1, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 .8 APPENDIX 2, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS MODE 5 ...............54 APPENDIX 3, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS MODE 6 ...............80
..................................................................................................................................... 7 APPENDIX 1, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, MODES 1, 2, 3, 4. 8 APPENDIX 2, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS MODE 5............... 54 APPENDIX 3, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS MODE 6............... 80  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                         Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0       112.0 7/21/2014         OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                         Page Number 08:30:56                            REQUIREMENTS                                      4 of 99 1.0   PURPOSE This procedure provides a means for recording data required on a shift and daily basis.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 4 of 99 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides a means for recording data required on a shift and daily basis.
2.0   PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS Each Appendix contains applicable Precaution and Limitation statements.
2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS Each Appendix contains applicable Precaution and Limitation statements.
3.0   INITIAL CONDITIONS None 4.0   ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Each Appendix contains applicable Acceptance Criteria statement.
3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS None 4.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Each Appendix contains applicable Acceptance Criteria statement.
5.0   INSTRUCTIONS NOTE The Shift or Daily Logs shall be considered complete when all items have been completed, with the following exceptions: (1) items that have been designated as being performed anytime during the shift, and (2) 1600 SFP readings. These items shall be completed prior to the final review.
5.0 INSTRUCTIONS NOTE The Shift or Daily Logs shall be considered complete when all items have been completed, with the following exceptions: (1) items that have been designated as being performed anytime during the shift, and (2) 1600 SFP readings. These items shall be completed prior to the final review.
5.1   A Daily and Shift Surveillance for applicable modes shall be completed every day.
5.1 A Daily and Shift Surveillance for applicable modes shall be completed every day.
5.2   Utilize one of the methods given below to verify each parameter, condition, component or system as specified by the LCO.
5.2 Utilize one of the methods given below to verify each parameter, condition, component or system as specified by the LCO.
5.2.1     Verification of a Measured Parameter.
5.2.1 Verification of a Measured Parameter.
Confirm the measured parameter is within the limits specified in the Acceptance Criteria column.
Confirm the measured parameter is within the limits specified in the Acceptance Criteria column.
5.2.2     Verification of a Specified Condition.
5.2.2 Verification of a Specified Condition.
Confirm the component, instrument, or system listed satisfies that specified in the Acceptance Criteria column.
Confirm the component, instrument, or system listed satisfies that specified in the Acceptance Criteria column.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                         Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0     112.0 7/21/2014       OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                           Page Number 08:30:56                          REQUIREMENTS                                      5 of 99 5.2.3   Channel Check Observe the instrument response. The operability of instrument channels, which have indication available, shall be verified by one or more of the following:
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 5 of 99 5.2.3 Channel Check Observe the instrument response. The operability of instrument channels, which have indication available, shall be verified by one or more of the following:
* Comparing readings on channels which monitor the same variable recognizing any differences in the actual process variable between sensor locations (for example, compare Power Channel N41 with redundant Power Channels N42 and N43),
Comparing readings on channels which monitor the same variable recognizing any differences in the actual process variable between sensor locations (for example, compare Power Channel N41 with redundant Power Channels N42 and N43),
* Comparing readings between channels that monitor the same variable and bear a known relationship to one another (for example, comparing intermediate range and source range neutron monitoring during startup or shutdown when both channels indicate on scale),
Comparing readings between channels that monitor the same variable and bear a known relationship to one another (for example, comparing intermediate range and source range neutron monitoring during startup or shutdown when both channels indicate on scale),
* Comparing readings between channels which monitor different variables and bear a known relationship to one another (for example, at a given power level the primary coolant outlet temperature is a certain value).
Comparing readings between channels which monitor different variables and bear a known relationship to one another (for example, at a given power level the primary coolant outlet temperature is a certain value).
5.3   Complete the appropriate Appendix for the applicable mode(s) per the following:
5.3 Complete the appropriate Appendix for the applicable mode(s) per the following:
5.3.1   The operator completing the surveillance shall enter the mode, time, and his/her name in the appropriate space on the review sheet.
5.3.1 The operator completing the surveillance shall enter the mode, time, and his/her name in the appropriate space on the review sheet.
5.3.2   Except where specified in the Appendix, the data for each item should be taken AND logged in the column provided between the times given below to ensure that 12 hour surveillance requirements are met:
5.3.2 Except where specified in the Appendix, the data for each item should be taken AND logged in the column provided between the times given below to ensure that 12 hour surveillance requirements are met:
* 1100 and 1230 on Day Shift
1100 and 1230 on Day Shift 2300 and 0030 on Night shift 5.3.3 List shift data under the appropriate shift column.
* 2300 and 0030 on Night shift 5.3.3   List shift data under the appropriate shift column.
5.3.4 Data need not be recorded in sequence.
5.3.4   Data need not be recorded in sequence.
5.3.5 Recording a numerical value for an item when not in a Mode that requires an entry is permissible.
5.3.5   Recording a numerical value for an item when not in a Mode that requires an entry is permissible.
5.3.6 IF data can NOT be logged for any of the following conditions, enter N/A (OR IN TEST as applicable) in the appropriate space.
5.3.6   IF data can NOT be logged for any of the following conditions, enter N/A (OR IN TEST as applicable) in the appropriate space.
The equipment or instrument is NONFUNCTIONAL (broken, or in maintenance) AND the applicable LCO action statement has been entered.
* The equipment or instrument is NONFUNCTIONAL (broken, or in maintenance) AND the applicable LCO action statement has been entered.
The plant is in a mode or condition such that the surveillance does not apply. {AI2008200006}
* The plant is in a mode or condition such that the surveillance does not apply. {AI2008200006}
The channel is in test.
* The channel is in test.
Condition makes logging impractical.  
* Condition makes logging impractical.


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                           Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0       112.0 7/21/2014         OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                             Page Number 08:30:56                              REQUIREMENTS                                        6 of 99 5.3.7     Where no value is required to be logged for an item, the operator will initial the appropriate space.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 6 of 99 5.3.7 Where no value is required to be logged for an item, the operator will initial the appropriate space.
5.3.8     WHEN a channel check is performed on an instrument that has a numerical readout, the actual value will be recorded, unless otherwise noted. Initials must be used to document performance of other channel checks and verifications.
5.3.8 WHEN a channel check is performed on an instrument that has a numerical readout, the actual value will be recorded, unless otherwise noted. Initials must be used to document performance of other channel checks and verifications.
5.3.9     IF a daily OR shift surveillance item can NOT be taken from the listed indicator, BUT is available by some other indication, THEN that value will be listed in the appropriate space and the indicator actually used for the surveillance noted.
5.3.9 IF a daily OR shift surveillance item can NOT be taken from the listed indicator, BUT is available by some other indication, THEN that value will be listed in the appropriate space and the indicator actually used for the surveillance noted.
5.3.10     Some data has been assigned an eight hour commitment and will be logged in the appropriate time slot.
5.3.10 Some data has been assigned an eight hour commitment and will be logged in the appropriate time slot.
5.3.11     The operator completing the miscellaneous section shall enter the title, time, value, acceptance criteria comments, and technical specification requirement in the appropriate columns.
5.3.11 The operator completing the miscellaneous section shall enter the title, time, value, acceptance criteria comments, and technical specification requirement in the appropriate columns.
5.3.12     Surveillance required due to special or abnormal plant conditions which are not normally taken on a shift or daily basis shall be entered in the miscellaneous section of the appropriate Appendix.
5.3.12 Surveillance required due to special or abnormal plant conditions which are not normally taken on a shift or daily basis shall be entered in the miscellaneous section of the appropriate Appendix.
5.3.13     The Shift or Daily Logs shall be submitted to the Shift Supervisor for his/her review by the following times:
5.3.13 The Shift or Daily Logs shall be submitted to the Shift Supervisor for his/her review by the following times:
* 1300 for Day Shift
1300 for Day Shift 0100 for Night Shift 5.3.14 The Shift Supervisor or Shift Support Supervisor shall enter any discrepancies and/or comments in the review section of the appropriate Appendix.
* 0100 for Night Shift 5.3.14     The Shift Supervisor or Shift Support Supervisor shall enter any discrepancies and/or comments in the review section of the appropriate Appendix.
5.4 The body of this procedure shall be printed out and attached to the appropriate Appendix. {AI2008200007}
5.4   The body of this procedure shall be printed out and attached to the appropriate Appendix. {AI2008200007}
5.5 The modes for which surveillance on an item is required are listed in the Acceptance Criteria column.
5.5   The modes for which surveillance on an item is required are listed in the Acceptance Criteria column.
5.6 The acceptance criteria for the logged data is also listed in the Acceptance Criteria column.
5.6   The acceptance criteria for the logged data is also listed in the Acceptance Criteria column.
5.7 The technical specification reference is listed for each item in the Tech. Spec.
5.7   The technical specification reference is listed for each item in the Tech. Spec.
column.
column.
5.8   The operator shall inform the Shift Supervisor promptly of any new discrepancies in the Shift or Daily Logs.
5.8 The operator shall inform the Shift Supervisor promptly of any new discrepancies in the Shift or Daily Logs.
5.9   Upon notification of a new discrepancy, and during review of existing discrepancies, the Shift Supervisor is responsible for evaluating the discrepancy and ensuring that all appropriate actions are initiated including any that are required to meet any applicable Technical Specification action statements.
5.9 Upon notification of a new discrepancy, and during review of existing discrepancies, the Shift Supervisor is responsible for evaluating the discrepancy and ensuring that all appropriate actions are initiated including any that are required to meet any applicable Technical Specification action statements.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                         Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0     112.0 7/21/2014         OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                           Page Number 08:30:56                            REQUIREMENTS                                        7 of 99 5.10   Comments regarding all discrepancies shall be included in the comments section of the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 7 of 99 5.10 Comments regarding all discrepancies shall be included in the comments section of the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.
5.11   Compare data taken to the expected variations between instrumentation channels.
5.11 Compare data taken to the expected variations between instrumentation channels.
This information, where applicable, along with the maximum allowable deviation is provided in the appropriate Appendix at the step where data is being taken and in Table 1 of Appendix 1.
This information, where applicable, along with the maximum allowable deviation is provided in the appropriate Appendix at the step where data is being taken and in Table 1 of Appendix 1.
5.11.1   IF the variance is greater than expected, submit a Condition Report to the Shift Supervisor to correct the out of tolerance instrument.
5.11.1 IF the variance is greater than expected, submit a Condition Report to the Shift Supervisor to correct the out of tolerance instrument.
5.12   Marking the STRS as Acceptable means that all data points are within their applicable tolerances, meeting the acceptance criteria, or identified and justified by a reason in the comments section (or Appendix).
5.12 Marking the STRS as Acceptable means that all data points are within their applicable tolerances, meeting the acceptance criteria, or identified and justified by a reason in the comments section (or Appendix).
6.0     RECORDS Documents created using this procedure will become QA Records when completed unless otherwise stated. The procedures and documents are considered complete when issued in DMS.
6.0 RECORDS Documents created using this procedure will become QA Records when completed unless otherwise stated. The procedures and documents are considered complete when issued in DMS.
QA Record         Non-QA Record           Record           Retention Time         R-Type (X)                  (X)            Generated X                                FNP-1-STP-1.0           Life of Plant     H06.045
QA Record (X)
 
Non-QA Record (X)
==7.0    REFERENCES==
Record Generated Retention Time R-Type X
FNP-1-STP-1.0 Life of Plant H06.045  


==7.0 REFERENCES==
7.1 Technical Specifications.
7.1 Technical Specifications.
7.2 FNP-0-M-011, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual.
7.2 FNP-0-M-011, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual.
7.3 FSAR Chapter 16 7.4 Technical Requirements Manual END OF PROCEDURE TEXT
7.3 FSAR Chapter 16 7.4 Technical Requirements Manual END OF PROCEDURE TEXT  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0     112.0 7/21/2014     OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE             Page Number 08:30:56                  REQUIREMENTS                              8 of 99 APPENDIX 1, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 This appendix consists of 47 pages.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 8 of 99 APPENDIX 1, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 This appendix consists of 47 pages.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                       Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0       112.0 7/21/2014       OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                       Page Number 08:30:56                          REQUIREMENTS                                  9 of 99 APPENDIX 1 - MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 2 of 47 SURVEILLANCE TEST REVIEW SHEET SURVEILLANCE TEST NO.                                       TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FNP-1-STP-1.0                           REFERENCE       Various TITLE:                                                       MODE(S) REQUIRING TEST:
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 9 of 99 APPENDIX 1 - MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 2 of 47 SURVEILLANCE TEST REVIEW SHEET SURVEILLANCE TEST NO.
Operations Daily and Shift Surveillance Requirements                      1, 2, 3, 4 NIGHT SHIFT                                                 DATE/TIME        MODE      ACCEPTABLE OPERATOR       ________________/_________________           ______/______                  YES    NO (PRINT)         (SIGNATURE)
FNP-1-STP-1.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION REFERENCE Various TITLE:
NIGHT SHIFT SUPERVISOR                                               /
Operations Daily and Shift Surveillance Requirements MODE(S) REQUIRING TEST:
REVIEW                        (PRINT)                               (SIGNATURE)
1, 2, 3, 4 NIGHT SHIFT OPERATOR
DAY SHIFT                                                   DATE/TIME        MODE      ACCEPTABLE OPERATOR       ________________/__________________         _______/______                YES    NO (PRINT)           (SIGNATURE)
________________/_________________
DAY SHIFT SUPERVISOR                                               /
(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)
REVIEW                        (PRINT)                               (SIGNATURE)
DATE/TIME
______/______
MODE ACCEPTABLE YES NO NIGHT SHIFT SUPERVISOR REVIEW
/
(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)
DAY SHIFT OPERATOR
________________/__________________
(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)
DATE/TIME
_______/______
MODE ACCEPTABLE YES NO DAY SHIFT SUPERVISOR REVIEW
/
(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
FINAL SHIFT SUPERVISOR/SHIFT SUPPORT SUPERVISOR REVIEW PROCEDURE PROPERLY COMPLETED SATISFACTORY PER FNP-0-AP-5 0800 AND 1600 SFP READINGS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED COMMENTS:
FINAL SHIFT SUPERVISOR/SHIFT SUPPORT SUPERVISOR REVIEW PROCEDURE PROPERLY COMPLETED SATISFACTORY PER FNP-0-AP-5 0800 AND 1600 SFP READINGS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED COMMENTS:
REVIEWED BY:
REVIEWED BY:  
                                              /
/
(PRINT)                   (SIGNATURE)                 (DATE)
(PRINT) (SIGNATURE) (DATE)
ENGINEERING SUPPORT GROUP SCREENING (IF APPLICABLE)
ENGINEERING SUPPORT GROUP SCREENING (IF APPLICABLE)
SCREENED BY:
SCREENED BY:  
                                              /
/
(PRINT)                   (SIGNATURE)                 (DATE)
(PRINT) (SIGNATURE) (DATE)  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                         Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0     112.0 7/21/2014           OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                         Page Number 08:30:56                            REQUIREMENTS                                      10 of 99 APPENDIX 1 - MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 3 of 47 1.0     PURPOSE This procedure provides a means for recording data required on a shift and daily basis.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 10 of 99 APPENDIX 1 - MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 3 of 47 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides a means for recording data required on a shift and daily basis.
2.0     PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Each parameter should be logged as accurately as possible.
2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Each parameter should be logged as accurately as possible.
2.2 It is permissible to use N/A for any parameter under the following conditions:
2.2 It is permissible to use N/A for any parameter under the following conditions:
{AI2008200006}
{AI2008200006}
* The equipment or instrument is INOPERABLE (broken, or in maintenance) and the applicable LCO action statement has been entered.
The equipment or instrument is INOPERABLE (broken, or in maintenance) and the applicable LCO action statement has been entered.
* The plant is in a mode or condition such that the surveillance does not apply.
The plant is in a mode or condition such that the surveillance does not apply.
2.3 The SS/SM will be notified immediately if the As Found condition is out of tolerance when the As Found condition is evaluated against the acceptance / functional criteria.
2.3 The SS/SM will be notified immediately if the As Found condition is out of tolerance when the As Found condition is evaluated against the acceptance / functional criteria.
3.0     INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 Verify the version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 Verify the version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
{OR 1-98-498}
{OR 1-98-498}
3.2 Verify this procedure to be for the correct unit for the task. {OR 1-98-498}
3.2 Verify this procedure to be for the correct unit for the task. {OR 1-98-498}
3.3 Verify the Body of FNP-1-STP-1.0 is attached to this Appendix.
3.3 Verify the Body of FNP-1-STP-1.0 is attached to this Appendix.
{AI2008200007}
{AI2008200007}
4.0     ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Logged data shall be within the acceptance criteria listed in the appropriate Appendix.
4.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Logged data shall be within the acceptance criteria listed in the appropriate Appendix.  


UNIT 1                                   Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0         112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56           OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS                             Page Number 12 of 99 Appendix 1   Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 5 of 47 TITLE                 NIGHT                     DAY                 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA               TECH SPEC
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 12 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 5 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC
: 4. SG Level (%)
: 4.
Channel Check SG 1A           LI 474 Mode 1, 2;                     3.3.1-1(14):SR 3.3.1.1 LI 475 Mode 1, 2;                    3.3.2-1(5.b):SR 3.3.2.1 Mode 1, 2, 3;                 3.3.2-1(6.b):SR 3.3.2.1 LI 476 Mode 1, 2, 3;                  3.3.3-1(4):SR 3.3.3.1 LR 477 (WR)
SG Level (%)
PEN 1 Mode 3; SG 1B          LI 484 NR Level 30% for at least 2 SGs           SR 3.4.5.2 LI 485 Mode 4; LI 486 LR 477 (WR)                                             WR Level 75% for SG in operating           SR 3.4.6.2 PEN 2                                                Reactor Coolant Loop SG                                                                   Expected variation: +/- 4%
SG 1A LI 474 Channel Check LI 475 Mode 1, 2; Mode 1, 2; 3.3.1-1(14):SR 3.3.1.1 3.3.2-1(5.b):SR 3.3.2.1 LI 476 Mode 1, 2, 3; Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.2-1(6.b):SR 3.3.2.1 3.3.3-1(4):SR 3.3.3.1 LR 477 (WR)
LI 494 1C Maximum deviation between channels:
PEN 1 SG 1B LI 484 Mode 3; LI 485 NR Level 30% for at least 2 SGs SR 3.4.5.2 LI 486 Mode 4; LR 477 (WR)
LI 495 8%
PEN 2 WR Level 75% for SG in operating Reactor Coolant Loop SR 3.4.6.2 SG 1C LI 494 Expected variation: +/- 4%
LI 495 Maximum deviation between channels:
8%
LI 496 LR 477 (WR)
LI 496 LR 477 (WR)
PEN 3
PEN 3  


UNIT 1                                                     Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0         112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56                   OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS                                                 Page Number 13 of 99 Appendix 1       Modes 1, 2, 3, 4         Page 6 of 47 TITLE                             NIGHT                             DAY                       ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA               TECH SPEC
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 13 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 6 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC
: 5. SG Feed Flow (lbm/hr)                                                                               Mode 1, 2; Channel Check                                  N/A SG 1A             FI 477 x 106                           x 106 FI 476 x 106                           x 106 SG 1B             FI 487 x 106                           x 106 FI 486 x 106                           x 106 SG FI 497 1C                                                            x 106                           x 106 FI 496 x 106                           x 106 NOTE IF any channel III or IV pressure transmitter is out of service for surveillance testing or otherwise inoperable, THEN the corresponding steam flows may be channel checked using the appropriate points off the plant computer (in units of KBH) or by I&C direct readout. Since the MCB FIs are compensated for steam pressure but the computer points are not, compare only FI data to FI data, or computer point to computer point. Note on the Surveillance Test Review Sheet comments section whenever the alternate method of channel check is used.
: 5.
: 6. SG Steam Flow (lbm/hr)                                                                               Mode 1, 2d, 3d; FI 474                                                                           d) Except when one MSIV is closed in     3.3.2-1(4.e):
SG Feed Flow (lbm/hr)
SG 1A (FE0474B)                                    x 106                          x 106  each steam line.                          SR 3.3.2.1 FI 475                                                                           Channel Check (FE0475B)                                   x 106                           x 106 FI 484 SG 1B (FE0484B)                                   x 106                           x 106 FI 485 (FE0485B)                                   x 106                           x 106 FI 494 SG 1C (FE0494B)                                   x 106                           x 106 FI 495 (FE0495B)                                   x 106                           x 106
Mode 1, 2; SG 1A FI 477 x 106 x 106 Channel Check N/A FI 476 x 106 x 106 SG 1B FI 487 x 106 x 106 FI 486 x 106 x 106 SG 1C FI 497 x 106 x 106 FI 496 x 106 x 106 NOTE IF any channel III or IV pressure transmitter is out of service for surveillance testing or otherwise inoperable, THEN the corresponding steam flows may be channel checked using the appropriate points off the plant computer (in units of KBH) or by I&C direct readout. Since the MCB FIs are compensated for steam pressure but the computer points are not, compare only FI data to FI data, or computer point to computer point. Note on the Surveillance Test Review Sheet comments section whenever the alternate method of channel check is used.
: 6.
SG Steam Flow (lbm/hr)
Mode 1, 2d, 3d; SG 1A FI 474 (FE0474B) x 106 x 106 d) Except when one MSIV is closed in each steam line.
3.3.2-1(4.e):
SR 3.3.2.1 FI 475 (FE0475B) x 106 x 106 Channel Check SG 1B FI 484 (FE0484B) x 106 x 106 FI 485 (FE0485B) x 106 x 106 SG 1C FI 494 (FE0494B) x 106 x 106 FI 495 (FE0495B) x 106 x 106  


UNIT 1                                 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0         112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56         OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS                               Page Number 14 of 99 Appendix 1   Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 7 of 47 TITLE               NIGHT                     DAY               ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA                 TECH SPEC
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 14 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 7 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC
: 7. SG Pressure (psig)
: 7.
SG 1A           PI 474 Channel Check Mode 1, 2, 3;                   3.2-1(1.e.2):SR 3.3.2.1 PI 475 Mode 1, 2d, 3b,d;              3.3.2-1(4.d):SR 3.3.2.1 Mode 1, 2, 3b;                 3.3.2-1(1.e.1):SR 3.3.2.1 PI 476 Mode 1, 2, 3;                  3.3.3-1(8):SR 3.3.3.1 (b) Above the P-12 interlock.
SG Pressure (psig)
SG 1B          PI 484 (d) Except when one MSIV closed in each steam line.
SG 1A PI 474 Channel Check PI 475 Mode 1, 2, 3; Mode 1, 2d, 3b,d; 3.2-1(1.e.2):SR 3.3.2.1 3.3.2-1(4.d):SR 3.3.2.1 PI 476 Mode 1, 2, 3b; Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.2-1(1.e.1):SR 3.3.2.1 3.3.3-1(8):SR 3.3.3.1 SG 1B PI 484 (b) Above the P-12 interlock.
PI 485 PI 486                                               Expected variation: +/- 40 psi Maximum deviation between channels:
(d) Except when one MSIV closed in each steam line.
50 psi SG 1C           PI 494 PI 495 PI 496
PI 485 PI 486 Expected variation: +/- 40 psi Maximum deviation between channels:
: 8. RCS Temperature (&deg;F)
50 psi SG 1C PI 494 PI 495 PI 496
THOT         (TR 413)
: 8.
Mode 1, 2, 3;                       3.3.3-1(1):SR 3.3.3.1 Loop 1 Channel Check                       3.3.3-1(2):SR 3.3.3.1 Loop 2 Loop 3 TCOLD         (TR 410)
RCS Temperature (&deg;F)
Loop 1 Loop 2                                                 Expected variation: +/- 17&deg;F Maximum deviation between channels:
THOT (TR 413)
Loop 3 23&deg;F
Loop 1 Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.3-1(1):SR 3.3.3.1 Loop 2 Channel Check 3.3.3-1(2):SR 3.3.3.1 Loop 3 TCOLD (TR 410)
Loop 1 Loop 2 Expected variation: +/- 17&deg;F Loop 3 Maximum deviation between channels:
23&deg;F  


UNIT 1                                           Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0         112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56                 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS                                             Page Number 27 of 99 Appendix 1   Modes 1, 2, 3, 4         Page 20 of 47 TITLE                     NIGHT                         DAY                         ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA               TECH SPEC
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 27 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 20 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC
: 23. Axial Flux Difference (%)
: 23.
Mode 1, Power 50% RTP;                   SR 3.2.3.1 N-41 Within limits of COLR N-42 N-43 N-44 AFD Target Point for Present                             (Curve 64)
Axial Flux Difference (%)
Power Level
N-41 Mode 1, Power 50% RTP; Within limits of COLR SR 3.2.3.1 N-42 N-43 N-44 AFD Target Point for Present Power Level (Curve 64)
: 24. Sub Cooled Margin Monitor (&deg;F)
: 24.
RTD         CETC                                         Mode 1, 2, 3;                         3.3.3-1(10):
Sub Cooled Margin Monitor (&deg;F)
SR 3.3.3.1 Channel Check Q1B14TI2354-A 84.4      70.6                                            Record subcooling margin and TMAX Q1B14TI2355-B 84.1        66.8 TMAX Q1B14TI2301-A 583 Q1B14TI2302-B 587
RTD CETC Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.3-1(10):
: 25. Reactor Vessel Level Indicating System (MCB Mimic)                                                                                                                 3.3.3-1(16):
SR 3.3.3.1 Q1B14TI2354-A Channel Check Record subcooling margin and TMAX Q1B14TI2355-B TMAX Q1B14TI2301-A Q1B14TI2302-B
SR 3.3.3.1 Mode 1, 2, 3; Perform Channel Check. Verify at least 4 sensors Initial          operable per channel by comparing each valid sensor with its corresponding sensor in the opposite train to verify they display the same state. IF one train is inoperable, THEN verify that at least Channel A 4 sensors indicate properly in the opposite train.
: 25.
Channel B
Reactor Vessel Level Indicating System (MCB Mimic)
Mode 1, 2, 3; Perform Channel Check. Verify at least 4 sensors operable per channel by comparing each valid sensor with its corresponding sensor in the opposite train to verify they display the same state. IF one train is inoperable, THEN verify that at least 4 sensors indicate properly in the opposite train.
3.3.3-1(16):
SR 3.3.3.1 Initial Channel A Channel B 84.4 84.1 70.6 66.8 583 587


110UNIT                         Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number FNP-1-STP-1.0 Ver 112.0 1
110UNIT 1
7/21/2014         OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                         Page Number 08:30:56                          REQUIREMENTS                                      53 of 99 Appendix 1   Modes 1, 2, 3, 4       Page 46 of 47 TABLE 1 Expected Variations Between Instrumentation Channels During Normal Operation NOTE If recorded data is greater than the expected variation, a CR should be submitted to correct the out of tolerance instrument and so note in the deficiency section of the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.
Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 53 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 46 of 47 TABLE 1 Expected Variations Between Instrumentation Channels During Normal Operation NOTE If recorded data is greater than the expected variation, a CR should be submitted to correct the out of tolerance instrument and so note in the deficiency section of the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.
Maximum Deviation Parameter                                           Expected Variation       Between Channels Reactor coolant average temperature indicators               +/- 3&deg;F                   6&deg;F Delta-T indicators                                         +/- 3.7%                   7.4%
Parameter Expected Variation Maximum Deviation Between Channels Reactor coolant average temperature indicators  
Reactor coolant flow indicators                             +/- 5%                     9%
+/- 3&deg;F 6&deg;F Delta-T indicators  
Pressurizer pressure indicators                           +/- 30 psi                 48 psi Pressurizer level indicators                                 +/- 4%                     8%
+/- 3.7%
Steam generator level indicators (narrow range)             +/- 4%                     8%
7.4%
Steam line pressure indicators                             +/- 40 psi                 50 psi Turbine impulse chamber pressure indicators               +/- 20 psi                 40 psi The overpower T reactor trip setpoints                   +/- 3.5%                     6%
Reactor coolant flow indicators  
The overtemperature T reactor trip setpoints             + 7.5%                   18.8%
+/- 5%
Top nuclear flux indicators                                 +/- 2%                   3.6%
9%
Bottom nuclear flux indicators                               +/- 2%                   3.6%
Pressurizer pressure indicators  
RCS temperature recorders                                   +/- 17&deg;F                   23&deg;F
+/- 30 psi 48 psi Pressurizer level indicators  
+/- 4%
8%
Steam generator level indicators (narrow range)  
+/- 4%
8%
Steam line pressure indicators  
+/- 40 psi 50 psi Turbine impulse chamber pressure indicators  
+/- 20 psi 40 psi The overpower T reactor trip setpoints  
+/- 3.5%
6%
The overtemperature T reactor trip setpoints  
+ 7.5%
18.8%
Top nuclear flux indicators  
+/- 2%
3.6%
Bottom nuclear flux indicators  
+/- 2%
3.6%
RCS temperature recorders  
+/- 17&deg;F 23&deg;F  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                           Page 1 of 5 A.2, Equipment Control - SRO A.2.S TITLE: Review selected sections of STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS & identify any required actions.
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 5 A.2, Equipment Control - SRO A.2.S TITLE: Review selected sections of STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS & identify any required actions.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT                     SOCT             OLT X   LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:                         X   PERFORM     SIMULATE         DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:                   SIMULATOR               CONTROL ROOM     X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME:         20 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:           N/A ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL                   PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
: 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.
: 2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.
TASK STANDARD:
TASK STANDARD:
* Review selected sections of STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS & identify any Tech Spec actions required due to inoperable components which do not meet acceptance criteria Examinee:
* Review selected sections of STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS & identify any Tech Spec actions required due to inoperable components which do not meet acceptance criteria Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
Developer                   S. Jackson                                 05/07/14 NRC Approval                                           SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Developer S. Jackson 05/07/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                           Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to review pages 10-13 & 26 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to review pages 10-13 & 26 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 1 is at 39% power.
: a. Unit 1 is at 39% power.
: b. You are the Shift Supervisor and must:
: b. You are the Shift Supervisor and must:
Line 1,169: Line 1,499:
: 2. IF any component is inoperable, THEN identify ALL required actions for ALL inoperable components.
: 2. IF any component is inoperable, THEN identify ALL required actions for ALL inoperable components.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                         (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
: 1. Reviews all readings on pages 11-14 & 27       1) Reviews all readings and        S / U and determines that they are in spec with the     determines that they are in spec exception of the elements below:                  with the exception of the following:
: 1.
: 2. Determines #4, LI-496 for C SG, is out of     2) Determines #4, LI-496 for C     S / U tolerance low & inoperable.                      SG, is out of tolerance low &
Reviews all readings on pages 11-14 & 27 and determines that they are in spec with the exception of the elements below:
: 1) Reviews all readings and determines that they are in spec with the exception of the following:
S / U
: 2.
Determines #4, LI-496 for C SG, is out of tolerance low & inoperable.
: 2) Determines #4, LI-496 for C SG, is out of tolerance low &
inop.
inop.
Note: Applicant may also say an ADMIN LCO is required for 3.3.3 (4) Cond A. This is NOT required.
S / U Note: Applicant may also say an ADMIN LCO is required for 3.3.3 (4) Cond A. This is NOT required.  
*3     Determines the required actions from Tech     3) Determines from Tech Specs:
*3 Determines the required actions from Tech Specs with LI-496 for C SG inoperable.
Specs with LI-496 for C SG inoperable.
: 3) Determines from Tech Specs:
a) *3.3.1-1(14): Cond E         S / U b) *3.3.2-1(5.b): Cond. I       S / U c) *3.3.2-1(6.b): Cond. D       S / U
a) *3.3.1-1(14): Cond E b) *3.3.2-1(5.b): Cond. I c) *3.3.2-1(6.b): Cond. D S / U S / U S / U
: 4. Determines #8, TR-410 Tcold for Loop 1 &       4) Determines #8, TR-410 Tcold     S / U 2, are greater than Maximum deviation            for Loop 1 & 2, are greater than between channels & inop, and Loop 3 Tcold        Maximum deviation between is out of commission.                            channels & at least one of the two are inop, and Loop 3 Tcold is out of commission.
: 4.
*5. Determines the required actions from Tech      5) Determines from Tech Specs:
Determines #8, TR-410 Tcold for Loop 1 &
Specs with less than 2 Tcolds operable.
2, are greater than Maximum deviation between channels & inop, and Loop 3 Tcold is out of commission.
a) *3.3.3-1(2):Condition A       S / U
: 4) Determines #8, TR-410 Tcold for Loop 1 & 2, are greater than Maximum deviation between channels & at least one of the two are inop, and Loop 3 Tcold is out of commission.
S / U
*5.
Determines the required actions from Tech Specs with less than 2 Tcolds operable.
: 5) Determines from Tech Specs:
a) *3.3.3-1(2):Condition A S / U  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                         Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                           STANDARDS:                         (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
: 6. Determines #25, CH A RVLIS, has only 3       6) Determines #25, CH A RVLIS,      S / U
STANDARDS:
(<4) sensors operable & Channel A is inop.       has less than 4 sensors operable
(CIRCLE)
                                                        & is inop.
: 6.
*7. Determines the required actions from Tech     7) Determines from Tech Specs:
Determines #25, CH A RVLIS, has only 3
Specs with CH A RVLIS inoperable.
(<4) sensors operable & Channel A is inop.
a) *3.3.3-1(16): Condition A. S / U STOP TIME Terminate when all actions have been identified.
: 6) Determines #25, CH A RVLIS, has less than 4 sensors operable  
& is inop.
S / U
*7.
Determines the required actions from Tech Specs with CH A RVLIS inoperable.
: 7) Determines from Tech Specs:
a) *3.3.3-1(16): Condition A.
S / U STOP TIME Terminate when all actions have been identified.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  
Line 1,202: Line 1,551:
: 6. K/A: G2.2.40 - 3.4 / 3.7 G2.2.42 - 3.9 / 4.6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 6. K/A: G2.2.40 - 3.4 / 3.7 G2.2.42 - 3.9 / 4.6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
: 1. Partially marked up version of STP-1.0
: 1. Partially marked up version of STP-1.0
: 2. Technical Specifications, TRM, & Basis (Computer version is available in classroom, book is available in sequester room).
: 2. Technical Specifications, TRM, & Basis (Computer version is available in classroom, book is available in sequester room).  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                           Page 4 of 5 Critical ELEM ENT justification:
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 4 of 5 Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP               Evaluation
STEP Evaluation
: 1.                 NOT Critical - Not required as long as applicant recognizes correct Tech Spec issues.
: 1.
: 2.                 NOT Critical - Evaluation of this element is encompassed by Element 3.
NOT Critical - Not required as long as applicant recognizes correct Tech Spec issues.
: 3.                 Critical. Task Objective. (3 elements) Proper evaluation of Tech Specs is required to be able to         operate within the facility license.
: 2.
: 4.                 NOT Critical - Evaluation of this element is encompassed by Element 5
NOT Critical - Evaluation of this element is encompassed by Element 3.
: 5.                 Critical. Task Objective. Proper evaluation of Tech Specs is required to be able to operate within the facility license.
: 3.
: 6.                 Not Critical - Evaluation of this element is encompassed by Element 7.
Critical. Task Objective. (3 elements) Proper evaluation of Tech Specs is required to be able to operate within the facility license.
: 7.                 Critical. Task Objective. Proper evaluation of Tech Specs is required to be able to operate within the facility license.
: 4.
COMMENTS:
NOT Critical - Evaluation of this element is encompassed by Element 5
: 5.
Critical. Task Objective. Proper evaluation of Tech Specs is required to be able to operate within the facility license.
: 6.
Not Critical - Evaluation of this element is encompassed by Element 7.
: 7.
Critical. Task Objective. Proper evaluation of Tech Specs is required to be able to operate within the facility license.
COMMENTS:  


FNP ILT-37                                                                             HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to review pages 10-13 & 26 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT-37 HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to review pages 10-13 & 26 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 1 is at 39% power.
: a. Unit 1 is at 39% power.
: b. You are the Shift Supervisor and must:
: b. You are the Shift Supervisor and must:
: 1. Review pages 11-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0.
: 1. Review pages 11-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0.
: 2. IF any component is inoperable, THEN identify ALL required actions for ALL inoperable components.
: 2. IF any component is inoperable, THEN identify ALL required actions for ALL inoperable components.  


RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 Table 3.3.1-1 (page 4 of 8)
RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 Farley Units 1 and 2 3.3.1-17 Amendment No. 183 (Unit 1)
Reactor Trip System Instrumentation APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED      REQUIRED                      SURVEILLANCE    ALLOWABLE      TRIP FUNCTION            CONDITIONS      CHANNELS          CONDITIONS REQUIREMENTS      VALUE    SETPOINT
: 11. Not used 1(f)
: 12. Undervoltage                              3                M      SR 3.3.1.6        2640 V    2680 V RCPs                                                              SR 3.3.1.10 1(f)
: 13. Underfrequency                            3                M      SR 3.3.1.6        56.9 Hz    57 Hz RCPs                                                              SR 3.3.1.10
: 14. Steam                  1,2          3 per SG              E      SR 3.3.1.1        27.6%      28%
Generator (SG)                                                    SR 3.3.1.7 Water Level                                                      SR 3.3.1.10 Low Low                                                            SR 3.3.1.14 (f)    Above the P-7 (Low Power Reactor Trips Block) interlock.
Farley Units 1 and 2                                 3.3.1-17                 Amendment No. 183 (Unit 1)
Amendment No. 176 (Unit 2)
Amendment No. 176 (Unit 2)
Table 3.3.1-1 (page 4 of 8)
Reactor Trip System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE TRIP SETPOINT
: 11.
Not used
: 12.
Undervoltage RCPs 1(f) 3 M
SR 3.3.1.6 SR 3.3.1.10 2640 V 2680 V
: 13.
Underfrequency RCPs 1(f) 3 M
SR 3.3.1.6 SR 3.3.1.10 56.9 Hz 57 Hz
: 14.
Steam 1,2 3 per SG E
SR 3.3.1.1 27.6%
28%
Generator (SG)
SR 3.3.1.7 Water Level SR 3.3.1.10 Low Low SR 3.3.1.14 (f)
Above the P-7 (Low Power Reactor Trips Block) interlock.


ESFAS Instrumentation 3.3.2 Table 3.3.2-1 (page 4 of 4)
ESFAS Instrumentation 3.3.2 Farley Units 1 and 2 3.3.2-12 Amendment No. 185 (Unit 1)
Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED        REQUIRED                                  SURVEILLANCE        ALLOWABLE        TRIP FUNCTION                CONDITIONS        CHANNELS          CONDITIONS              REQUIREMENTS            VALUE      SETPOINT
: 5. Turbine Trip and Feedwater Isolation
: a. Automatic Actuation          1,2            2 trains              H              SR 3.3.2.2                  NA          NA Logic and Actuation                                                                SR 3.3.2.3 Relays                                                                            SR 3.3.2.8
: b. SG Water Level -            1,2            3 per SG                I              SR 3.3.2.1                82.4%        82%
High High (P-14)                                                                  SR 3.3.2.4 SR 3.3.2.7 SR 3.3.2.9
: c. Safety Injection        Refer to Function 1 (Safety Injection) for all initiation functions and requirements.
: 6. Auxiliary Feedwater
: a. Automatic Actuation        1,2,3            2 trains              G              SR 3.3.2.2                  NA          NA SR 3.3.2.3 Logic and Actuation SR 3.3.2.8 Relays
: b. SG Water Level -            1,2,3          3 per SG                D              SR 3.3.2.1                27.6%        28%
Low Low                                                                            SR 3.3.2.4 SR 3.3.2.7 (g)
SR 3.3.2.9
: c. Safety Injection        Refer to Function 1 (Safety Injection) for all initiation functions and requirements.
: d. Undervoltage                1,2                3                  I              SR 3.3.2.5              2640 volts    2680 Reactor Coolant                                                                    SR 3.3.2.7                              volts Pump                                                                              SR 3.3.2.9
: e. Trip of all Main              1          2 per pump              J              SR 3.3.2.10                NA          NA Feedwater Pumps
: 7. ESFAS Interlocks
: a. Automatic Actuation        1,2,3            2 trains              L              SR 3.3.2.2                  NA          NA Logic and Actuation                                                                SR 3.3.2.3 Relays                                                                            SR 3.3.2.8
: b. Reactor Trip, P-4          1,2,3        1 per train, 2            C              SR 3.3.2.6                  NA          NA trains
: c. Pressurizer                1,2,3                3                  K              SR 3.3.2.4              2003 psig  2000 psig Pressure, P-11                                                                    SR 3.3.2.7
: d. Tavg - Low Low, P-12        1,2,3          1 per loop              K              SR 3.3.2.4              542.6&deg;F      543&deg;F (Decreasing)
SR 3.3.2.7              545.4&deg;F      545&deg;F (Increasing)
(g)  Applicable to MDAFW pumps only.
Farley Units 1 and 2                                   3.3.2-12                                         Amendment No. 185 (Unit 1)
Amendment No. 180 (Unit 2)
Amendment No. 180 (Unit 2)
Table 3.3.2-1 (page 4 of 4)
Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE TRIP SETPOINT
: 5.
Turbine Trip and Feedwater Isolation
: a.
Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays 1,2 2 trains H
SR 3.3.2.2 SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.8 NA NA
: b.
SG Water Level -
1,2 3 per SG I
SR 3.3.2.1 82.4%
82%
High High (P-14)
SR 3.3.2.4 SR 3.3.2.7 SR 3.3.2.9
: c.
Safety Injection Refer to Function 1 (Safety Injection) for all initiation functions and requirements.
: 6.
Auxiliary Feedwater
: a.
Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays 1,2,3 2 trains G
SR 3.3.2.2 SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.8 NA NA
: b.
SG Water Level -
1,2,3 3 per SG D
SR 3.3.2.1 27.6%
28%
Low Low SR 3.3.2.4 SR 3.3.2.7 SR 3.3.2.9 (g)
: c.
Safety Injection Refer to Function 1 (Safety Injection) for all initiation functions and requirements.
: d.
Undervoltage Reactor Coolant Pump 1,2 3
I SR 3.3.2.5 SR 3.3.2.7 SR 3.3.2.9 2640 volts 2680 volts
: e.
Trip of all Main Feedwater Pumps 1
2 per pump J
SR 3.3.2.10 NA NA
: 7.
ESFAS Interlocks
: a.
Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays 1,2,3 2 trains L
SR 3.3.2.2 SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.8 NA NA
: b.
Reactor Trip, P-4 1,2,3 1 per train, 2 trains C
SR 3.3.2.6 NA NA
: c.
Pressurizer Pressure, P-11 1,2,3 3
K SR 3.3.2.4 SR 3.3.2.7 2003 psig 2000 psig
: d.
Tavg - Low Low, P-12 (Decreasing)
(Increasing) 1,2,3 1 per loop K
SR 3.3.2.4 SR 3.3.2.7 542.6&deg;F 545.4&deg;F 543&deg;F 545&deg;F (g)
Applicable to MDAFW pumps only.


PAM Instrumentation 3.3.3 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.3 Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) Instrumentation LCO 3.3.3                   The PAM instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.3-1 shall be OPERABLE.
PAM Instrumentation 3.3.3 Farley Units 1 and 2 3.3.3-1 Amendment No. 170 (Unit 1)
APPLICABILITY:             MODES 1, 2, and 3.
Amendment No. 163 (Unit 2) 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.3 Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) Instrumentation LCO 3.3.3 The PAM instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.3-1 shall be OPERABLE.
ACTIONS
APPLICABILITY:
MODES 1, 2, and 3.
ACTIONS  
-----------------------------------------------------------NOTE--------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------NOTE--------------------------------------------------------
Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.
Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.
CONDITION                                 REQUIRED ACTION                           COMPLETION TIME A. One or more Functions               A.1         Restore required channel             30 days with one required                                to OPERABLE status.
CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A.
channel inoperable.
One or more Functions with one required channel inoperable.
B. Required Action and                 B.1         Initiate action in                   Immediately associated Completion                            accordance with Time of Condition A                              Specification 5.6.8.
A.1 Restore required channel to OPERABLE status.
not met.
30 days B.
C. One or more Functions               C.1         Restore one channel to               7 days with two required                                OPERABLE status.
Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met.
channels inoperable.
B.1 Initiate action in accordance with Specification 5.6.8.
Farley Units 1 and 2                                      3.3.3-1                        Amendment No. 170 (Unit 1)
Immediately C.
Amendment No. 163 (Unit 2)
One or more Functions with two required channels inoperable.
C.1 Restore one channel to OPERABLE status.
7 days


PAM Instrumentation 3.3.3 Table 3.3.3-1 (page 1 of 1)
PAM Instrumentation 3.3.3 Farley Units 1 and 2 3.3.3-3 Amendment No. 167 (Unit 1)
Post Accident Monitoring Instrumentation CONDITION REFERENCED FROM REQUIRED     REQUIRED FUNCTION                              CHANNELS      ACTION D.1
Amendment No. 159 (Unit 2)
: 1. RCS Hot Leg Temperature (Wide Range)                         2             E
Table 3.3.3-1 (page 1 of 1)
: 2. RCS Cold Leg Temperature (Wide Range)                       2             E
Post Accident Monitoring Instrumentation FUNCTION REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITION REFERENCED FROM REQUIRED ACTION D.1
: 3. RCS Pressure (Wide Range)                                   2             E
: 1. RCS Hot Leg Temperature (Wide Range) 2 E
: 4. Steam Generator (SG) Water Level (Wide or                 2/SG             E Narrow Range)
: 2. RCS Cold Leg Temperature (Wide Range) 2 E
: 5. Refueling Water Storage Tank Level                           2             E
: 3. RCS Pressure (Wide Range) 2 E
: 6. Containment Pressure (Narrow Range)                         2             E
: 4. Steam Generator (SG) Water Level (Wide or Narrow Range) 2/SG E
: 7. Pressurizer Water Level                                     2             E
: 5. Refueling Water Storage Tank Level 2
: 8. Steam Line Pressure                                       2/SG             E
E
: 9. Auxiliary Feedwater Flow Rate                               2             E
: 6. Containment Pressure (Narrow Range) 2 E
: 10. RCS Subcooling Margin Monitor                               2             E
: 7. Pressurizer Water Level 2
: 11. Containment Water Level (Wide Range)                         2             E
E
: 12. Core Exit Temperature - Quadrant 1                         2 (a)           E
: 8. Steam Line Pressure 2/SG E
: 13. Core Exit Temperature - Quadrant 2                         2(a)           E
: 9. Auxiliary Feedwater Flow Rate 2
: 14. Core Exit Temperature - Quadrant 3                         2(a)           E
E
: 15. Core Exit Temperature - Quadrant 4                         2(a)           E
: 10. RCS Subcooling Margin Monitor 2
: 16. Reactor Vessel Level Indicating System                       2             F
E
: 17. Condensate Storage Tank Level                               2             E
: 11. Containment Water Level (Wide Range) 2 E
: 12. Core Exit Temperature - Quadrant 1 2(a)
E
: 13. Core Exit Temperature - Quadrant 2 2(a)
E
: 14. Core Exit Temperature - Quadrant 3 2(a)
E
: 15. Core Exit Temperature - Quadrant 4 2(a)
E
: 16. Reactor Vessel Level Indicating System 2
F
: 17. Condensate Storage Tank Level 2
E
: 18. Deleted
: 18. Deleted
: 19. Containment Area Radiation (High Range)                     2             F (a) A channel consists of two core exit thermocouples.
: 19. Containment Area Radiation (High Range) 2 F
Farley Units 1 and 2                        3.3.3-3              Amendment No. 167 (Unit 1)
(a) A channel consists of two core exit thermocouples.  
Amendment No. 159 (Unit 2)


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                     Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0   112.0 7/21/2014       OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                   Page Number 08:30:56                      REQUIREMENTS                                  1 of 99 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY                                   SECTIONS Continuous:                                   ALL
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 1 of 99 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous:
ALL  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
NONE Information:                                 NONE Approved By: David L. Reed____________           Effective Date: 07/12/14 Operations Manager
NONE Information:
NONE Approved By: David L. Reed____________
Effective Date: 07/12/14 Operations Manager  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                     Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0   112.0 7/21/2014     OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                           Page Number 08:30:56                        REQUIREMENTS                                      2 of 99 Version Number                                 Version Description Revised step 58 of Appendix 1 by deleting PDI-3317 reference. Changed acceptance criteria for Appendix 1, item 1 from 150K to 160K gallons.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 2 of 99 Version Number Version Description 105.0 Revised step 58 of Appendix 1 by deleting PDI-3317 reference. Changed acceptance criteria for Appendix 1, item 1 from 150K to 160K gallons.
105.0 (CR355457). Added guidance to acceptance criteria for item 14 of appendix 1 per ES request.
(CR355457). Added guidance to acceptance criteria for item 14 of appendix 1 per ES request.
105.1     Appendix 1, Changed ARO rod height for Fuel Cycle 25.
105.1 Appendix 1, Changed ARO rod height for Fuel Cycle 25.
105.2     Added note below containment temperature page referencing FNP-0-SOP-0.16.
105.2 Added note below containment temperature page referencing FNP-0-SOP-0.16.
Added place keeping blocks to item 38 to signify which CTMT cooler fan is 105.3 selected at the time STP-1.0 is performed..
105.3 Added place keeping blocks to item 38 to signify which CTMT cooler fan is selected at the time STP-1.0 is performed..
105.4     Revised note in Item 1 to read 13.0 ft for CST level. CR 465834 105.5     Deleted Item 58 and combined requirements with Item 34. Renumbered.
105.4 Revised note in Item 1 to read 13.0 ft for CST level. CR 465834 105.5 Deleted Item 58 and combined requirements with Item 34. Renumbered.
105.6     Appendix 1, item 11, changed EOL Coastdown variance information. CR 482797 App 1 Item 52, App 2 Item 16, App 3 Item 17; Incorporated new Met Tower 106.0 instruments per DCP C072201201 App 1 Item 52, App 2 Item 16, App 3 Item 17; Added units for data and changed 106.1 IPC group reference 107.0     Implemented changes to LTOP items per LDCR 2012011.
105.6 Appendix 1, item 11, changed EOL Coastdown variance information. CR 482797 106.0 App 1 Item 52, App 2 Item 16, App 3 Item 17; Incorporated new Met Tower instruments per DCP C072201201 106.1 App 1 Item 52, App 2 Item 16, App 3 Item 17; Added units for data and changed IPC group reference 107.0 Implemented changes to LTOP items per LDCR 2012011.
107.1     Corrected missing border in item 53 of Appendix 1.
107.1 Corrected missing border in item 53 of Appendix 1.
108.0     Deleted requirement to check PAHAs every Sunday night. CR 778297 108.1     Corrected typo in TS reference for Appendix 1, item 90. CR 787702 109.0     Added item 70.0. CR 804136 110.0     Added expected variation for N35&36 Revised Item 37 to include guidance to Contact ES to evaluate UHS operability if 111.0 recorded SW Pond temperature reaches or exceeds 90 deg. F.
108.0 Deleted requirement to check PAHAs every Sunday night. CR 778297 108.1 Corrected typo in TS reference for Appendix 1, item 90. CR 787702 109.0 Added item 70.0. CR 804136 110.0 Added expected variation for N35&36 111.0 Revised Item 37 to include guidance to Contact ES to evaluate UHS operability if recorded SW Pond temperature reaches or exceeds 90 deg. F.
Major revision to the instructions and acceptance criteria. CR 818977, CR 788318, 112.0 deleted fig. 1
112.0 Major revision to the instructions and acceptance criteria. CR 818977, CR 788318, deleted fig. 1  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                               Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0                     112.0 7/21/2014       OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                                                               Page Number 08:30:56                                  REQUIREMENTS                                                                    3 of 99 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0     PURPOSE............................................................................................................................................4 2.0     PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS .....................................................................................................4 3.0     INITIAL CONDITIONS .........................................................................................................................4 4.0     ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA ...................................................................................................................4 5.0     INSTRUCTIONS ..................................................................................................................................4 6.0     RECORDS ...........................................................................................................................................7
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 3 of 99 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE............................................................................................................................................ 4 2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS..................................................................................................... 4 3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS......................................................................................................................... 4 4.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA................................................................................................................... 4 5.0 INSTRUCTIONS.................................................................................................................................. 4 6.0 RECORDS........................................................................................................................................... 7  


==7.0     REFERENCES==
==7.0 REFERENCES==
.....................................................................................................................................7 APPENDIX 1, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 .8 APPENDIX 2, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS MODE 5 ...............54 APPENDIX 3, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS MODE 6 ...............80
..................................................................................................................................... 7 APPENDIX 1, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, MODES 1, 2, 3, 4. 8 APPENDIX 2, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS MODE 5............... 54 APPENDIX 3, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS MODE 6............... 80  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                         Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0       112.0 7/21/2014         OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                         Page Number 08:30:56                            REQUIREMENTS                                      4 of 99 1.0   PURPOSE This procedure provides a means for recording data required on a shift and daily basis.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 4 of 99 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides a means for recording data required on a shift and daily basis.
2.0   PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS Each Appendix contains applicable Precaution and Limitation statements.
2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS Each Appendix contains applicable Precaution and Limitation statements.
3.0   INITIAL CONDITIONS None 4.0   ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Each Appendix contains applicable Acceptance Criteria statement.
3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS None 4.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Each Appendix contains applicable Acceptance Criteria statement.
5.0   INSTRUCTIONS NOTE The Shift or Daily Logs shall be considered complete when all items have been completed, with the following exceptions: (1) items that have been designated as being performed anytime during the shift, and (2) 1600 SFP readings. These items shall be completed prior to the final review.
5.0 INSTRUCTIONS NOTE The Shift or Daily Logs shall be considered complete when all items have been completed, with the following exceptions: (1) items that have been designated as being performed anytime during the shift, and (2) 1600 SFP readings. These items shall be completed prior to the final review.
5.1   A Daily and Shift Surveillance for applicable modes shall be completed every day.
5.1 A Daily and Shift Surveillance for applicable modes shall be completed every day.
5.2   Utilize one of the methods given below to verify each parameter, condition, component or system as specified by the LCO.
5.2 Utilize one of the methods given below to verify each parameter, condition, component or system as specified by the LCO.
5.2.1     Verification of a Measured Parameter.
5.2.1 Verification of a Measured Parameter.
Confirm the measured parameter is within the limits specified in the Acceptance Criteria column.
Confirm the measured parameter is within the limits specified in the Acceptance Criteria column.
5.2.2     Verification of a Specified Condition.
5.2.2 Verification of a Specified Condition.
Confirm the component, instrument, or system listed satisfies that specified in the Acceptance Criteria column.
Confirm the component, instrument, or system listed satisfies that specified in the Acceptance Criteria column.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                         Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0     112.0 7/21/2014       OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                           Page Number 08:30:56                          REQUIREMENTS                                      5 of 99 5.2.3   Channel Check Observe the instrument response. The operability of instrument channels, which have indication available, shall be verified by one or more of the following:
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 5 of 99 5.2.3 Channel Check Observe the instrument response. The operability of instrument channels, which have indication available, shall be verified by one or more of the following:
* Comparing readings on channels which monitor the same variable recognizing any differences in the actual process variable between sensor locations (for example, compare Power Channel N41 with redundant Power Channels N42 and N43),
Comparing readings on channels which monitor the same variable recognizing any differences in the actual process variable between sensor locations (for example, compare Power Channel N41 with redundant Power Channels N42 and N43),
* Comparing readings between channels that monitor the same variable and bear a known relationship to one another (for example, comparing intermediate range and source range neutron monitoring during startup or shutdown when both channels indicate on scale),
Comparing readings between channels that monitor the same variable and bear a known relationship to one another (for example, comparing intermediate range and source range neutron monitoring during startup or shutdown when both channels indicate on scale),
* Comparing readings between channels which monitor different variables and bear a known relationship to one another (for example, at a given power level the primary coolant outlet temperature is a certain value).
Comparing readings between channels which monitor different variables and bear a known relationship to one another (for example, at a given power level the primary coolant outlet temperature is a certain value).
5.3   Complete the appropriate Appendix for the applicable mode(s) per the following:
5.3 Complete the appropriate Appendix for the applicable mode(s) per the following:
5.3.1   The operator completing the surveillance shall enter the mode, time, and his/her name in the appropriate space on the review sheet.
5.3.1 The operator completing the surveillance shall enter the mode, time, and his/her name in the appropriate space on the review sheet.
5.3.2   Except where specified in the Appendix, the data for each item should be taken AND logged in the column provided between the times given below to ensure that 12 hour surveillance requirements are met:
5.3.2 Except where specified in the Appendix, the data for each item should be taken AND logged in the column provided between the times given below to ensure that 12 hour surveillance requirements are met:
* 1100 and 1230 on Day Shift
1100 and 1230 on Day Shift 2300 and 0030 on Night shift 5.3.3 List shift data under the appropriate shift column.
* 2300 and 0030 on Night shift 5.3.3   List shift data under the appropriate shift column.
5.3.4 Data need not be recorded in sequence.
5.3.4   Data need not be recorded in sequence.
5.3.5 Recording a numerical value for an item when not in a Mode that requires an entry is permissible.
5.3.5   Recording a numerical value for an item when not in a Mode that requires an entry is permissible.
5.3.6 IF data can NOT be logged for any of the following conditions, enter N/A (OR IN TEST as applicable) in the appropriate space.
5.3.6   IF data can NOT be logged for any of the following conditions, enter N/A (OR IN TEST as applicable) in the appropriate space.
The equipment or instrument is NONFUNCTIONAL (broken, or in maintenance) AND the applicable LCO action statement has been entered.
* The equipment or instrument is NONFUNCTIONAL (broken, or in maintenance) AND the applicable LCO action statement has been entered.
The plant is in a mode or condition such that the surveillance does not apply. {AI2008200006}
* The plant is in a mode or condition such that the surveillance does not apply. {AI2008200006}
The channel is in test.
* The channel is in test.
Condition makes logging impractical.  
* Condition makes logging impractical.


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                           Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0       112.0 7/21/2014         OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                             Page Number 08:30:56                              REQUIREMENTS                                        6 of 99 5.3.7     Where no value is required to be logged for an item, the operator will initial the appropriate space.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 6 of 99 5.3.7 Where no value is required to be logged for an item, the operator will initial the appropriate space.
5.3.8     WHEN a channel check is performed on an instrument that has a numerical readout, the actual value will be recorded, unless otherwise noted. Initials must be used to document performance of other channel checks and verifications.
5.3.8 WHEN a channel check is performed on an instrument that has a numerical readout, the actual value will be recorded, unless otherwise noted. Initials must be used to document performance of other channel checks and verifications.
5.3.9     IF a daily OR shift surveillance item can NOT be taken from the listed indicator, BUT is available by some other indication, THEN that value will be listed in the appropriate space and the indicator actually used for the surveillance noted.
5.3.9 IF a daily OR shift surveillance item can NOT be taken from the listed indicator, BUT is available by some other indication, THEN that value will be listed in the appropriate space and the indicator actually used for the surveillance noted.
5.3.10     Some data has been assigned an eight hour commitment and will be logged in the appropriate time slot.
5.3.10 Some data has been assigned an eight hour commitment and will be logged in the appropriate time slot.
5.3.11     The operator completing the miscellaneous section shall enter the title, time, value, acceptance criteria comments, and technical specification requirement in the appropriate columns.
5.3.11 The operator completing the miscellaneous section shall enter the title, time, value, acceptance criteria comments, and technical specification requirement in the appropriate columns.
5.3.12     Surveillance required due to special or abnormal plant conditions which are not normally taken on a shift or daily basis shall be entered in the miscellaneous section of the appropriate Appendix.
5.3.12 Surveillance required due to special or abnormal plant conditions which are not normally taken on a shift or daily basis shall be entered in the miscellaneous section of the appropriate Appendix.
5.3.13     The Shift or Daily Logs shall be submitted to the Shift Supervisor for his/her review by the following times:
5.3.13 The Shift or Daily Logs shall be submitted to the Shift Supervisor for his/her review by the following times:
* 1300 for Day Shift
1300 for Day Shift 0100 for Night Shift 5.3.14 The Shift Supervisor or Shift Support Supervisor shall enter any discrepancies and/or comments in the review section of the appropriate Appendix.
* 0100 for Night Shift 5.3.14     The Shift Supervisor or Shift Support Supervisor shall enter any discrepancies and/or comments in the review section of the appropriate Appendix.
5.4 The body of this procedure shall be printed out and attached to the appropriate Appendix. {AI2008200007}
5.4   The body of this procedure shall be printed out and attached to the appropriate Appendix. {AI2008200007}
5.5 The modes for which surveillance on an item is required are listed in the Acceptance Criteria column.
5.5   The modes for which surveillance on an item is required are listed in the Acceptance Criteria column.
5.6 The acceptance criteria for the logged data is also listed in the Acceptance Criteria column.
5.6   The acceptance criteria for the logged data is also listed in the Acceptance Criteria column.
5.7 The technical specification reference is listed for each item in the Tech. Spec.
5.7   The technical specification reference is listed for each item in the Tech. Spec.
column.
column.
5.8   The operator shall inform the Shift Supervisor promptly of any new discrepancies in the Shift or Daily Logs.
5.8 The operator shall inform the Shift Supervisor promptly of any new discrepancies in the Shift or Daily Logs.
5.9   Upon notification of a new discrepancy, and during review of existing discrepancies, the Shift Supervisor is responsible for evaluating the discrepancy and ensuring that all appropriate actions are initiated including any that are required to meet any applicable Technical Specification action statements.
5.9 Upon notification of a new discrepancy, and during review of existing discrepancies, the Shift Supervisor is responsible for evaluating the discrepancy and ensuring that all appropriate actions are initiated including any that are required to meet any applicable Technical Specification action statements.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                         Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0     112.0 7/21/2014         OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                           Page Number 08:30:56                            REQUIREMENTS                                        7 of 99 5.10   Comments regarding all discrepancies shall be included in the comments section of the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 7 of 99 5.10 Comments regarding all discrepancies shall be included in the comments section of the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.
5.11   Compare data taken to the expected variations between instrumentation channels.
5.11 Compare data taken to the expected variations between instrumentation channels.
This information, where applicable, along with the maximum allowable deviation is provided in the appropriate Appendix at the step where data is being taken and in Table 1 of Appendix 1.
This information, where applicable, along with the maximum allowable deviation is provided in the appropriate Appendix at the step where data is being taken and in Table 1 of Appendix 1.
5.11.1   IF the variance is greater than expected, submit a Condition Report to the Shift Supervisor to correct the out of tolerance instrument.
5.11.1 IF the variance is greater than expected, submit a Condition Report to the Shift Supervisor to correct the out of tolerance instrument.
5.12   Marking the STRS as Acceptable means that all data points are within their applicable tolerances, meeting the acceptance criteria, or identified and justified by a reason in the comments section (or Appendix).
5.12 Marking the STRS as Acceptable means that all data points are within their applicable tolerances, meeting the acceptance criteria, or identified and justified by a reason in the comments section (or Appendix).
6.0     RECORDS Documents created using this procedure will become QA Records when completed unless otherwise stated. The procedures and documents are considered complete when issued in DMS.
6.0 RECORDS Documents created using this procedure will become QA Records when completed unless otherwise stated. The procedures and documents are considered complete when issued in DMS.
QA Record         Non-QA Record           Record           Retention Time         R-Type (X)                  (X)            Generated X                                FNP-1-STP-1.0           Life of Plant     H06.045
QA Record (X)
 
Non-QA Record (X)
==7.0    REFERENCES==
Record Generated Retention Time R-Type X
FNP-1-STP-1.0 Life of Plant H06.045  


==7.0 REFERENCES==
7.1 Technical Specifications.
7.1 Technical Specifications.
7.2 FNP-0-M-011, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual.
7.2 FNP-0-M-011, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual.
7.3 FSAR Chapter 16 7.4 Technical Requirements Manual END OF PROCEDURE TEXT
7.3 FSAR Chapter 16 7.4 Technical Requirements Manual END OF PROCEDURE TEXT  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                 Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0     112.0 7/21/2014     OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE             Page Number 08:30:56                  REQUIREMENTS                              8 of 99 APPENDIX 1, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 This appendix consists of 47 pages.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 8 of 99 APPENDIX 1, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 This appendix consists of 47 pages.  


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                       Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0       112.0 7/21/2014       OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                       Page Number 08:30:56                          REQUIREMENTS                                  9 of 99 APPENDIX 1 - MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 2 of 47 SURVEILLANCE TEST REVIEW SHEET SURVEILLANCE TEST NO.                                       TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION FNP-1-STP-1.0                           REFERENCE       Various TITLE:                                                       MODE(S) REQUIRING TEST:
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 9 of 99 APPENDIX 1 - MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 2 of 47 SURVEILLANCE TEST REVIEW SHEET SURVEILLANCE TEST NO.
Operations Daily and Shift Surveillance Requirements                      1, 2, 3, 4 NIGHT SHIFT                                                 DATE/TIME        MODE      ACCEPTABLE OPERATOR       ________________/_________________           ______/______                  YES    NO (PRINT)         (SIGNATURE)
FNP-1-STP-1.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION REFERENCE Various TITLE:
NIGHT SHIFT SUPERVISOR                                               /
Operations Daily and Shift Surveillance Requirements MODE(S) REQUIRING TEST:
REVIEW                        (PRINT)                               (SIGNATURE)
1, 2, 3, 4 NIGHT SHIFT OPERATOR
DAY SHIFT                                                   DATE/TIME        MODE      ACCEPTABLE OPERATOR       ________________/__________________         _______/______                YES    NO (PRINT)           (SIGNATURE)
________________/_________________
DAY SHIFT SUPERVISOR                                               /
(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)
REVIEW                        (PRINT)                               (SIGNATURE)
DATE/TIME
______/______
MODE ACCEPTABLE YES NO NIGHT SHIFT SUPERVISOR REVIEW
/
(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)
DAY SHIFT OPERATOR
________________/__________________
(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)
DATE/TIME
_______/______
MODE ACCEPTABLE YES NO DAY SHIFT SUPERVISOR REVIEW
/
(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:
CR987654 - A train RVLIS - 5 of 8 sensors are not working CR123456 - TR-410, Loop 3 is OOC FINAL SHIFT SUPERVISOR/SHIFT SUPPORT SUPERVISOR REVIEW PROCEDURE PROPERLY COMPLETED SATISFACTORY PER FNP-0-AP-5 0800 AND 1600 SFP READINGS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED COMMENTS:
FINAL SHIFT SUPERVISOR/SHIFT SUPPORT SUPERVISOR REVIEW PROCEDURE PROPERLY COMPLETED SATISFACTORY PER FNP-0-AP-5 0800 AND 1600 SFP READINGS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED COMMENTS:
REVIEWED BY:
REVIEWED BY:  
                                              /
/
(PRINT)                   (SIGNATURE)                 (DATE)
(PRINT) (SIGNATURE) (DATE)
ENGINEERING SUPPORT GROUP SCREENING (IF APPLICABLE)
ENGINEERING SUPPORT GROUP SCREENING (IF APPLICABLE)
SCREENED BY:
SCREENED BY:  
                                              /
/
(PRINT)                   (SIGNATURE)                 (DATE)
(PRINT) (SIGNATURE) (DATE)
CR987654 - A train RVLIS - 5 of 8 sensors are not working CR123456 - TR-410, Loop 3 is OOC


Procedure Number Ver UNIT 1                         Farley Nuclear Plant FNP-1-STP-1.0     112.0 7/21/2014           OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                         Page Number 08:30:56                            REQUIREMENTS                                      10 of 99 APPENDIX 1 - MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 3 of 47 1.0     PURPOSE This procedure provides a means for recording data required on a shift and daily basis.
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 10 of 99 APPENDIX 1 - MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 3 of 47 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides a means for recording data required on a shift and daily basis.
2.0     PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Each parameter should be logged as accurately as possible.
2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Each parameter should be logged as accurately as possible.
2.2 It is permissible to use N/A for any parameter under the following conditions:
2.2 It is permissible to use N/A for any parameter under the following conditions:
{AI2008200006}
{AI2008200006}
* The equipment or instrument is INOPERABLE (broken, or in maintenance) and the applicable LCO action statement has been entered.
The equipment or instrument is INOPERABLE (broken, or in maintenance) and the applicable LCO action statement has been entered.
* The plant is in a mode or condition such that the surveillance does not apply.
The plant is in a mode or condition such that the surveillance does not apply.
2.3 The SS/SM will be notified immediately if the As Found condition is out of tolerance when the As Found condition is evaluated against the acceptance / functional criteria.
2.3 The SS/SM will be notified immediately if the As Found condition is out of tolerance when the As Found condition is evaluated against the acceptance / functional criteria.
3.0     INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 Verify the version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 Verify the version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.
{OR 1-98-498}
{OR 1-98-498}
3.2 Verify this procedure to be for the correct unit for the task. {OR 1-98-498}
3.2 Verify this procedure to be for the correct unit for the task. {OR 1-98-498}
3.3 Verify the Body of FNP-1-STP-1.0 is attached to this Appendix.
3.3 Verify the Body of FNP-1-STP-1.0 is attached to this Appendix.
{AI2008200007}
{AI2008200007}
4.0     ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Logged data shall be within the acceptance criteria listed in the appropriate Appendix.
4.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Logged data shall be within the acceptance criteria listed in the appropriate Appendix.  


UNIT 1                                                 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0         112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56                 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS                                               Page Number 11 of 99 Appendix 1     Modes 1, 2, 3, 4       Page 4 of 47 TITLE                       NIGHT                           DAY                       ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA                 TECH SPEC
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 11 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 4 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC
: 1. Condensate Storage Tank                                                                     Mode 1, 2, 3;                                 SR 3.7.6.1 160,000 gallons
: 1.
                  *LI4005B 37                                                (13.0 ft.)
Condensate Storage Tank Mode 1, 2, 3; SR 3.7.6.1  
*IF LI4005B is out of service, THEN adequate level (13.0 ft) may be checked using AFW pump suction pressure indication PI-3211A and verifying indicated pressure is 32 psig {Ref. FP 98-0553, dated Sept. 30, 1998; NEL-98-0387}. The use of this alternative means of verifying level should be documented in the miscellaneous section. Administratively, CST minimum level increased to > 160,000 gallons per CR355457.
*LI4005B 160,000 gallons (13.0 ft.)  
: 2. Auxiliary Feedwater Flow Rate (GPM)                                                                                       Mode 1, 2, 3;                                 3.3.3-1(9):
*IF LI4005B is out of service, THEN adequate level (13.0 ft) may be checked using AFW pump suction pressure indication PI-3211A and verifying indicated pressure is 32 psig {Ref. FP 98-0553, dated Sept. 30, 1998; NEL-98-0387}. The use of this alternative means of verifying level should be documented in the miscellaneous section. Administratively, CST minimum level increased to > 160,000 gallons per CR355457.
SR 3.3.3.1 Channel Check FI 3229A 0
: 2.
FI3229B 0
Auxiliary Feedwater Flow Rate (GPM)
FI3229C 0
Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.3-1(9):
: 3. Turbine Impulse Pressure                                                                                                                 3.3.1-1(17.f):
SR 3.3.3.1 FI 3229A Channel Check FI3229B FI3229C
(Psig)                                                                                                                                    SR 3.3.1.1 Mode 1; PT 446 185 Channel Check PT 447 195 Expected variation: +/- 20 psi Maximum deviation between channels:
: 3.
40 psi
Turbine Impulse Pressure (Psig) 3.3.1-1(17.f):
SR 3.3.1.1 PT 446 Mode 1; PT 447 Channel Check Expected variation: +/- 20 psi Maximum deviation between channels:
40 psi 37 0
0 0
185 195


UNIT 1                                   Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0         112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56           OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS                             Page Number 12 of 99 Appendix 1   Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 5 of 47 TITLE                 NIGHT                     DAY                 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA               TECH SPEC
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 12 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 5 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC
: 4. SG Level (%)
: 4.
Channel Check SG 1A           LI 474 65 Mode 1, 2;                     3.3.1-1(14):SR 3.3.1.1 LI 475 67                                Mode 1, 2;                    3.3.2-1(5.b):SR 3.3.2.1 Mode 1, 2, 3;                 3.3.2-1(6.b):SR 3.3.2.1 LI 476 64                                  Mode 1, 2, 3;                  3.3.3-1(4):SR 3.3.3.1 LR 477 (WR)
SG Level (%)
PEN 1             62.1 Mode 3; SG 1B          LI 484 64 NR Level 30% for at least 2 SGs           SR 3.4.5.2 LI 485 64 Mode 4; LI 486            64 LR 477 (WR)                                             WR Level 75% for SG in operating           SR 3.4.6.2 PEN 2            62.1                                Reactor Coolant Loop SG                                                                   Expected variation: +/- 4%
SG 1A LI 474 Channel Check LI 475 Mode 1, 2; Mode 1, 2; 3.3.1-1(14):SR 3.3.1.1 3.3.2-1(5.b):SR 3.3.2.1 LI 476 Mode 1, 2, 3; Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.2-1(6.b):SR 3.3.2.1 3.3.3-1(4):SR 3.3.3.1 LR 477 (WR)
LI 494 1C                                64 Maximum deviation between channels:
PEN 1 SG 1B LI 484 Mode 3; LI 485 NR Level 30% for at least 2 SGs SR 3.4.5.2 LI 486 Mode 4; LR 477 (WR)
LI 495 64                                8%
PEN 2 WR Level 75% for SG in operating Reactor Coolant Loop SR 3.4.6.2 SG 1C LI 494 Expected variation: +/- 4%
LI 496 51 LR 477 (WR)
LI 495 Maximum deviation between channels:
PEN 3           62.1
8%
LI 496 LR 477 (WR)
PEN 3 65 67 64 62.1 64 64 64 62.1 64 64 51 62.1


UNIT 1                                                     Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0         112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56                   OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS                                                 Page Number 13 of 99 Appendix 1       Modes 1, 2, 3, 4         Page 6 of 47 TITLE                             NIGHT                             DAY                       ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA               TECH SPEC
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 13 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 6 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC
: 5. SG Feed Flow (lbm/hr)                                                                               Mode 1, 2; Channel Check                                  N/A SG 1A             FI 477 1.4                x 106                           x 106 FI 476 1.35            x 106                           x 106 SG 1B             FI 487 1.4              x 106                           x 106 FI 486 1.35              x 106                           x 106 SG FI 497 1C                                          1.4              x 106                           x 106 FI 496 1.35            x 106                           x 106 NOTE IF any channel III or IV pressure transmitter is out of service for surveillance testing or otherwise inoperable, THEN the corresponding steam flows may be channel checked using the appropriate points off the plant computer (in units of KBH) or by I&C direct readout. Since the MCB FIs are compensated for steam pressure but the computer points are not, compare only FI data to FI data, or computer point to computer point. Note on the Surveillance Test Review Sheet comments section whenever the alternate method of channel check is used.
: 5.
: 6. SG Steam Flow (lbm/hr)                                                                               Mode 1, 2d, 3d; FI 474                                                                           d) Except when one MSIV is closed in     3.3.2-1(4.e):
SG Feed Flow (lbm/hr)
SG 1A (FE0474B)                  1.5              x 106                          x 106  each steam line.                          SR 3.3.2.1 FI 475                                                                           Channel Check (FE0475B)                   1.4              x 106                           x 106 FI 484 SG 1B (FE0484B)                   1.4              x 106                           x 106 FI 485 (FE0485B)                   1.4            x 106                           x 106 FI 494 SG 1C (FE0494B)                   1.4            x 106                           x 106 FI 495 (FE0495B)                   1.4            x 106                           x 106
Mode 1, 2; SG 1A FI 477 x 106 x 106 Channel Check N/A FI 476 x 106 x 106 SG 1B FI 487 x 106 x 106 FI 486 x 106 x 106 SG 1C FI 497 x 106 x 106 FI 496 x 106 x 106 NOTE IF any channel III or IV pressure transmitter is out of service for surveillance testing or otherwise inoperable, THEN the corresponding steam flows may be channel checked using the appropriate points off the plant computer (in units of KBH) or by I&C direct readout. Since the MCB FIs are compensated for steam pressure but the computer points are not, compare only FI data to FI data, or computer point to computer point. Note on the Surveillance Test Review Sheet comments section whenever the alternate method of channel check is used.
: 6.
SG Steam Flow (lbm/hr)
Mode 1, 2d, 3d; SG 1A FI 474 (FE0474B) x 106 x 106 d) Except when one MSIV is closed in each steam line.
3.3.2-1(4.e):
SR 3.3.2.1 FI 475 (FE0475B) x 106 x 106 Channel Check SG 1B FI 484 (FE0484B) x 106 x 106 FI 485 (FE0485B) x 106 x 106 SG 1C FI 494 (FE0494B) x 106 x 106 FI 495 (FE0495B) x 106 x 106 1.4 1.35 1.4 1.35 1.4 1.35 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4


UNIT 1                                 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0         112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56         OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS                               Page Number 14 of 99 Appendix 1   Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 7 of 47 TITLE               NIGHT                       DAY               ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA                 TECH SPEC
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 14 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 7 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC
: 7. SG Pressure (psig)
: 7.
SG 1A           PI 474         890                                    Channel Check Mode 1, 2, 3;                   3.2-1(1.e.2):SR 3.3.2.1 PI 475 880                                    Mode 1, 2d, 3b,d;              3.3.2-1(4.d):SR 3.3.2.1 Mode 1, 2, 3b;                 3.3.2-1(1.e.1):SR 3.3.2.1 PI 476 870                                    Mode 1, 2, 3;                  3.3.3-1(8):SR 3.3.3.1 (b) Above the P-12 interlock.
SG Pressure (psig)
SG 1B          PI 484 890                                    (d) Except when one MSIV closed in each steam line.
SG 1A PI 474 Channel Check PI 475 Mode 1, 2, 3; Mode 1, 2d, 3b,d; 3.2-1(1.e.2):SR 3.3.2.1 3.3.2-1(4.d):SR 3.3.2.1 PI 476 Mode 1, 2, 3b; Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.2-1(1.e.1):SR 3.3.2.1 3.3.3-1(8):SR 3.3.3.1 SG 1B PI 484 (b) Above the P-12 interlock.
PI 485 880 PI 486                                                 Expected variation: +/- 40 psi 850                                    Maximum deviation between channels:
(d) Except when one MSIV closed in each steam line.
50 psi SG 1C           PI 494 880 PI 495 880 PI 496 870
PI 485 PI 486 Expected variation: +/- 40 psi Maximum deviation between channels:
: 8. RCS Temperature (&deg;F)
50 psi SG 1C PI 494 PI 495 PI 496
THOT         (TR 413)
: 8.
Mode 1, 2, 3;                       3.3.3-1(1):SR 3.3.3.1 Loop 1 567.1 Channel Check                       3.3.3-1(2):SR 3.3.3.1 Loop 2 568.5 Loop 3 562.4 TCOLD         (TR 410)
RCS Temperature (&deg;F)
Loop 1 541 Loop 2                                                 Expected variation: +/- 17&deg;F 516.2 Maximum deviation between channels:
THOT (TR 413)
Loop 3 OOC*                                  23&deg;F
Loop 1 Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.3-1(1):SR 3.3.3.1 Loop 2 Channel Check 3.3.3-1(2):SR 3.3.3.1 Loop 3 TCOLD (TR 410)
                                    * - CR123456 written.
Loop 1 Loop 2 Expected variation: +/- 17&deg;F Loop 3 Maximum deviation between channels:
23&deg;F 890 880 870 890 880 850 880 880 870 567.1 568.5 562.4 541 516.2 OOC*
* - CR123456 written.


UNIT 1                                             Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0         112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56                 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS                                             Page Number 27 of 99 Appendix 1   Modes 1, 2, 3, 4         Page 20 of 47 TITLE                     NIGHT                         DAY                         ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA               TECH SPEC
UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 27 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 20 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC
: 23. Axial Flux Difference (%)
: 23.
Mode 1, Power 50% RTP;                   SR 3.2.3.1 N-41
Axial Flux Difference (%)
                                            -0.15                                                Within limits of COLR N-42
N-41 Mode 1, Power 50% RTP; Within limits of COLR SR 3.2.3.1 N-42 N-43 N-44 AFD Target Point for Present Power Level (Curve 64)
                                            -0.2 N-43
: 24.
                                              -0.2 N-44                     -0.15 AFD Target Point for Present                               (Curve 64)
Sub Cooled Margin Monitor (&deg;F)
Power Level                          -0.1
RTD CETC Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.3-1(10):
: 24. Sub Cooled Margin Monitor (&deg;F)
SR 3.3.3.1 Q1B14TI2354-A Channel Check Record subcooling margin and TMAX Q1B14TI2355-B TMAX Q1B14TI2301-A Q1B14TI2302-B
RTD           CETC                                         Mode 1, 2, 3;                         3.3.3-1(10):
: 25.
SR 3.3.3.1 Channel Check Q1B14TI2354-A 84.4 70.6                                                  Record subcooling margin and TMAX Q1B14TI2355-B 84.1 66.8 TMAX Q1B14TI2301-A 583 Q1B14TI2302-B 587
Reactor Vessel Level Indicating System (MCB Mimic)
: 25. Reactor Vessel Level Indicating System (MCB Mimic)                                                                                                                   3.3.3-1(16):
Mode 1, 2, 3; Perform Channel Check. Verify at least 4 sensors operable per channel by comparing each valid sensor with its corresponding sensor in the opposite train to verify they display the same state. IF one train is inoperable, THEN verify that at least 4 sensors indicate properly in the opposite train.
SR 3.3.3.1 Mode 1, 2, 3; Perform Channel Check. Verify at least 4 sensors Initial          operable per channel by comparing each valid sensor with its corresponding sensor in the opposite train to verify they display the same state. IF one train is inoperable, THEN verify that at least Channel A
3.3.3-1(16):
* 4 sensors indicate properly in the opposite train.
SR 3.3.3.1 Initial Channel A Channel B  
Channel B               LMN
-0.15
-0.2
-0.2
-0.1
-0.15 84.4 70.6 84.1 66.8 583 587 LMN
* 3 of 8 sensors on 'A' train are working (5 of 8 sensors are not working). CR987654.
* 3 of 8 sensors on 'A' train are working (5 of 8 sensors are not working). CR987654.


110UNIT                         Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number FNP-1-STP-1.0 Ver 112.0 1
110UNIT 1
7/21/2014         OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE                         Page Number 08:30:56                          REQUIREMENTS                                      53 of 99 Appendix 1   Modes 1, 2, 3, 4       Page 46 of 47 TABLE 1 Expected Variations Between Instrumentation Channels During Normal Operation NOTE If recorded data is greater than the expected variation, a CR should be submitted to correct the out of tolerance instrument and so note in the deficiency section of the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.
Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 53 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 46 of 47 TABLE 1 Expected Variations Between Instrumentation Channels During Normal Operation NOTE If recorded data is greater than the expected variation, a CR should be submitted to correct the out of tolerance instrument and so note in the deficiency section of the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.
Maximum Deviation Parameter                                           Expected Variation       Between Channels Reactor coolant average temperature indicators               +/- 3&deg;F                   6&deg;F Delta-T indicators                                         +/- 3.7%                   7.4%
Parameter Expected Variation Maximum Deviation Between Channels Reactor coolant average temperature indicators  
Reactor coolant flow indicators                             +/- 5%                     9%
+/- 3&deg;F 6&deg;F Delta-T indicators  
Pressurizer pressure indicators                           +/- 30 psi                 48 psi Pressurizer level indicators                                 +/- 4%                     8%
+/- 3.7%
Steam generator level indicators (narrow range)             +/- 4%                     8%
7.4%
Steam line pressure indicators                             +/- 40 psi                 50 psi Turbine impulse chamber pressure indicators               +/- 20 psi                 40 psi The overpower T reactor trip setpoints                   +/- 3.5%                     6%
Reactor coolant flow indicators  
The overtemperature T reactor trip setpoints             + 7.5%                   18.8%
+/- 5%
Top nuclear flux indicators                                 +/- 2%                   3.6%
9%
Bottom nuclear flux indicators                               +/- 2%                   3.6%
Pressurizer pressure indicators  
RCS temperature recorders                                   +/- 17&deg;F                   23&deg;F
+/- 30 psi 48 psi Pressurizer level indicators  
+/- 4%
8%
Steam generator level indicators (narrow range)  
+/- 4%
8%
Steam line pressure indicators  
+/- 40 psi 50 psi Turbine impulse chamber pressure indicators  
+/- 20 psi 40 psi The overpower T reactor trip setpoints  
+/- 3.5%
6%
The overtemperature T reactor trip setpoints  
+ 7.5%
18.8%
Top nuclear flux indicators  
+/- 2%
3.6%
Bottom nuclear flux indicators  
+/- 2%
3.6%
RCS temperature recorders  
+/- 17&deg;F 23&deg;F  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                             Page 1 of 5 A.3, Radiation Control - RO & SRO A.3 TITLE: Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Emergency Dose Limits.
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 5 Developer S. Jackson 05/07/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 A.3, Radiation Control - RO & SRO A.3 TITLE: Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Emergency Dose Limits.
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT                 SOCT           OLT     X     LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:                   X   PERFORM             SIMULATE         DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR             CONTROL ROOM           X   CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME:         20 MIN       SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:               N/A ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL               PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting, evaluation performed individually upon completion.
: 1. Initiation of task may be in group setting, evaluation performed individually upon completion.
: 2. The references for this task will be provided as listed or the student may be provided a computer with a generic exam login and access to the EXAM reference disk.
: 2. The references for this task will be provided as listed or the student may be provided a computer with a generic exam login and access to the EXAM reference disk.
Line 1,483: Line 1,948:
* Calculate the maximum allowable stay time for a task; or determine what tasks can be performed, if any, without exceeding limits.
* Calculate the maximum allowable stay time for a task; or determine what tasks can be performed, if any, without exceeding limits.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
EXAMINER:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Developer                    S. Jackson                                  05/07/14 NRC Approval                                    SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
EXAMINER:  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                                 Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Emergency Dose Limits. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Emergency Dose Limits. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A General Emergency has been declared on Unit 1.
: a. A General Emergency has been declared on Unit 1.
: b. 1A RHR pump is air bound and must be vented per AOP-12, Attachment 1, RHR Pump Venting.
: b. 1A RHR pump is air bound and must be vented per AOP-12, Attachment 1, RHR Pump Venting.
Line 1,499: Line 1,964:
* If you will NOT exceed emergency dose limits prior to performing task 4, THEN calculate the maximum allowable stay time to complete task 4, and remain within the dose limits.
* If you will NOT exceed emergency dose limits prior to performing task 4, THEN calculate the maximum allowable stay time to complete task 4, and remain within the dose limits.
* IF you WILL exceed emergency dose limits prior to performing task 4, THEN identify the last tasks (if any) that you can complete without exceeding dose limits.
* IF you WILL exceed emergency dose limits prior to performing task 4, THEN identify the last tasks (if any) that you can complete without exceeding dose limits.
Time allowed/    Dose Task Location/Task description                           reqd       Rate      Dose
Task Location/Task description Time allowed/
#                                                                          (minutes)     (R/hr) 83 1A RHR Pump and HX rooms/ Vent rig installation and 1                                                                              30         5.31 venting 100 piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and 2                                                                              15         19.75 venting 121 piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and 3                                                                              20         8.65 venting Inspect 1B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels and fill as 4                                                                                            7 required Can you perform all of the tasks? (Circle one)       YES     /   NO IF yes, then state the maximum permitted stay time for task #4.                     ________________
reqd (minutes)
IF no, then state the highest sequential task # that can be completed, if any.       ________________
Dose Rate (R/hr)
INITIATING CUE: You may begin.
Dose 1
83 1A RHR Pump and HX rooms/ Vent rig installation and venting 30 5.31 2
100 piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and venting 15 19.75 3
121 piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and venting 20 8.65 4
Inspect 1B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels and fill as required 7
Can you perform all of the tasks? (Circle one) YES / NO IF yes, then state the maximum permitted stay time for task #4. ________________
IF no, then state the highest sequential task # that can be completed, if any. ________________
INITIATING CUE: You may begin.  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                           Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:
ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                           (CIRCLE)
ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
START TIME
START TIME
: 1. Determine the dose received for tasks 1 through 3. 1) Calculates (in REM)
: 1. Determine the dose received for tasks 1 through 3.
* a. Task #1                                               a) 2.66 {Range 2.6 to 2.7}      S / U (30 min ) x 5.31R / hr x 1hr  = 2.66 REM 60 min
: a. Task #1
(
)
REM hr hr R
66
.2 min 60 1
/
31
.5 min 30
=
 
x x
: b. Task #2
: b. Task #2
* b) 4.938 {4.9 to 5.0}           S / U (15 min ) x 19.75R / hr x  1hr  = 4.938REM 60 min
(
* c. Task #3 c) 2.88 {2.8 to 2.9}             S / U (20 min )x 8.65R / hr x  1hr  = 2.88REM 60 min NOTE:
)
REM hr hr R
938
.4 min 60 1
/
75 19 min 15
=
 
x x
: c. Task #3
(
)
REM hr hr R
88
.2 min 60 1
/
65
.8 min 20
=
 
x x
: 1) Calculates (in REM) a) 2.66 {Range 2.6 to 2.7}
b) 4.938 {4.9 to 5.0}
c) 2.88 {2.8 to 2.9}
S / U S / U S / U NOTE:
* A Cue may be required to obtain responses for each element if the candidate does not clearly document results. Provide the Cue as stated on the Handout.
* A Cue may be required to obtain responses for each element if the candidate does not clearly document results. Provide the Cue as stated on the Handout.
* 2. Evaluates exposure NOT within 10 REM for           2) Circles NO on handout -OR-        S / U completion of tasks 1 through 4.                      states that all tasks CANNOT be completed.
: 2. Evaluates exposure NOT within 10 REM for completion of tasks 1 through 4.
: a. Summation of Task 1 through 3 10 REM (2.66 + 4.94 + 2.88)REM =                      a) Exceeds 10 R limit
: a.
      .48 REM
Summation of Task 1 through 3
* 3. Determines task 2 is the highest sequential         3) Documents -OR- States:             S / U Task that can be performed.                            Task #2 is the highest sequential task that can be performed STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
(
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
)
REM REM REM 48 88
.2 94
.4 66
.2 10
 
=
+
+
: 2) Circles NO on handout -OR-states that all tasks CANNOT be completed.
a) Exceeds 10 R limit S / U
* 3. Determines task 2 is the highest sequential Task that can be performed.
: 3) Documents -OR-States:
Task #2 is the highest sequential task that can be performed S / U STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                         Page 4 of 5 GENERAL  
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 4 of 5 GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
Line 1,530: Line 2,053:
: 3. pens/pencils
: 3. pens/pencils
: 4. Scrap paper Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 4. Scrap paper Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP                                           Evaluation 1.a   Critical - Task Objective. Improper calculation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.
STEP Evaluation 1.a Critical - Task Objective. Improper calculation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.
1.b   Critical - Task Objective. Improper calculation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.
1.b Critical - Task Objective. Improper calculation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.
1.c   Critical - Task Objective. Improper calculation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.
1.c Critical - Task Objective. Improper calculation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.
2     Critical - Task Objective. Improper calculation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.
2 Critical - Task Objective. Improper calculation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.
3     Critical - Task Objective. Improper evaluation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.
3 Critical - Task Objective. Improper evaluation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                               HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Emergency Dose Limits. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Emergency Dose Limits. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. A General Emergency has been declared on Unit 1.
: a. A General Emergency has been declared on Unit 1.
: b. 1A RHR pump is air bound and must be vented per AOP-12, Attachment 1, RHR Pump Venting.
: b. 1A RHR pump is air bound and must be vented per AOP-12, Attachment 1, RHR Pump Venting.
Line 1,549: Line 2,072:
* If you will NOT exceed emergency dose limits prior to performing task 4, THEN calculate the maximum allowable stay time to complete task 4, and remain within the dose limits.
* If you will NOT exceed emergency dose limits prior to performing task 4, THEN calculate the maximum allowable stay time to complete task 4, and remain within the dose limits.
* IF you WILL exceed emergency dose limits prior to performing task 4, THEN identify the last tasks (if any) that you can complete without exceeding dose limits.
* IF you WILL exceed emergency dose limits prior to performing task 4, THEN identify the last tasks (if any) that you can complete without exceeding dose limits.
Time allowed/    Dose Task Location/Task description                           reqd       Rate      Dose
Task Location/Task description Time allowed/
#                                                                          (minutes)     (R/hr) 83 1A RHR Pump and HX rooms/ Vent rig installation and 1                                                                              30         5.31 venting 100 piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and 2                                                                              15         19.75 venting 121 piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and 3                                                                              20         8.65 venting Inspect 1B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels and fill as 4                                                                                            7 required Can you perform all of the tasks? (Circle one)       YES     /   NO IF yes, then state the maximum permitted stay time for task #4.                     ________________
reqd (minutes)
IF no, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any.       ________________
Dose Rate (R/hr)
Dose 1
83 1A RHR Pump and HX rooms/ Vent rig installation and venting 30 5.31 2
100 piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and venting 15 19.75 3
121 piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and venting 20 8.65 4
Inspect 1B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels and fill as required 7
Can you perform all of the tasks? (Circle one) YES / NO IF yes, then state the maximum permitted stay time for task #4. ________________
IF no, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any. ________________  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                               Page 1 of 5 A.4, Emergency Plan - SRO ONLY A.4 TITLE: Provide a Protective Action Recommendation (PAR).
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 5 A.4, Emergency Plan - SRO ONLY A.4 TITLE: Provide a Protective Action Recommendation (PAR).
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT                   SOCT         OLT     X   LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD:                   X     PERFORM           SIMULATE           DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION:                 SIMULATOR             CONTROL ROOM           X   CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME:         15 MIN         SIMULATOR IC NUMBER:               N/A ALTERNATE PATH               TIME CRITICAL         X       PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL X PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:
: 1. This task can be conducted individually or in a group setting in which all the necessary references are available.
: 1. This task can be conducted individually or in a group setting in which all the necessary references are available.
: 2. Provide the candidate the HANDOUT page and allow for familiarization with the task for the event in progress. Since this is a Time Critical task, allow the candidate time to review and understand the task.
: 2. Provide the candidate the HANDOUT page and allow for familiarization with the task for the event in progress. Since this is a Time Critical task, allow the candidate time to review and understand the task.
Line 1,565: Line 2,095:
* Complete the ENN FORM LINE 5, providing a PAR recommendation to the ED within 15 minutes from beginning of task.
* Complete the ENN FORM LINE 5, providing a PAR recommendation to the ED within 15 minutes from beginning of task.
Examinee:
Examinee:
Overall JPM Performance:           Satisfactory                       Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
Overall JPM Performance:
Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)
EXAMINER:
EXAMINER:
Developer                   S. Jackson                                 05/07/14 NRC Approval                                     SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3
Developer S. Jackson 05/07/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                         Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PROVIDE A PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION (PAR). The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PROVIDE A PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION (PAR). The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 1 has declared a General Emergency based on EAL# FG1; FG1: Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Potential Loss of Third Barrier.
: a. Unit 1 has declared a General Emergency based on EAL# FG1; FG1: Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Potential Loss of Third Barrier.
: b. A LOCA has occurred and Containment venting is in progress to reduce Hydrogen.
: b. A LOCA has occurred and Containment venting is in progress to reduce Hydrogen.
Line 1,587: Line 2,118:
: i. This task has TIME CRITICAL elements.
: i. This task has TIME CRITICAL elements.
INITIATING CUE: IF you have no questions, you may begin.
INITIATING CUE: IF you have no questions, you may begin.
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS ELEMENTS:                                               STANDARDS:                       (CIRCLE)
EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS ELEMENTS:
STANDARDS:
(CIRCLE)
CRITICAL TIME START
CRITICAL TIME START
: 1. Attachment 1 step A.1 & A.2,                         1) Attachment1 step A.1 & A.2,   S / U And ATTACHMENT 5 step 1.                                And ATTACHMENT 5 step 1.
: 1. Attachment 1 step A.1 & A.2, And ATTACHMENT 5 step 1.
: a. Review conditions and Attachment 1                  a) Determines PAR 1 is Flowchart to determine PAR.                            applicable.
: a. Review conditions and Attachment 1 Flowchart to determine PAR.
: b. Documents on Attachment 5                            b) Documents ATTACHMENT 5 PAR 1 Check box.
: b. Documents on Attachment 5
: 1) Attachment1 step A.1 & A.2, And ATTACHMENT 5 step 1.
a) Determines PAR 1 is applicable.
b) Documents ATTACHMENT 5 PAR 1 Check box.
S / U


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                           Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS ELEMENTS:                                             STANDARDS:                           (CIRCLE)
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS ELEMENTS:
: 2. Attachment 5 step 2:                                 2) Attachment 5 step 2:            S / U
STANDARDS:
: a. Records the 15 minute average wind                 a) Records 045 in the PAR direction from for the selected PAR.                  1 section for Wind direction.
(CIRCLE)
: 3. Attachment 1 step A.3:                               3) Attachment 1 step A.3:           S / U And ATTACHMENT 5 Step 3.                                And ATTACHMENT 5 Step 3.
: 2. Attachment 5 step 2:
: a. Utilizes ATTACHMENT 2 Table 1 to                    a) Identifies zones A, B5, C5 determine affected Zones 045 degrees.                    and D5 are the affected ZONES.
: a. Records the 15 minute average wind direction from for the selected PAR.
: 4. Attachment 1 step A.4:                             4) Attachment 1 step A.4:           S / U And ATTACHMENT 5 step 3                                And ATTACHMENT 5 step 3
: 2) Attachment 5 step 2:
                                                              & CAUTION
a) Records 045 in the PAR 1 section for Wind direction.
: a. Utilizes ATTACHMENT 5 to document                    a) DOCUMENTS on affected zones.                                        ATTACHMENT 5 zones A, B5, C5, D5, are the A                                                        ZONES to shelter.
S / U
B5 C5 D5 NOTE: The three (3) items under 5) a) are the CRITICAL steps and have an
: 3. Attachment 1 step A.3:
And ATTACHMENT 5 Step 3.
: a. Utilizes ATTACHMENT 2 Table 1 to determine affected Zones 045 degrees.
: 3) Attachment 1 step A.3:
And ATTACHMENT 5 Step 3.
a) Identifies zones A, B5, C5 and D5 are the affected ZONES.
S / U
: 4. Attachment 1 step A.4:
And ATTACHMENT 5 step 3
: a. Utilizes ATTACHMENT 5 to document affected zones.
A B5 C5 D5
: 4) Attachment 1 step A.4:
And ATTACHMENT 5 step 3  
& CAUTION a) DOCUMENTS on ATTACHMENT 5 zones A, B5, C5, D5, are the ZONES to shelter.
S / U NOTE: The three (3) items under 5) a) are the CRITICAL steps and have an
* also.
* also.
* 5. Attachment 1 step A.5:                             5) Attachment 1 step A.5:          S / U And ATTACHMENT 5 step 3                                And ATTACHMENT 5 step 3
: 5. Attachment 1 step A.5:
: a. On the ENN Form for the selected PAR:                 a) DOCUMENTS ON LINE 5
And ATTACHMENT 5 step 3
* Select block 5.C and record the Evacuate             of ENN Form message #001 zones OR select block 5.C and record the               * *Select block 5C.
: a. On the ENN Form for the selected PAR:
Shelter zones                                        * *Records on line 5C:
* Select block 5.C and record the Evacuate zones OR select block 5.C and record the Shelter zones
* Select block 5.D                                            zones A, B5, C5, D5.
* Select block 5.D
                                                                * *Select block 5.D.
: 5) Attachment 1 step A.5:
CRITICAL TIME STOP Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
And ATTACHMENT 5 step 3 a) DOCUMENTS ON LINE 5 of ENN Form message #001
* *Select block 5C.  
* *Records on line 5C:
zones A, B5, C5, D5.  
* *Select block 5.D.
S / U CRITICAL TIME STOP Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.
GENERAL  
GENERAL  


==REFERENCES:==
==REFERENCES:==
 
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 4 of 5
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                                               Page 4 of 5
: 1. NMP-EP-112, Ver 3.0
: 1. NMP-EP-112, Ver 3.0
: 2. NMP-EP-110, Ver 1.0
: 2. NMP-EP-110, Ver 1.0
Line 1,622: Line 2,177:
: 2. Partially completed INITIAL NOTIFICATION message #001.
: 2. Partially completed INITIAL NOTIFICATION message #001.
: 3. Computer with access to Exam Reference Disk Critical ELEMENT justification:
: 3. Computer with access to Exam Reference Disk Critical ELEMENT justification:
STEP                                             Evaluation 1     Not critical: This task will be performed during evaluation of PARs, but student is not required to state that PAR 2 is required.
STEP Evaluation 1
2     Not critical: this task will be performed to document wind direction on a PAR WORKSHEET, but the critical actions of this task will be to use the information to properly evaluate PARS.
Not critical: This task will be performed during evaluation of PARs, but student is not required to state that PAR 2 is required.
3     Not critical: This task will be performed to properly assess the new PAR evacuation zones, and will be documented on a PAR WORKSHEET, but the critical actions of this task will be to use this information to properly complete the Emergency Notification Form.
2 Not critical: this task will be performed to document wind direction on a PAR WORKSHEET, but the critical actions of this task will be to use the information to properly evaluate PARS.
4     Not critical: This task will be performed to properly assess and document the new PAR evacuation zones along with the previous evacuation zones, and will be documented on a PAR WORKSHEET, but the critical actions of this task will be to use this information to properly complete the Emergency Notification Form 5     Critical (3 components): Task completion:
3 Not critical: This task will be performed to properly assess the new PAR evacuation zones, and will be documented on a PAR WORKSHEET, but the critical actions of this task will be to use this information to properly complete the Emergency Notification Form.
4 Not critical: This task will be performed to properly assess and document the new PAR evacuation zones along with the previous evacuation zones, and will be documented on a PAR WORKSHEET, but the critical actions of this task will be to use this information to properly complete the Emergency Notification Form 5
Critical (3 components): Task completion:
Line 5 C. Critical - Shelter is preferred for a Puff release (P&L 6.1.3) and is required by the procedure. Incorrect selection may result in unnecessary dose to the public.
Line 5 C. Critical - Shelter is preferred for a Puff release (P&L 6.1.3) and is required by the procedure. Incorrect selection may result in unnecessary dose to the public.
Line 5C (List Proper zones). Critical. Incorrect selection may result in unnecessary dose to the public.
Line 5C (List Proper zones). Critical. Incorrect selection may result in unnecessary dose to the public.
Line 5D. Critical. Failure to select this may result in unnecessary dose to the public due to lack of communication or failure to use KI as directed by authorities.
Line 5D. Critical. Failure to select this may result in unnecessary dose to the public due to lack of communication or failure to use KI as directed by authorities.
This form would be transmitted to the EMAs of Alabama and Georgia, and is the official document. All other documents are worksheets used to determine the information to be provided to the EMAs.
This form would be transmitted to the EMAs of Alabama and Georgia, and is the official document. All other documents are worksheets used to determine the information to be provided to the EMAs.
COMMENTS:
COMMENTS:  


FNP ILT 37 ADMIN                                                               HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PROVIDE A PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION (PAR). The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PROVIDE A PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION (PAR). The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:
: a. Unit 1 has declared a General Emergency based on EAL# FG1; FG1: Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Potential Loss of Third Barrier.
: a. Unit 1 has declared a General Emergency based on EAL# FG1; FG1: Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Potential Loss of Third Barrier.
: b. A LOCA has occurred and Containment venting is in progress to reduce Hydrogen.
: b. A LOCA has occurred and Containment venting is in progress to reduce Hydrogen.
Line 1,648: Line 2,205:
o NMP-EP-112, Attachment 5, PAR Worksheet.
o NMP-EP-112, Attachment 5, PAR Worksheet.
o Line 5 of the Emergency Notification Form message #001.
o Line 5 of the Emergency Notification Form message #001.
: i. This task has TIME CRITICAL elements.
: i. This task has TIME CRITICAL elements.  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing KEY SNC Emergency Notifications Form (ENF)
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure SNC Emergency Notifications Form (ENF)
NMP-EP-111-F10 Version 1.0 Procedure                                                                        Page 1 of 1
NMP-EP-111-F10 Version 1.0 Page 1 of 1 EMERGENCY RELEASE DATA NOT REQUIRED IF LINE 6 A IS SELECTED.
: 1. A DRILL             B ACTUAL EVENT                                                                                         001 MESSAGE # _______
: 14. RELEASE CHARACTERIZATION:
: 2. A INITIAL           B FOLLOW-UP             NOTIFICATION: TIME________DATE_____/_____/__ AUTHENTICATION #_______
TYPE: A Elevated B Mixed C Ground UNITS: A Ci B Ci/sec C PCi/sec MAGNITUDE: Noble Gases:__________ Iodines:___________ Particulates:__________ Other: ____________
: 3. SITE: _______________________                                                                                   (334) 814-4662 Confirmation Phone #_________________
FORM: A Airborne B Liquid Start Time __________ Date ___/_____/____Stop Time _________ Date ___/_____/____
: 4. EMERGENCY A UNUSUAL EVENT B ALERT                   C SITE AREA EMERGENCY               D GENERAL EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
Start Time __________ Date ___/_____/____Stop Time _________ Date ___/_____/____
BASED ON EAL# ____________ FG1          EAL DESCRIPTION:___________________________________________________________
: 15. PROJECTION PARAMETERS:
Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Potential Loss of Third Barrier
Projection period: ________Hours Estimated Release Duration ________Hours Projection performed:
: 5. PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS:                               A NONE B EVACUATE _________________________________________________________________________________________
Time _________ Date ___/_____/____
A, B5, C5, D5 C SHELTER __________________________________________________________________________________________
Accident Type: ________
: 16. PROJECTED DOSE:
DISTANCE TEDE (mrem)
Adult Thyroid CDE (mrem)
Site boundary 2 Miles 5 Miles 10 Miles
: 17. APPROVED BY:
____________________________ Title _____________________
Time ________Date___/_____/____
NOTIFIED BY: ___________________________
RECEIVED BY: ___________________________
Time ________Date___/_____/____
(To be completed by receiving organization)
: 1. A DRILL B ACTUAL EVENT MESSAGE # _______
: 2. A INITIAL B FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATION: TIME________DATE_____/_____/__ AUTHENTICATION #_______
: 3. SITE: _______________________
Confirmation Phone #_________________
: 4. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
A UNUSUAL EVENT B ALERT C SITE AREA EMERGENCY D GENERAL EMERGENCY BASED ON EAL# ____________
EAL DESCRIPTION:___________________________________________________________
: 5. PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS:
A NONE B EVACUATE _________________________________________________________________________________________
C SHELTER __________________________________________________________________________________________
D Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/Tone Alert Radios for Additional Information and Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State plans and policy.
D Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/Tone Alert Radios for Additional Information and Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State plans and policy.
E OTHER____________________________________________________________________________________________
E OTHER____________________________________________________________________________________________
: 6. EMERGENCY RELEASE:                   A None             B Is Occurring               C Has Occurred
: 6. EMERGENCY RELEASE:
: 7. RELEASE SIGNIFICANCE:               A Not applicable     B Within normal operating   C Above normal operating       D Under limits                        limits                        evaluation
A None B Is Occurring C Has Occurred
: 8. EVENT PROGNOSIS:                   A Improving         B Stable                     C Degrading
: 7. RELEASE SIGNIFICANCE:
: 9. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:               Wind Direction from _______
A Not applicable B Within normal operating limits C Above normal operating limits D Under evaluation
45 degrees*                             4.5 Wind Speed _______mph*
: 8. EVENT PROGNOSIS:
(*May not be available for Initial                   NONE Notifications)*
A Improving B Stable C Degrading
Precipitation _______*                           Stability Class* A   B   C   D   E   F   G
: 9. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:
: 10. A DECLARATION               B TERMINATION                           NOW Time ________________             11 today 14 Date _____/______/_______
Wind Direction from _______ degrees*
: 11. AFFECTED UNIT(S):             1     2     All
Wind Speed _______mph*
: 12. UNIT STATUS:                                             0 A U1 _____%    Power                        15 min ago Date ___/_____/____
(*May not be available for Initial Notifications)*
Shutdown at Time ____________            11 today 14 (Unaffected Unit(s) Status Not Required for Initial Notifications)                         B U2 _____% Power       Shutdown at Time ____________ Date ___/_____/____
Precipitation _______*
Stability Class* A B C D E F G
: 10. A DECLARATION B TERMINATION Time ________________ Date _____/______/_______
: 11. AFFECTED UNIT(S):
1 2 All
: 12. UNIT STATUS:
(Unaffected Unit(s) Status Not Required for Initial Notifications)
A U1 _____% Power Shutdown at Time ____________ Date ___/_____/____
B U2 _____% Power Shutdown at Time ____________ Date ___/_____/____
: 13. REMARKS:____________________________________________________________________________________________
: 13. REMARKS:____________________________________________________________________________________________
EMERGENCY RELEASE DATA NOT REQUIRED IF LINE 6 A IS SELECTED.
001 FG1 Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Potential Loss of Third Barrier 45 4.5 NONE NOW 11 today 14 0
: 14. RELEASE CHARACTERIZATION:                    TYPE: A Elevated B Mixed C Ground              UNITS: A Ci B Ci/sec C PCi/sec MAGNITUDE:          Noble Gases:__________ Iodines:___________ Particulates:__________ Other: ____________
15 min ago 11 today 14 (334) 814-4662 A, B5, C5, D5 KEY KEY
FORM: A Airborne                      Start Time __________ Date ___/_____/____Stop Time _________ Date ___/_____/____
B Liquid                    Start Time __________ Date ___/_____/____Stop Time _________ Date ___/_____/____
: 15. PROJECTION PARAMETERS: Projection period: ________Hours                            Estimated Release Duration ________Hours Projection performed:                  Time _________ Date ___/_____/____                Accident Type: ________
: 16. PROJECTED DOSE:                        DISTANCE                          TEDE (mrem)                 Adult Thyroid CDE (mrem)
Site boundary 2 Miles 5 Miles 10 Miles
: 17. APPROVED BY:                ____________________________ Title _____________________                  Time ________Date___/_____/____
NOTIFIED                                        RECEIVED BY: ___________________________                  BY: ___________________________            Time ________Date___/_____/____
(To be completed by receiving organization)
KEY


KEY Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                         NMP-EP-112 Implementing            Protective Action Recommendations          Version 3.0 Procedure                                                        Page 5 of 18 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 EPA PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDELINE (PAG) - exposure levels determined by the Environmental Protection Agency for the evacuation of the offsite public following a release of radioactive materials. These levels have been established at one (1) Rem TEDE or five (5) Rem CDE Thyroid.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 5 of 18 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 EPA PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDELINE (PAG) - exposure levels determined by the Environmental Protection Agency for the evacuation of the offsite public following a release of radioactive materials. These levels have been established at one (1) Rem TEDE or five (5) Rem CDE Thyroid.
4.2 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARs) - shelter, evacuation, monitor, and/or KI recommendations made by SNC to appropriate state agencies.
4.2 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARs) - shelter, evacuation, monitor, and/or KI recommendations made by SNC to appropriate state agencies.
PARs are made by SNC personnel based on the Attachment 1 Flowchart whenever a General Emergency is declared. Additionally, if in the opinion of the ED, conditions warrant the issuance of PARs, a General Emergency will be declared (SNC will not issue PARs for any accident classified below a General Emergency).
PARs are made by SNC personnel based on the Attachment 1 Flowchart whenever a General Emergency is declared. Additionally, if in the opinion of the ED, conditions warrant the issuance of PARs, a General Emergency will be declared (SNC will not issue PARs for any accident classified below a General Emergency).
Line 1,695: Line 2,272:
4.7 COMMITTED DOSE EQUIVALENT (CDE) - The dose equivalent to organs or tissues of reference that will be received from an intake of radioactive material by an individual during the 50-year period following the intake.
4.7 COMMITTED DOSE EQUIVALENT (CDE) - The dose equivalent to organs or tissues of reference that will be received from an intake of radioactive material by an individual during the 50-year period following the intake.
4.8 TONE ALERT RADIO (TAR) - Radio used to provide emergency information to the public living in the 10 mile emergency planning zone around the sites.
4.8 TONE ALERT RADIO (TAR) - Radio used to provide emergency information to the public living in the 10 mile emergency planning zone around the sites.
KEY


KEY Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                         NMP-EP-112 Implementing          Protective Action Recommendations              Version 3.0 Procedure                                                        Page 11 of 18 START Attachment 1, Flowchart (Page 3 of 3)
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 11 of 18  
Has a                                 Is a PAR 1 PUFF RELEASE General Emergency                                                                  SHELTER YES          In Progress or Been  YES Been Declared                        Terminated That Is 0 - 2 mile radius And downwind to Projected to Exceed 5 miles PAGs*
, Flowchart (Page 3 of 3)
Advise Remainder of NO                                  NO                          EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/
Have Doses at or Beyond the SB Been Projected to Exceed PAGs*
TARs for Additional CONTINUE                                                                        Information ASSESSMENT                                Is a Known Site Event Underway                  Consider the use of KI Return to START                          Making Evacuation YES in accordance with Dangerous                      State plans and policy PAR 2                                                                  Refer to site specific EVACUATE                                    NO                          Table 1 or computer 0 - 2 mile radius                                                         program for affected And downwind to                                                                     zones 5 miles Do Known                              CONTINUE Advise Remainder                                                               ASSESSMENT Offsite Conditions Make YES              Return to START of EPZ to Monitor                         Evacuation Local Radio/TV                           Dangerous Stations/ TARs for Additional Information                               NO Consider the use of KI in accordance                                                               PAR 3 with State plans and                       Have Doses                            EVACUATE policy                       at or Beyond the SB                    0 - 5 mile radius NO        Been Projected to    YES            And downwind to Refer to site specific                       Exceed                                10 miles Table 1 or computer                           PAGs*
Has a General Emergency Been Declared Is a Known Site Event Underway Making Evacuation Dangerous Do Known Offsite Conditions Make Evacuation Dangerous CONTINUE ASSESSMENT Return to START PAR 1 SHELTER 0 - 2 mile radius And downwind to 5 miles Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/
program for affected                                                       Advise Remainder zones                                                                of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/ TARs for Additional Information Have Doses CONTINUE                            Beyond 10 Miles                      Consider the use of ASSESSMENT                  NO        Been Projected to                      KI in accordance Return to START                              Exceed                        with State plans and PAGs*                                  policy Refer to site specific YES                          Table 1 or computer program for affected PAR 4                                   zones Evaluate the Need for           *PAGs PARs Beyond 10 Miles -               1000 mREM TEDE or Refer to Table 2              5000 mREM Thyroid CDE
TARs for Additional Information Consider the use of KI in accordance with State plans and policy Refer to site specific Table 1 or computer program for affected zones CONTINUE ASSESSMENT Return to START PAR 3 EVACUATE 0 - 5 mile radius And downwind to 10 miles Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/ TARs for Additional Information Consider the use of KI in accordance with State plans and policy Refer to site specific Table 1 or computer program for affected zones YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NO YES PAR 2 EVACUATE 0 - 2 mile radius And downwind to 5 miles Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/ TARs for Additional Information Consider the use of KI in accordance with State plans and policy Refer to site specific Table 1 or computer program for affected zones PAR 4 Evaluate the Need for PARs Beyond 10 Miles -
Refer to Table 2 Is a PUFF RELEASE In Progress or Been Terminated That Is Projected to Exceed PAGs*
Have Doses Beyond 10 Miles Been Projected to Exceed PAGs*
YES CONTINUE ASSESSMENT Return to START NO START
*PAGs 1000 mREM TEDE or 5000 mREM Thyroid CDE KEY


KEY Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                         NMP-EP-112 Implementing          Protective Action Recommendations            Version 3.0 Procedure                                                        Page 12 of 18 Attachment 2 Table 1 PLANT FARLEY AFFECTED ZONES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PAR 1 and 2                                 PAR 3 WIND DIRECTION           AFFECTED                              AFFECTED FROM (degrees)           ZONES                                 ZONES N, > 349 - 11   A, B5, C5, J5, K5     A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, K10 NNE, >11 - 34     A, B5, C5, D5, K5     A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, D10 NE, >34 - 56     A, B5, C5, D5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, D10 ENE, >56 - 79     A, C5, D5, E5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, C10, D10, E10 E, >79-101     A, D5, E5, F5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, C10, D10, E10 ESE, >101 - 124 A, D5, E5, F5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, D10, E10, F10 SE, >124-146     A, E5, F5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, E10, F10 SSE, >146 - 169 A, E5, F5, I5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, E10, F10, G10 S, >169 - 191   A, E5, F5, I5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10 SSW, >191 - 214 A, F5, I5                 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10, I10 SW, >214-236     A, F5, I5, J5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10, I10, J10 WSW, >236-259 A, I5, J5                   A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, G10, H10, I10, J10 W, >259 - 281     A, I5, J5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, H10, I10, J10, K10 WNW, >281 - 304 A, I5, J5, K5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, I10, J10, K10 NW, >304 - 326   A, B5, J5, K5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, J10, K10 NNW, >326 - 349 A, B5, C5, J5, K5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, K10
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 12 of 18 Table 1 PLANT FARLEY AFFECTED ZONES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PAR 1 and 2 PAR 3 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)
AFFECTED ZONES AFFECTED ZONES N, > 349 - 11 A, B5, C5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, K10 NNE, >11 - 34 A, B5, C5, D5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, D10 NE, >34 - 56 A, B5, C5, D5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, D10 ENE, >56 - 79 A, C5, D5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, C10, D10, E10 E, >79-101 A, D5, E5, F5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, C10, D10, E10 ESE, >101 - 124 A, D5, E5, F5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, D10, E10, F10 SE, >124-146 A, E5, F5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, E10, F10 SSE, >146 - 169 A, E5, F5, I5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, E10, F10, G10 S, >169 - 191 A, E5, F5, I5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10 SSW, >191 - 214 A, F5, I5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10, I10 SW, >214-236 A, F5, I5, J5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10, I10, J10 WSW, >236-259 A, I5, J5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, G10, H10, I10, J10 W, >259 - 281 A, I5, J5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, H10, I10, J10, K10 WNW, >281 - 304 A, I5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, I10, J10, K10 NW, >304 - 326 A, B5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, J10, K10 NNW, >326 - 349 A, B5, C5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, K10 KEY


KEY Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                                   NMP-EP-112 Implementing              Protective Action Recommendations                  Version 3.0 Procedure                                                                Page 18 of 18 Attachment 5 Figure 1 PAR WORKSHEET INSTRUCTIONS:
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 18 of 18 Figure 1 PAR WORKSHEET INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. Check the box for the applicable PAR (1, 2, 3, or 4).
: 1. Check the box for the applicable PAR (1, 2, 3, or 4).
: 2. Record the 15 minute average wind direction from for the selected PAR.
: 2. Record the 15 minute average wind direction from for the selected PAR.
Use met instrumentation corresponding to primary release point(s) (BWR) OR ground level release (PWR).
Use met instrumentation corresponding to primary release point(s) (BWR) OR ground level release (PWR).
: 3. Use the applicable Site Specific PAR table (Table 1 or 2) to determine the affected zones.
: 3. Use the applicable Site Specific PAR table (Table 1 or 2) to determine the affected zones.
CAUTION:                       PAR Revisions must include previous PARs.
CAUTION:
PAR Revisions must include previous PARs.
On the ENN Form for the selected PAR:
On the ENN Form for the selected PAR:
Select block 5.B and record the Evacuate zones OR select block 5.C and record the Shelter zones Select block 5.D IF PAR 4 is selected, THEN additionally select block 5.E Other and provide Affected Sectors and To Miles Wind direction from         045 ENN Line 5 [C]
Select block 5.B and record the Evacuate zones OR select block 5.C and record the Shelter zones Select block 5.D IF PAR 4 is selected, THEN additionally select block 5.E Other and provide Affected Sectors and To Miles PAR 1 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [C]
A, B5, C5, D5 Shelter Zones Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations PAR 1      ENN Line 5 [D]            /Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]
Shelter Zones ENN Line 5 [D]
Evacuate Zones Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations PAR 2      ENN Line 5 [D]            /Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]
Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations  
Evacuate Zones Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations PAR 3      ENN Line 5 [D]            /Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]
/Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy PAR 2 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]
Evacuate Zones Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/
Evacuate Zones ENN Line 5 [D]
ENN Line 5 [D]            Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in PAR 4                                accordance with State Plans and Policy ENN Line 5 [E]           Evacuate Affected Sectors ________________ to OTHER                    _________miles Approval:           ____________________________________                      ___________/_________
Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations  
Emergency Director                                    Date/Time KEY
/Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy PAR 3 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]
Evacuate Zones ENN Line 5 [D]
Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations  
/Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy PAR 4 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]
Evacuate Zones ENN Line 5 [D]
Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/
Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy ENN Line 5 [E]
OTHER Evacuate Affected Sectors ________________ to
_________miles Approval:
Emergency Director
___________/_________
Date/Time KEY 045 A, B5, C5, D5 KEY


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                                     NMP-EP-111-F10 Implementing             SNC Emergency Notifications Form (ENF)                       Version 1.0 Procedure                                                                        Page 1 of 1
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure SNC Emergency Notifications Form (ENF)
: 1. A DRILL             B ACTUAL EVENT                                                                                         001 MESSAGE # _______
NMP-EP-111-F10 Version 1.0 Page 1 of 1 EMERGENCY RELEASE DATA NOT REQUIRED IF LINE 6 A IS SELECTED.
: 2. A INITIAL           B FOLLOW-UP             NOTIFICATION: TIME________DATE_____/_____/__ AUTHENTICATION #_______
: 14. RELEASE CHARACTERIZATION:
: 3. SITE: _______________________                                                                                   (334) 814-4662 Confirmation Phone #_________________
TYPE: A Elevated B Mixed C Ground UNITS: A Ci B Ci/sec C PCi/sec MAGNITUDE: Noble Gases:__________ Iodines:___________ Particulates:__________ Other: ____________
: 4. EMERGENCY A UNUSUAL EVENT B ALERT                   C SITE AREA EMERGENCY               D GENERAL EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
FORM: A Airborne B Liquid Start Time __________ Date ___/_____/____Stop Time _________ Date ___/_____/____
BASED ON EAL# ____________ FG1          EAL DESCRIPTION:___________________________________________________________
Start Time __________ Date ___/_____/____Stop Time _________ Date ___/_____/____
Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Potential Loss of Third Barrier
: 15. PROJECTION PARAMETERS:
: 5. PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS:                               A NONE B EVACUATE _________________________________________________________________________________________
Projection period: ________Hours Estimated Release Duration ________Hours Projection performed:
Time _________ Date ___/_____/____
Accident Type: ________
: 16. PROJECTED DOSE:
DISTANCE TEDE (mrem)
Adult Thyroid CDE (mrem)
Site boundary 2 Miles 5 Miles 10 Miles
: 17. APPROVED BY:
____________________________ Title _____________________
Time ________Date___/_____/____
NOTIFIED BY: ___________________________
RECEIVED BY: ___________________________
Time ________Date___/_____/____
(To be completed by receiving organization)
: 1. A DRILL B ACTUAL EVENT MESSAGE # _______
: 2. A INITIAL B FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATION: TIME________DATE_____/_____/__ AUTHENTICATION #_______
: 3. SITE: _______________________
Confirmation Phone #_________________
: 4. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:
A UNUSUAL EVENT B ALERT C SITE AREA EMERGENCY D GENERAL EMERGENCY BASED ON EAL# ____________
EAL DESCRIPTION:___________________________________________________________
: 5. PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS:
A NONE B EVACUATE _________________________________________________________________________________________
C SHELTER __________________________________________________________________________________________
C SHELTER __________________________________________________________________________________________
D Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/Tone Alert Radios for Additional Information and Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State plans and policy.
D Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/Tone Alert Radios for Additional Information and Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State plans and policy.
E OTHER____________________________________________________________________________________________
E OTHER____________________________________________________________________________________________
: 6. EMERGENCY RELEASE:                   A None             B Is Occurring               C Has Occurred
: 6. EMERGENCY RELEASE:
: 7. RELEASE SIGNIFICANCE:               A Not applicable     B Within normal operating   C Above normal operating       D Under limits                        limits                        evaluation
A None B Is Occurring C Has Occurred
: 8. EVENT PROGNOSIS:                   A Improving         B Stable                     C Degrading
: 7. RELEASE SIGNIFICANCE:
: 9. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:               Wind Direction from _______
A Not applicable B Within normal operating limits C Above normal operating limits D Under evaluation
45 degrees*                             4.5 Wind Speed _______mph*
: 8. EVENT PROGNOSIS:
(*May not be available for Initial                   NONE Notifications)*
A Improving B Stable C Degrading
Precipitation _______*                           Stability Class* A   B   C   D   E   F   G
: 9. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:
: 10. A DECLARATION               B TERMINATION                           NOW Time ________________             11 today 14 Date _____/______/_______
Wind Direction from _______ degrees*
: 11. AFFECTED UNIT(S):             1     2     All
Wind Speed _______mph*
: 12. UNIT STATUS:                                             0 A U1 _____%    Power                        15 min ago Date ___/_____/____
(*May not be available for Initial Notifications)*
Shutdown at Time ____________            11 today 14 (Unaffected Unit(s) Status Not Required for Initial Notifications)                         B U2 _____% Power       Shutdown at Time ____________ Date ___/_____/____
Precipitation _______*
Stability Class* A B C D E F G
: 10. A DECLARATION B TERMINATION Time ________________ Date _____/______/_______
: 11. AFFECTED UNIT(S):
1 2 All
: 12. UNIT STATUS:
(Unaffected Unit(s) Status Not Required for Initial Notifications)
A U1 _____% Power Shutdown at Time ____________ Date ___/_____/____
B U2 _____% Power Shutdown at Time ____________ Date ___/_____/____
: 13. REMARKS:____________________________________________________________________________________________
: 13. REMARKS:____________________________________________________________________________________________
EMERGENCY RELEASE DATA NOT REQUIRED IF LINE 6 A IS SELECTED.
001 FG1 Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Potential Loss of Third Barrier 45 4.5 NONE NOW 11 today 14 0
: 14. RELEASE CHARACTERIZATION:                    TYPE: A Elevated B Mixed C Ground              UNITS: A Ci B Ci/sec C PCi/sec MAGNITUDE:          Noble Gases:__________ Iodines:___________ Particulates:__________ Other: ____________
15 min ago 11 today 14 (334) 814-4662
FORM: A Airborne                      Start Time __________ Date ___/_____/____Stop Time _________ Date ___/_____/____
B Liquid                    Start Time __________ Date ___/_____/____Stop Time _________ Date ___/_____/____
: 15. PROJECTION PARAMETERS: Projection period: ________Hours                            Estimated Release Duration ________Hours Projection performed:                  Time _________ Date ___/_____/____                Accident Type: ________
: 16. PROJECTED DOSE:                        DISTANCE                          TEDE (mrem)                Adult Thyroid CDE (mrem)
Site boundary 2 Miles 5 Miles 10 Miles
: 17. APPROVED BY:                ____________________________ Title _____________________                  Time ________Date___/_____/____
NOTIFIED                                        RECEIVED BY: ___________________________                  BY: ___________________________            Time ________Date___/_____/____
(To be completed by receiving organization)


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear                                                           NMP-EP-112 Management            Protective Action Recommendations              Version 3.0 Procedure                                                            Page 1 of 18 Procedure Owner:Christopher E. Boone / Fleet Emergency Preparedness Manager /Corporate (Print: Name / Title / Site)
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 1 of 18 Procedure Owner:Christopher E. Boone / Fleet Emergency Preparedness Manager /Corporate (Print: Name / Title / Site)
Approved By:                 Original signed by Christopher E. Boone             /     06/28/2012 (Procedure Owners Signature)                     (Approval Date)
Approved By:
Effective Dates:     07/03/2012         07/03/2012         07/03/2012       07/03/2012         NA Corporate           FNP               HNP             VEGP 1-2       VEGP 3-4 PRB Not Required The individuals listed below are the members of the Peer Team responsible for writing and maintaining this procedure.
Original signed by Christopher E. Boone  
Corporate               J. D. Grant Plant Farley           S. M. Odom Plant Hatch             C. R. Coop Plant Vogtle 1-2 Plant Vogtle 3-4       J. G. Hall PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY                                         SECTIONS Continuous:                                         NONE
/
06/28/2012 (Procedure Owners Signature)
(Approval Date)
Effective Dates: 07/03/2012 07/03/2012 07/03/2012 07/03/2012 NA Corporate FNP HNP VEGP 1-2 VEGP 3-4 PRB Not Required The individuals listed below are the members of the Peer Team responsible for writing and maintaining this procedure.
Corporate J. D. Grant Plant Farley S. M. Odom Plant Hatch C. R. Coop Plant Vogtle 1-2 Plant Vogtle 3-4 J. G. Hall PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous:
NONE  


==Reference:==
==Reference:==
ALL Information:                                         NONE
ALL Information:
NONE  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear                                                           NMP-EP-112 Management            Protective Action Recommendations              Version 3.0 Procedure                                                            Page 2 of 18 Revision Description Version Number                                     Revision Description 1.0         This procedure supersedes NMP-EP-109, Protective Actions Recommendations. This procedure has been developed to facilitate the implementation of a fleet approach for the performance of initial emergency actions (e.g., classifications, notification and PARS). No technical changes have been made to the procedure. The procedure has been re-issued with a different procedure number to be consistent with the fleet approach for the performance of activities in response to an event.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 2 of 18 Revision Description Version Number Revision Description 1.0 This procedure supersedes NMP-EP-109, Protective Actions Recommendations. This procedure has been developed to facilitate the implementation of a fleet approach for the performance of initial emergency actions (e.g., classifications, notification and PARS). No technical changes have been made to the procedure. The procedure has been re-issued with a different procedure number to be consistent with the fleet approach for the performance of activities in response to an event.
2.0         VTE286802 Changed note to Site Event in Attachment 1 3.0         CTE405748 Added Ref. 3.10 NMP-EP-111, Attachment 1- Changed note after step 4 to strengthen PAR requirement and reworded step 5 clarify role of information from PAR worksheet to (NMP-EP-111) ENN form.
2.0 VTE286802 Changed note to Site Event in Attachment 1 3.0 CTE405748 Added Ref. 3.10 NMP-EP-111, Attachment 1-Changed note after step 4 to strengthen PAR requirement and reworded step 5 clarify role of information from PAR worksheet to (NMP-EP-111) ENN form.
General Editorial changes in procedure.
General Editorial changes in procedure.  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                                                 NMP-EP-112 Implementing                  Protective Action Recommendations                            Version 3.0 Procedure                                                                                Page 3 of 18 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE ............................................................................................................ 4 2.0 APPLICABILITY ................................................................................................... 4
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 3 of 18 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE............................................................................................................ 4 2.0 APPLICABILITY................................................................................................... 4  


==3.0 REFERENCES==
==3.0 REFERENCES==
..................................................................................................... 4 4.0 DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................................... 5 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................. 6 6.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS .................................................................... 6 7.0 PROCESS DESCRIPTION .................................................................................. 8 8.0 RECORDS............................................................................................................ 8 9.0 COMMITMENTS .................................................................................................. 8 ATTACHMENT 1 - ACTION CHECKLIST FOR PAR DEVELOPMENT .......................... 9 ATTACHMENT 2 - PLANT FARLEY AFFECTED ZONES FOR PARS ........................ 12 ATTACHMENT 3 - PLANT HATCH AFFECTED ZONES FOR PARS.......................... 14 ATTACHMENT 4 - PLANT VOGTLE AFFECTED ZONES FOR PARS ....................... 16 ATTACHMENT 5 - PAR WORKSHEET ....................................................................... 18
..................................................................................................... 4 4.0 DEFINITIONS....................................................................................................... 5 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES............................................................................................. 6 6.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS.................................................................... 6 7.0 PROCESS DESCRIPTION.................................................................................. 8 8.0 RECORDS............................................................................................................ 8 9.0 COMMITMENTS.................................................................................................. 8 ATTACHMENT 1 - ACTION CHECKLIST FOR PAR DEVELOPMENT.......................... 9 ATTACHMENT 2 - PLANT FARLEY AFFECTED ZONES FOR PARS........................ 12 ATTACHMENT 3 - PLANT HATCH AFFECTED ZONES FOR PARS.......................... 14 ATTACHMENT 4 - PLANT VOGTLE AFFECTED ZONES FOR PARS....................... 16 ATTACHMENT 5 - PAR WORKSHEET....................................................................... 18  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                           NMP-EP-112 Implementing            Protective Action Recommendations              Version 3.0 Procedure                                                          Page 4 of 18 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides guidelines for determining Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) which will be communicated to offsite authorities during a General Emergency.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 4 of 18 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides guidelines for determining Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) which will be communicated to offsite authorities during a General Emergency.
PARs are provided as an input to the protective action decision making process for the development of protective action orders. Protective action orders are communicated to the general public by offsite authorities to avoid or reduce the exposure incurred from an accident condition that results in a significant radiological effluent release or has the potential for a release based on degraded plant conditions.
PARs are provided as an input to the protective action decision making process for the development of protective action orders. Protective action orders are communicated to the general public by offsite authorities to avoid or reduce the exposure incurred from an accident condition that results in a significant radiological effluent release or has the potential for a release based on degraded plant conditions.
2.0 APPLICABILITY Protective actions are recommended to offsite authorities to avoid or reduce the radiological exposure that may be incurred by the public from an accident condition that results in a significant radiological effluent release or has the potential for a release based on degraded plant conditions.
2.0 APPLICABILITY Protective actions are recommended to offsite authorities to avoid or reduce the radiological exposure that may be incurred by the public from an accident condition that results in a significant radiological effluent release or has the potential for a release based on degraded plant conditions.
This procedure is performed, as required, during drills, exercises, and declared emergencies following declaration of a General Emergency. Attachments 2, 3, and 4 are site-specific. Non-applicable site attachments may be removed and discarded to ensure usage of the correct site-specific attachment.
This procedure is performed, as required, during drills, exercises, and declared emergencies following declaration of a General Emergency. Attachments 2, 3, and 4 are site-specific. Non-applicable site attachments may be removed and discarded to ensure usage of the correct site-specific attachment.  


==3.0 REFERENCES==
==3.0 REFERENCES==
3.1 NRC IN 83-28, Protective Actions Based on Plant Conditions 3.2 EPA-400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents, October, 1991 3.3 NRC IN 91-72, Issuance of a Revision to the EPA Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents 3.4 NRC IN 92-08, Revised Protective Action Guidance for Nuclear Incidents 3.5 NRC RIS 2003-12, Clarification of NRC Guidance for Modifying Protective Actions 3.6 NUREG-0654/FEMA REP 1, Supplement 3 3.7 NRC RIS 2004-13, Consideration of Sheltering in Licensees Range of Protective Action Recommendations, August 2, 2004 3.8 NRC RIS 2004-13, Supplement 1, Consideration of Sheltering in Licensees Range of Protective Action Recommendations, Dated Aug. 2004, March 10, 2005 3.9 NRC RIS 2005-08, Endorsement of NEI Guidance Range of Protective Actions for Nuclear Power Plant Incidents, June 6, 2005 3.10 NMP-EP-111 Emergency Notifications


3.1  NRC IN 83-28, Protective Actions Based on Plant Conditions 3.2  EPA-400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents, October, 1991 3.3  NRC IN 91-72, Issuance of a Revision to the EPA Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents 3.4  NRC IN 92-08, Revised Protective Action Guidance for Nuclear Incidents 3.5  NRC RIS 2003-12, Clarification of NRC Guidance for Modifying Protective Actions 3.6  NUREG-0654/FEMA REP 1, Supplement 3 3.7  NRC RIS 2004-13, Consideration of Sheltering in Licensees Range of Protective Action Recommendations, August 2, 2004 3.8  NRC RIS 2004-13, Supplement 1, Consideration of Sheltering in Licensees Range of Protective Action Recommendations, Dated Aug. 2004, March 10, 2005 3.9  NRC RIS 2005-08, Endorsement of NEI Guidance Range of Protective Actions for Nuclear Power Plant Incidents, June 6, 2005 3.10 NMP-EP-111 Emergency Notifications
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 5 of 18 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 EPA PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDELINE (PAG) - exposure levels determined by the Environmental Protection Agency for the evacuation of the offsite public following a release of radioactive materials. These levels have been established at one (1) Rem TEDE or five (5) Rem CDE Thyroid.
 
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                         NMP-EP-112 Implementing            Protective Action Recommendations          Version 3.0 Procedure                                                        Page 5 of 18 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 EPA PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDELINE (PAG) - exposure levels determined by the Environmental Protection Agency for the evacuation of the offsite public following a release of radioactive materials. These levels have been established at one (1) Rem TEDE or five (5) Rem CDE Thyroid.
4.2 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARs) - shelter, evacuation, monitor, and/or KI recommendations made by SNC to appropriate state agencies.
4.2 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARs) - shelter, evacuation, monitor, and/or KI recommendations made by SNC to appropriate state agencies.
PARs are made by SNC personnel based on the Attachment 1 Flowchart whenever a General Emergency is declared. Additionally, if in the opinion of the ED, conditions warrant the issuance of PARs, a General Emergency will be declared (SNC will not issue PARs for any accident classified below a General Emergency).
PARs are made by SNC personnel based on the Attachment 1 Flowchart whenever a General Emergency is declared. Additionally, if in the opinion of the ED, conditions warrant the issuance of PARs, a General Emergency will be declared (SNC will not issue PARs for any accident classified below a General Emergency).
Line 1,787: Line 2,409:
4.6 TOTAL EFFECTIVE DOSE EQUIVALENT (TEDE) - The sum of the deep dose equivalent (for external exposures) and the committed effective dose equivalent (for internal exposures).
4.6 TOTAL EFFECTIVE DOSE EQUIVALENT (TEDE) - The sum of the deep dose equivalent (for external exposures) and the committed effective dose equivalent (for internal exposures).
4.7 COMMITTED DOSE EQUIVALENT (CDE) - The dose equivalent to organs or tissues of reference that will be received from an intake of radioactive material by an individual during the 50-year period following the intake.
4.7 COMMITTED DOSE EQUIVALENT (CDE) - The dose equivalent to organs or tissues of reference that will be received from an intake of radioactive material by an individual during the 50-year period following the intake.
4.8 TONE ALERT RADIO (TAR) - Radio used to provide emergency information to the public living in the 10 mile emergency planning zone around the sites.
4.8 TONE ALERT RADIO (TAR) - Radio used to provide emergency information to the public living in the 10 mile emergency planning zone around the sites.  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                             NMP-EP-112 Implementing            Protective Action Recommendations              Version 3.0 Procedure                                                            Page 6 of 18 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The Emergency Director (ED) has the non-delegable responsibility for approving PARs .
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 6 of 18 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The Emergency Director (ED) has the non-delegable responsibility for approving PARs.
5.1.1     The EOF Manager may sign approval for the ED after receiving verbal approval from the ED.
5.1.1 The EOF Manager may sign approval for the ED after receiving verbal approval from the ED.
5.2 Once the TSC is operational, the TSC has responsibility for developing and communicating offsite PARs until relieved of that responsibility by the EOF.
5.2 Once the TSC is operational, the TSC has responsibility for developing and communicating offsite PARs until relieved of that responsibility by the EOF.
5.3 Approved PARs may be communicated to applicable offsite authorities by the staff in either the Control Room, TSC or EOF as directed by the ED.
5.3 Approved PARs may be communicated to applicable offsite authorities by the staff in either the Control Room, TSC or EOF as directed by the ED.
6.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITIATIONS 6.1 Evacuation and Shelter Recommendations 6.1.1   PARs are only applicable when entering a General Emergency.
6.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITIATIONS 6.1 Evacuation and Shelter Recommendations 6.1.1 PARs are only applicable when entering a General Emergency.
6.1.2   Evacuation is the preferred action unless conditions impose a greater risk from the evacuation than from the dose received.
6.1.2 Evacuation is the preferred action unless conditions impose a greater risk from the evacuation than from the dose received.
6.1.3   Shelter is a preferred action when a Puff type release has occurred.
6.1.3 Shelter is a preferred action when a Puff type release has occurred.
6.1.4   A plant condition based PAR to shelter a 2-mile radius and 5 miles downwind may be issued when a Puff Release has occurred.
6.1.4 A plant condition based PAR to shelter a 2-mile radius and 5 miles downwind may be issued when a Puff Release has occurred.
6.1.5   If onsite plant events are underway which would make evacuation dangerous (such as known hostile action) then sheltering should be considered over evacuation recommendations.
6.1.5 If onsite plant events are underway which would make evacuation dangerous (such as known hostile action) then sheltering should be considered over evacuation recommendations.
6.1.6   When prior knowledge of offsite impediments to evacuation exist (such as flooding, bridge/road closings, or other travel restrictions), then sheltering should be considered over evacuation recommendations.
6.1.6 When prior knowledge of offsite impediments to evacuation exist (such as flooding, bridge/road closings, or other travel restrictions), then sheltering should be considered over evacuation recommendations.
6.1.7   A recommendation to evacuate or shelter a partial zone is not allowed.
6.1.7 A recommendation to evacuate or shelter a partial zone is not allowed.
6.1.8   Once an evacuation recommendation for an area has been given, it should not be reduced to a shelter recommendation.
6.1.8 Once an evacuation recommendation for an area has been given, it should not be reduced to a shelter recommendation.  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                         NMP-EP-112 Implementing            Protective Action Recommendations            Version 3.0 Procedure                                                        Page 7 of 18 6.2 ED Judgment 6.2.1   The ED may elect to modify PARs based on judgment, if conditions warrant.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 7 of 18 6.2 ED Judgment 6.2.1 The ED may elect to modify PARs based on judgment, if conditions warrant.
6.2.2   The ED shall upgrade to a General Emergency if PARs are determined to be needed and not already in a General Emergency.
6.2.2 The ED shall upgrade to a General Emergency if PARs are determined to be needed and not already in a General Emergency.
6.2.3   Protective action guidelines shall not imply an acceptable dose.
6.2.3 Protective action guidelines shall not imply an acceptable dose.
6.2.4   PARs are inherently conservative such that expanding the evacuation zone as an added precaution would result in a greater risk from the evacuation than from the radiological consequences of a release. It also would dilute the effectiveness of the offsite resources used to accommodate the evacuation.
6.2.4 PARs are inherently conservative such that expanding the evacuation zone as an added precaution would result in a greater risk from the evacuation than from the radiological consequences of a release. It also would dilute the effectiveness of the offsite resources used to accommodate the evacuation.
6.3 Recommendations Beyond the 10 mile EPZ (PAR 4) 6.3.1   Many assumptions exist in dose assessment calculations, involving both source term and meteorological factors, which make computer predictions over long distances less reliable. The ED should use the recommendation of the dose assessment staff when making recommendations beyond 10 miles.
6.3 Recommendations Beyond the 10 mile EPZ (PAR 4) 6.3.1 Many assumptions exist in dose assessment calculations, involving both source term and meteorological factors, which make computer predictions over long distances less reliable. The ED should use the recommendation of the dose assessment staff when making recommendations beyond 10 miles.
6.3.2   While evaluating the need to develop PAR 4 recommendations, issuance of appropriate PAR 1, 2, or 3 recommendations should not be delayed.
6.3.2 While evaluating the need to develop PAR 4 recommendations, issuance of appropriate PAR 1, 2, or 3 recommendations should not be delayed.
6.4 Ingestion Pathway and Relocation Responsibilities 6.4.1   Protective actions taken in areas affected by plume deposition following the release are determined and controlled by offsite governmental agencies. SNC is not expected to develop offsite recommendations involving ingestion or relocation issues following plume passage.
6.4 Ingestion Pathway and Relocation Responsibilities 6.4.1 Protective actions taken in areas affected by plume deposition following the release are determined and controlled by offsite governmental agencies. SNC is not expected to develop offsite recommendations involving ingestion or relocation issues following plume passage.
6.4.2   SNC may be requested to provide resources to support the determination of post plume protective actions.
6.4.2 SNC may be requested to provide resources to support the determination of post plume protective actions.  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                         NMP-EP-112 Implementing            Protective Action Recommendations            Version 3.0 Procedure                                                        Page 8 of 18 6.5     Continuing Assessment 6.5.1 Weather should not normally influence SNC protective action recommendations for the public except for changes in plume trajectory.
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 8 of 18 6.5 Continuing Assessment 6.5.1 Weather should not normally influence SNC protective action recommendations for the public except for changes in plume trajectory.
The States and Counties are the most knowledgeable concerning current weather conditions and weather forecast information. The States and Counties may incorporate existing or forecast weather in their decisions regarding implementation of recommended protective actions.
The States and Counties are the most knowledgeable concerning current weather conditions and weather forecast information. The States and Counties may incorporate existing or forecast weather in their decisions regarding implementation of recommended protective actions.
6.5.2 Only the MUTUALY AGREED UPON protective action recommendations (PARs) specified in Attachment 1 should be recommended unless there are obvious relevant factors (e.g., severe natural phenomena like hurricanes) that probably were not anticipated when the PARs were developed and that would make the standard PAR recommendations impractical or obviously non-conservative. In such events, the ED should use judgment as appropriate.
6.5.2 Only the MUTUALY AGREED UPON protective action recommendations (PARs) specified in Attachment 1 should be recommended unless there are obvious relevant factors (e.g., severe natural phenomena like hurricanes) that probably were not anticipated when the PARs were developed and that would make the standard PAR recommendations impractical or obviously non-conservative. In such events, the ED should use judgment as appropriate.
6.5.3 Actual field readings from Field Monitoring Teams should be compared to dose assessment results and used as a dose projection method to validate calculated PARs and to determine whether the plant or dose based protective actions are adequate.
6.5.3 Actual field readings from Field Monitoring Teams should be compared to dose assessment results and used as a dose projection method to validate calculated PARs and to determine whether the plant or dose based protective actions are adequate.
6.5.4 When available, actual sample data from monitored or unmonitored release points should be utilized in conjunction with other dose assessment and projection methods to validate calculated PARs and to determine whether the plant based protective actions are adequate.
6.5.4 When available, actual sample data from monitored or unmonitored release points should be utilized in conjunction with other dose assessment and projection methods to validate calculated PARs and to determine whether the plant based protective actions are adequate.
6.5.5 VEGP and FNP off-site dose rates may be significantly higher (up to 10 times) due to volatilization of iodine if a steam generator (SG) water level falls below the break point during a SG tube rupture 7.0 PROCESS DESCRIPTION Guidance is provided in the form of attachments. Attachment 1, Action Checklist for Off-Site PAR Development, Attachment 2, Farley Site Specific Data Sheets, Attachment 3, Hatch Site Specific Data Sheets, Attachment 4 Vogtle Site Specific Data Sheets, and Attachment 5 PAR Worksheet direct the initial and supplemental actions.
6.5.5 VEGP and FNP off-site dose rates may be significantly higher (up to 10 times) due to volatilization of iodine if a steam generator (SG) water level falls below the break point during a SG tube rupture 7.0 PROCESS DESCRIPTION Guidance is provided in the form of attachments. Attachment 1, Action Checklist for Off-Site PAR Development, Attachment 2, Farley Site Specific Data Sheets, Attachment 3, Hatch Site Specific Data Sheets, Attachment 4 Vogtle Site Specific Data Sheets, and Attachment 5 PAR Worksheet direct the initial and supplemental actions.
8.0 RECORDS Records generated during actual emergencies will be maintained as QA records in accordance with applicable administrative procedure.
8.0 RECORDS Records generated during actual emergencies will be maintained as QA records in accordance with applicable administrative procedure.
9.0 COMMITMENTS Farley - None Hatch - 1989301429, 1990303261, 1990303410 Vogtle - 1985304693, 1985304906, 1986309134
9.0 COMMITMENTS Farley - None Hatch - 1989301429, 1990303261, 1990303410 Vogtle - 1985304693, 1985304906, 1986309134  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                   NMP-EP-112 Implementing          Protective Action Recommendations        Version 3.0 Procedure                                                    Page 9 of 18 Attachment 1
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 9 of 18
* Continuing Activity                                                               (Page 1 of 3)
* Continuing Activity (Page 1 of 3)
Action Checklist for PAR Development NOTE: ONLY THE MUTUALY AGREED UPON PROTECTIVE ACTIONS SPECIFIED BELOW SHOULD BE RECOMMENDED UNLESS THERE ARE OBVIOUS RELEVANT FACTORS (E.G., SEVERE NATURAL PHENOMENA LIKE HURICANES) THAT PROBABLY WERE NOT ANTICIPATED WHEN THE PARS WERE DEVELOPED AND THAT WOULD MAKE THE STANDARD PAR RECOMMENDATIONS IMPRACTICAL OR OBVIOUSLY NON-CONSERVATIVE. IN SUCH EVENTS, THE ED SHOULD USE JUDGMENT AS APPROPRIATE.
Action Checklist for PAR Development NOTE: ONLY THE MUTUALY AGREED UPON PROTECTIVE ACTIONS SPECIFIED BELOW SHOULD BE RECOMMENDED UNLESS THERE ARE OBVIOUS RELEVANT FACTORS (E.G., SEVERE NATURAL PHENOMENA LIKE HURICANES) THAT PROBABLY WERE NOT ANTICIPATED WHEN THE PARS WERE DEVELOPED AND THAT WOULD MAKE THE STANDARD PAR RECOMMENDATIONS IMPRACTICAL OR OBVIOUSLY NON-CONSERVATIVE. IN SUCH EVENTS, THE ED SHOULD USE JUDGMENT AS APPROPRIATE.
A. INITIAL ACTIONS                                                                 Please Check
A.
INITIAL ACTIONS Please Check
: 1.
: 1.
* Precautions and Limitations are applicable in development of Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) in subsequent steps. Attachment 5, Figure 1, PAR WORKSHEET, may be used to record affected zones or sectors.
* Precautions and Limitations are applicable in development of Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) in subsequent steps. Attachment 5, Figure 1, PAR WORKSHEET, may be used to record affected zones or sectors.
Line 1,829: Line 2,452:
* Determine General Emergency PARs using the Attachment 1 Flowchart.
* Determine General Emergency PARs using the Attachment 1 Flowchart.
PAR 1 - Shelter to 2 miles and 5 mile downwind zones PAR 2 - Evacuate to 2 miles and 5 mile downwind zones PAR 3 - Evacuate to 5 miles and 10 mile downwind zones PAR 4 - Guidance for PARs Beyond the 10 Mile EPZ CAUTION - PAR Revisions must include previous PARs
PAR 1 - Shelter to 2 miles and 5 mile downwind zones PAR 2 - Evacuate to 2 miles and 5 mile downwind zones PAR 3 - Evacuate to 5 miles and 10 mile downwind zones PAR 4 - Guidance for PARs Beyond the 10 Mile EPZ CAUTION - PAR Revisions must include previous PARs
: 3.       For PAR 1, 2, and 3, determine the affected zones using Site specific Table 1.
: 3.
For PAR 1, 2, and 3, determine the affected zones using Site specific Table 1.
An electronic program may also be used.
An electronic program may also be used.
NOTE: Once conditions requiring a PAR change are available, PARs should be developed as soon as possible. (The expectation for development is 15 minutes after the change in conditions.)
NOTE: Once conditions requiring a PAR change are available, PARs should be developed as soon as possible. (The expectation for development is 15 minutes after the change in conditions.)
: 4.       Communicate developed PARs to the ED for review and approval.
: 4.
Communicate developed PARs to the ED for review and approval.
NOTE: Once PARs are developed and approved they should be communicated to appropriate agencies as soon as possible.
NOTE: Once PARs are developed and approved they should be communicated to appropriate agencies as soon as possible.
(Notification of PARs to applicable agencies is required within 15 minutes following PAR development and approval.)
(Notification of PARs to applicable agencies is required within 15 minutes following PAR development and approval.)
: 5.       Ensure that the ED approved PARs from the PAR Worksheet Attachment 5, Figure 1 (to be communicated to offsite agencies) are entered on the ENN form (manual or electronic) per NMP-EP-111, Emergency Notifications.
: 5.
Ensure that the ED approved PARs from the PAR Worksheet Attachment 5, Figure 1 (to be communicated to offsite agencies) are entered on the ENN form (manual or electronic) per NMP-EP-111, Emergency Notifications.  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                   NMP-EP-112 Implementing            Protective Action Recommendations      Version 3.0 Procedure                                                  Page 10 of 18
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 10 of 18
* Continuing Activity                                                               Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 3)
* Continuing Activity Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 3)
Action Checklist for PAR Development (Cont)
Action Checklist for PAR Development (Cont)
B. SUPPLEMENTAL ACTIONS                                                             Please Check
B.
SUPPLEMENTAL ACTIONS Please Check
: 1.
: 1.
* Continue assessment actions applying applicable Precautions & limitations.
* Continue assessment actions applying applicable Precautions & limitations.
Line 1,856: Line 2,483:
: 5.
: 5.
* Apply dose projection results in continuing assessment activities. Dose assessment results should be used to refine (but not reduce) protective action recommendations after adequate data becomes available.
* Apply dose projection results in continuing assessment activities. Dose assessment results should be used to refine (but not reduce) protective action recommendations after adequate data becomes available.
: 6.     Utilize real time meteorological and effluent radiation monitor readings in continuing assessment activities. IF radiation monitor readings provide sufficient data for assessment, THEN, it is NOT appropriate to wait for field monitoring data to become available to confirm or expand a PAR within the 10-mile EPZ.
: 6.
: 7.     Dose projections are NOT required to support the decision process in development of the plant condition based PARs utilizing the PAR flowchart if no release is in progress. It is expected that a dose projection will be performed as soon as practicable at a General Emergency with a release in progress to determine if PAR change is needed.
Utilize real time meteorological and effluent radiation monitor readings in continuing assessment activities. IF radiation monitor readings provide sufficient data for assessment, THEN, it is NOT appropriate to wait for field monitoring data to become available to confirm or expand a PAR within the 10-mile EPZ.
: 7.
Dose projections are NOT required to support the decision process in development of the plant condition based PARs utilizing the PAR flowchart if no release is in progress. It is expected that a dose projection will be performed as soon as practicable at a General Emergency with a release in progress to determine if PAR change is needed.  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                         NMP-EP-112 Implementing          Protective Action Recommendations              Version 3.0 Procedure                                                        Page 11 of 18 START Attachment 1, Flowchart (Page 3 of 3)
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 11 of 18  
Has a                                 Is a PAR 1 PUFF RELEASE General Emergency                                                                  SHELTER YES          In Progress or Been  YES Been Declared                        Terminated That Is 0 - 2 mile radius And downwind to Projected to Exceed 5 miles PAGs*
, Flowchart (Page 3 of 3)
Advise Remainder of NO                                  NO                          EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/
Have Doses at or Beyond the SB Been Projected to Exceed PAGs*
TARs for Additional CONTINUE                                                                        Information ASSESSMENT                                Is a Known Site Event Underway                  Consider the use of KI Return to START                          Making Evacuation YES in accordance with Dangerous                      State plans and policy PAR 2                                                                  Refer to site specific EVACUATE                                    NO                          Table 1 or computer 0 - 2 mile radius                                                         program for affected And downwind to                                                                     zones 5 miles Do Known                              CONTINUE Advise Remainder                                                               ASSESSMENT Offsite Conditions Make YES              Return to START of EPZ to Monitor                         Evacuation Local Radio/TV                           Dangerous Stations/ TARs for Additional Information                               NO Consider the use of KI in accordance                                                               PAR 3 with State plans and                       Have Doses                            EVACUATE policy                       at or Beyond the SB                    0 - 5 mile radius NO        Been Projected to    YES            And downwind to Refer to site specific                       Exceed                                10 miles Table 1 or computer                           PAGs*
Has a General Emergency Been Declared Is a Known Site Event Underway Making Evacuation Dangerous Do Known Offsite Conditions Make Evacuation Dangerous CONTINUE ASSESSMENT Return to START PAR 1 SHELTER 0 - 2 mile radius And downwind to 5 miles Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/
program for affected                                                       Advise Remainder zones                                                                of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/ TARs for Additional Information Have Doses CONTINUE                            Beyond 10 Miles                      Consider the use of ASSESSMENT                  NO        Been Projected to                      KI in accordance Return to START                              Exceed                        with State plans and PAGs*                                  policy Refer to site specific YES                          Table 1 or computer program for affected PAR 4                                   zones Evaluate the Need for           *PAGs PARs Beyond 10 Miles -               1000 mREM TEDE or Refer to Table 2              5000 mREM Thyroid CDE
TARs for Additional Information Consider the use of KI in accordance with State plans and policy Refer to site specific Table 1 or computer program for affected zones CONTINUE ASSESSMENT Return to START PAR 3 EVACUATE 0 - 5 mile radius And downwind to 10 miles Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/ TARs for Additional Information Consider the use of KI in accordance with State plans and policy Refer to site specific Table 1 or computer program for affected zones YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NO YES PAR 2 EVACUATE 0 - 2 mile radius And downwind to 5 miles Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/ TARs for Additional Information Consider the use of KI in accordance with State plans and policy Refer to site specific Table 1 or computer program for affected zones PAR 4 Evaluate the Need for PARs Beyond 10 Miles -
Refer to Table 2 Is a PUFF RELEASE In Progress or Been Terminated That Is Projected to Exceed PAGs*
Have Doses Beyond 10 Miles Been Projected to Exceed PAGs*
YES CONTINUE ASSESSMENT Return to START NO START
*PAGs 1000 mREM TEDE or 5000 mREM Thyroid CDE  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                         NMP-EP-112 Implementing          Protective Action Recommendations            Version 3.0 Procedure                                                        Page 12 of 18 Attachment 2 Table 1 PLANT FARLEY AFFECTED ZONES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PAR 1 and 2                                 PAR 3 WIND DIRECTION           AFFECTED                              AFFECTED FROM (degrees)           ZONES                                 ZONES N, > 349 - 11   A, B5, C5, J5, K5     A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, K10 NNE, >11 - 34     A, B5, C5, D5, K5     A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, D10 NE, >34 - 56     A, B5, C5, D5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, D10 ENE, >56 - 79     A, C5, D5, E5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, C10, D10, E10 E, >79-101     A, D5, E5, F5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, C10, D10, E10 ESE, >101 - 124 A, D5, E5, F5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, D10, E10, F10 SE, >124-146     A, E5, F5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, E10, F10 SSE, >146 - 169 A, E5, F5, I5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, E10, F10, G10 S, >169 - 191   A, E5, F5, I5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10 SSW, >191 - 214 A, F5, I5                 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10, I10 SW, >214-236     A, F5, I5, J5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10, I10, J10 WSW, >236-259 A, I5, J5                   A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, G10, H10, I10, J10 W, >259 - 281     A, I5, J5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, H10, I10, J10, K10 WNW, >281 - 304 A, I5, J5, K5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, I10, J10, K10 NW, >304 - 326   A, B5, J5, K5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, J10, K10 NNW, >326 - 349 A, B5, C5, J5, K5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, K10
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 12 of 18 Table 1 PLANT FARLEY AFFECTED ZONES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PAR 1 and 2 PAR 3 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)
AFFECTED ZONES AFFECTED ZONES N, > 349 - 11 A, B5, C5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, K10 NNE, >11 - 34 A, B5, C5, D5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, D10 NE, >34 - 56 A, B5, C5, D5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, D10 ENE, >56 - 79 A, C5, D5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, C10, D10, E10 E, >79-101 A, D5, E5, F5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, C10, D10, E10 ESE, >101 - 124 A, D5, E5, F5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, D10, E10, F10 SE, >124-146 A, E5, F5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, E10, F10 SSE, >146 - 169 A, E5, F5, I5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, E10, F10, G10 S, >169 - 191 A, E5, F5, I5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10 SSW, >191 - 214 A, F5, I5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10, I10 SW, >214-236 A, F5, I5, J5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10, I10, J10 WSW, >236-259 A, I5, J5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, G10, H10, I10, J10 W, >259 - 281 A, I5, J5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, H10, I10, J10, K10 WNW, >281 - 304 A, I5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, I10, J10, K10 NW, >304 - 326 A, B5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, J10, K10 NNW, >326 - 349 A, B5, C5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, K10  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                             NMP-EP-112 Implementing            Protective Action Recommendations            Version 3.0 Procedure                                                          Page 13 of 18 Attachment 2 Table 2 PLANT FARLEY GUIDANCE FOR PARS BEYOND THE 10 MILE EPZ
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 13 of 18 Table 2 PLANT FARLEY GUIDANCE FOR PARS BEYOND THE 10 MILE EPZ
: 1. Calculate the Evacuation Distance by determining the maximum Projected Distance where MIDAS dose projections exceed PAGs and adding 5 miles to the projected distance.
: 1. Calculate the Evacuation Distance by determining the maximum Projected Distance where MIDAS dose projections exceed PAGs and adding 5 miles to the projected distance.
__________ Projected Distance (miles) + 5 miles = _______ Evacuation Distance (miles)
__________ Projected Distance (miles) + 5 miles = _______ Evacuation Distance (miles)
Line 1,874: Line 2,508:
: 3. Recommend Evacuation from 10 miles to the Evacuation Distance (calculated in step 1) for the Affected Sectors (determined in step 2).
: 3. Recommend Evacuation from 10 miles to the Evacuation Distance (calculated in step 1) for the Affected Sectors (determined in step 2).
: 4. Check Line 5, Item E - Other on the Emergency Notification Form and record the recommended sectors and distance range in miles for Evacuation. (Note: Refer to 50 mile IPZ map as necessary)
: 4. Check Line 5, Item E - Other on the Emergency Notification Form and record the recommended sectors and distance range in miles for Evacuation. (Note: Refer to 50 mile IPZ map as necessary)
PAR 4 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)               AFFECTED SECTORS N, > 349 - 11                               H, J, K NNE, >11 - 34                               J, K, L NE, >34 - 56                               K, L, M ENE, >56 - 79                               L, M, N E, >79-101                               M, N, P ESE, >101 - 124                               N, P, Q SE, >124-146                               P, Q, R SSE, >146 - 169                               Q, R, A S, >169 - 191                               R, A, B SSW, >191 - 214                               A, B, C SW, >214-236                                 B, C, D WSW, >236-259                                 C, D, E W, >259 - 281                               D, E, F WNW, >281 - 304                               E, F, G NW, >304 - 326                               F, G, H NNW, >326 - 349                               G, H, J
PAR 4 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)
AFFECTED SECTORS N, > 349 - 11 H, J, K NNE, >11 - 34 J, K, L NE, >34 - 56 K, L, M ENE, >56 - 79 L, M, N E, >79-101 M, N, P ESE, >101 - 124 N, P, Q SE, >124-146 P, Q, R SSE, >146 - 169 Q, R, A S, >169 - 191 R, A, B SSW, >191 - 214 A, B, C SW, >214-236 B, C, D WSW, >236-259 C, D, E W, >259 - 281 D, E, F WNW, >281 - 304 E, F, G NW, >304 - 326 F, G, H NNW, >326 - 349 G, H, J  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                   NMP-EP-112 Implementing          Protective Action Recommendations        Version 3.0 Procedure                                                  Page 14 of 18 Attachment 3 Table 1 PLANT HATCH AFFECTED ZONES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PAR 1 and 2                               PAR 3 WIND DIRECTION           AFFECTED                              AFFECTED FROM (degrees)           ZONES                                 ZONES N, > 349 - 11   A, B5, C5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, C10, D10, E10 NNE, >11 - 34     A, B5, C5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, D10, E10, F10 NE, >34 - 56     A, B5, C5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, E10, F10, G10 ENE, >56 - 79     A, C5                 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, E10, F10, G10 E, >79-101     A, C5, D5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F10, G10, H10 ESE, >101 - 124 A, C5, D5                 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, G10, H10, I10 SE, >124-146     A, C5, D5, E5         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, G10, H10, I10 SSE, >146 - 169 A, C5, D5, E5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, H10, I10, J10 S, >169 - 191   A, D5, E5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, I10, J10 SSW, >191 - 214 A, D5, E5                 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, I10, J10 SW, >214-236     A, E5                 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, J10, K10, L10 WSW, >236-259 A, B5, E5                   A, B5, C5, D5, E5, J10, K10, L10 W, >259 - 281     A, B5, E5             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, B10, K10, L10 WNW, >281 - 304 A, B5, E5                 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, B10, C10, D10, K10, L10 NW, >304 - 326   A, B5                 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, B10, C10, D10 NNW, >326 - 349 A, B5, C5                 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, B10, C10, D10, E10
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 14 of 18 Table 1 PLANT HATCH AFFECTED ZONES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PAR 1 and 2 PAR 3 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)
AFFECTED ZONES AFFECTED ZONES N, > 349 - 11 A, B5, C5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, C10, D10, E10 NNE, >11 - 34 A, B5, C5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, D10, E10, F10 NE, >34 - 56 A, B5, C5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, E10, F10, G10 ENE, >56 - 79 A, C5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, E10, F10, G10 E, >79-101 A, C5, D5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F10, G10, H10 ESE, >101 - 124 A, C5, D5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, G10, H10, I10 SE, >124-146 A, C5, D5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, G10, H10, I10 SSE, >146 - 169 A, C5, D5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, H10, I10, J10 S, >169 - 191 A, D5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, I10, J10 SSW, >191 - 214 A, D5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, I10, J10 SW, >214-236 A, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, J10, K10, L10 WSW, >236-259 A, B5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, J10, K10, L10 W, >259 - 281 A, B5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, B10, K10, L10 WNW, >281 - 304 A, B5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, B10, C10, D10, K10, L10 NW, >304 - 326 A, B5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, B10, C10, D10 NNW, >326 - 349 A, B5, C5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, B10, C10, D10, E10  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                             NMP-EP-112 Implementing            Protective Action Recommendations            Version 3.0 Procedure                                                          Page 15 of 18 Attachment 3 Table 2 PLANT HATCH GUIDANCE FOR PARS BEYOND THE 10 MILE EPZ
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 15 of 18 Table 2 PLANT HATCH GUIDANCE FOR PARS BEYOND THE 10 MILE EPZ
: 1. Calculate the Evacuation Distance by determining the maximum Projected Distance where MIDAS dose projections exceed PAGs and adding 5 miles to the projected distance.
: 1. Calculate the Evacuation Distance by determining the maximum Projected Distance where MIDAS dose projections exceed PAGs and adding 5 miles to the projected distance.
__________ Projected Distance (miles) + 5 miles = _______ Evacuation Distance (miles)
__________ Projected Distance (miles) + 5 miles = _______ Evacuation Distance (miles)
Line 1,885: Line 2,521:
: 3. Recommend Evacuation from 10 miles to the Evacuation Distance (calculated in step 1) for the Affected Sectors (determined in step 2).
: 3. Recommend Evacuation from 10 miles to the Evacuation Distance (calculated in step 1) for the Affected Sectors (determined in step 2).
: 4. Check Line 5, Item E - Other on the Emergency Notification Form and record the recommended sectors and distance range in miles for Evacuation. (Note: Refer to 50 mile IPZ map as necessary)
: 4. Check Line 5, Item E - Other on the Emergency Notification Form and record the recommended sectors and distance range in miles for Evacuation. (Note: Refer to 50 mile IPZ map as necessary)
PAR 4 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)               AFFECTED SECTORS N, > 349 - 11                               H, J, K NNE, >11 - 34                               J, K, L NE, >34 - 56                               K, L, M ENE, >56 - 79                               L, M, N E, >79-101                               M, N, P ESE, >101 - 124                             N, P, Q SE, >124-146                               P, Q, R SSE, >146 - 169                             Q, R, A S, >169 - 191                             R, A, B SSW, >191 - 214                             A, B, C SW, >214-236                               B, C, D WSW, >236-259                               C, D, E W, >259 - 281                               D, E, F WNW, >281 - 304                               E, F, G NW, >304 - 326                             F, G, H NNW, >326 - 349                               G, H, J
PAR 4 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)
AFFECTED SECTORS N, > 349 - 11 H, J, K NNE, >11 - 34 J, K, L NE, >34 - 56 K, L, M ENE, >56 - 79 L, M, N E, >79-101 M, N, P ESE, >101 - 124 N, P, Q SE, >124-146 P, Q, R SSE, >146 - 169 Q, R, A S, >169 - 191 R, A, B SSW, >191 - 214 A, B, C SW, >214-236 B, C, D WSW, >236-259 C, D, E W, >259 - 281 D, E, F WNW, >281 - 304 E, F, G NW, >304 - 326 F, G, H NNW, >326 - 349 G, H, J  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                                 NMP-EP-112 Implementing              Protective Action Recommendations                Version 3.0 Procedure                                                                Page 16 of 18 Attachment 4 Table 1 PLANT VOGTLE AFFECTED ZONES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PAR 1 and 2                                       PAR 3 WIND DIRECTION                 AFFECTED                                    AFFECTED FROM (degrees)                   ZONES                                         ZONES N, > 349 - 11   A, B5, C5, SRS to 2 Miles         A, B5, C5,D5, E5, F5, B10, C10, D10, SRS to 5 Miles NNE, >11 - 34     A, B5, C5, SRS to 2 Miles         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, C10, D10, SRS to 5 Miles NE, >34 - 56     A, B5, C5, D5, SRS to 2 Miles     A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, C10, D10, E10, SRS to 5 Miles ENE, >56 - 79     A, C5, D5, E5, SRS to 2 Miles     A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, D10, E10, F10,SRS to 5 Miles E, >79-101     A, C5, D5, E5, F5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, D10, E10, F10, SRS to 5 Miles ESE, >101 - 124   A, D5, E5, F5, SRS to 2 Miles     A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, E10, F10, G10,SRS to 5 Miles SE, >124-146     A, D5, E5, F5, SRS to 2 Miles     A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, E10, F10, G10,SRS to 10 Miles SSE, >146 - 169   A, E5, F5, SRS to 5 Miles         A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, F10, G10, SRS to 10 Miles S, >169 - 191   A, F5, SRS to 5 Miles             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, F10, G10, SRS to 10 Miles SSW, >191 - 214   A, F5, SRS to 5 Miles             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, G10, SRS to 10 Miles SW, >214-236     A, SRS to 5 Miles                 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, SRS to 10 Miles WSW, >236-259     A, SRS to 5 Miles                 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, H10, SRS to 10 Miles W, >259 - 281     A, B5, SRS to 5 Miles             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, B10, H10, SRS to 10 Miles WNW, >281 - 304   A, B5, SRS to 5 Miles             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, B10, C10, H10, SRS to 10 Miles NW, >304 - 326   A, B5, SRS to 5 Miles             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, B10, C10, H10, SRS to 10 Miles NNW, >326 - 349   A, B5, SRS to 2 Miles             A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, B10, C10, D10, SRS to 5 Miles
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 16 of 18 Table 1 PLANT VOGTLE AFFECTED ZONES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PAR 1 and 2 PAR 3 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)
AFFECTED ZONES AFFECTED ZONES N, > 349 - 11 A, B5, C5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5,D5, E5, F5, B10, C10, D10, SRS to 5 Miles NNE, >11 - 34 A, B5, C5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, C10, D10, SRS to 5 Miles NE, >34 - 56 A, B5, C5, D5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, C10, D10, E10, SRS to 5 Miles ENE, >56 - 79 A, C5, D5, E5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, D10, E10, F10,SRS to 5 Miles E, >79-101 A, C5, D5, E5, F5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, D10, E10, F10, SRS to 5 Miles ESE, >101 - 124 A, D5, E5, F5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, E10, F10, G10,SRS to 5 Miles SE, >124-146 A, D5, E5, F5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, E10, F10, G10,SRS to 10 Miles SSE, >146 - 169 A, E5, F5, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, F10, G10, SRS to 10 Miles S, >169 - 191 A, F5, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, F10, G10, SRS to 10 Miles SSW, >191 - 214 A, F5, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, G10, SRS to 10 Miles SW, >214-236 A, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, SRS to 10 Miles WSW, >236-259 A, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, H10, SRS to 10 Miles W, >259 - 281 A, B5, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, B10, H10, SRS to 10 Miles WNW, >281 - 304 A, B5, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, B10, C10, H10, SRS to 10 Miles NW, >304 - 326 A, B5, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, B10, C10, H10, SRS to 10 Miles NNW, >326 - 349 A, B5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, B10, C10, D10, SRS to 5 Miles  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                             NMP-EP-112 Implementing            Protective Action Recommendations            Version 3.0 Procedure                                                          Page 17 of 18 Attachment 4 Table 2 PLANT VOGTLE GUIDANCE FOR PARS BEYOND THE 10 MILE EPZ
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 17 of 18 Table 2 PLANT VOGTLE GUIDANCE FOR PARS BEYOND THE 10 MILE EPZ
: 1. Calculate the Evacuation Distance by determining the maximum Projected Distance where MIDAS dose projections exceed PAGs and adding 5 miles to the projected distance.
: 1. Calculate the Evacuation Distance by determining the maximum Projected Distance where MIDAS dose projections exceed PAGs and adding 5 miles to the projected distance.
__________Projected Distance (miles) + 5 miles = _______ Evacuation Distance (miles)
__________Projected Distance (miles) + 5 miles = _______ Evacuation Distance (miles)
Line 1,896: Line 2,534:
: 3. Recommend Evacuation from 10 miles to the Evacuation Distance (calculated in step 1) for the Affected Sectors (determined in step 2).
: 3. Recommend Evacuation from 10 miles to the Evacuation Distance (calculated in step 1) for the Affected Sectors (determined in step 2).
: 4. Check Line 5, Item E - Other on the Emergency Notification Form and record the recommended sectors and distance range in miles for Evacuation. (Note: Refer to 50 mile IPZ map as necessary)
: 4. Check Line 5, Item E - Other on the Emergency Notification Form and record the recommended sectors and distance range in miles for Evacuation. (Note: Refer to 50 mile IPZ map as necessary)
PAR 4 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)               AFFECTED SECTORS N, > 349 - 11                               H, J, K NNE, >11 - 34                               J, K, L NE, >34 - 56                               K, L, M ENE, >56 - 79                               L, M, N E, >79-101                               M, N, P ESE, >101 - 124                               N, P, Q SE, >124-146                               P, Q, R SSE, >146 - 169                               Q, R, A S, >169 - 191                               R, A, B SSW, >191 - 214                               A, B, C SW, >214-236                                 B, C, D WSW, >236-259                                 C, D, E W, >259 - 281                               D, E, F WNW, >281 - 304                               E, F, G NW, >304 - 326                               F, G, H NNW, >326 - 349                               G, H, J
PAR 4 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)
AFFECTED SECTORS N, > 349 - 11 H, J, K NNE, >11 - 34 J, K, L NE, >34 - 56 K, L, M ENE, >56 - 79 L, M, N E, >79-101 M, N, P ESE, >101 - 124 N, P, Q SE, >124-146 P, Q, R SSE, >146 - 169 Q, R, A S, >169 - 191 R, A, B SSW, >191 - 214 A, B, C SW, >214-236 B, C, D WSW, >236-259 C, D, E W, >259 - 281 D, E, F WNW, >281 - 304 E, F, G NW, >304 - 326 F, G, H NNW, >326 - 349 G, H, J  


Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency                                                                   NMP-EP-112 Implementing              Protective Action Recommendations                  Version 3.0 Procedure                                                                Page 18 of 18 Attachment 5 Figure 1 PAR WORKSHEET INSTRUCTIONS:
Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 18 of 18 Figure 1 PAR WORKSHEET INSTRUCTIONS:
: 1. Check the box for the applicable PAR (1, 2, 3, or 4).
: 1. Check the box for the applicable PAR (1, 2, 3, or 4).
: 2. Record the 15 minute average wind direction from for the selected PAR.
: 2. Record the 15 minute average wind direction from for the selected PAR.
Use met instrumentation corresponding to primary release point(s) (BWR) OR ground level release (PWR).
Use met instrumentation corresponding to primary release point(s) (BWR) OR ground level release (PWR).
: 3. Use the applicable Site Specific PAR table (Table 1 or 2) to determine the affected zones.
: 3. Use the applicable Site Specific PAR table (Table 1 or 2) to determine the affected zones.
CAUTION:                       PAR Revisions must include previous PARs.
CAUTION:
PAR Revisions must include previous PARs.
On the ENN Form for the selected PAR:
On the ENN Form for the selected PAR:
Select block 5.B and record the Evacuate zones OR select block 5.C and record the Shelter zones Select block 5.D IF PAR 4 is selected, THEN additionally select block 5.E Other and provide Affected Sectors and To Miles Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [C]
Select block 5.B and record the Evacuate zones OR select block 5.C and record the Shelter zones Select block 5.D IF PAR 4 is selected, THEN additionally select block 5.E Other and provide Affected Sectors and To Miles PAR 1 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [C]
Shelter Zones Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations PAR 1      ENN Line 5 [D]            /Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]
Shelter Zones ENN Line 5 [D]
Evacuate Zones Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations PAR 2      ENN Line 5 [D]            /Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]
Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations  
Evacuate Zones Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations PAR 3      ENN Line 5 [D]            /Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]
/Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy PAR 2 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]
Evacuate Zones Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/
Evacuate Zones ENN Line 5 [D]
ENN Line 5 [D]            Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in PAR 4                                accordance with State Plans and Policy ENN Line 5 [E]           Evacuate Affected Sectors ________________ to OTHER                    _________miles Approval:           ____________________________________                      ___________/_________
Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations  
Emergency Director                                    Date/Time}}
/Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy PAR 3 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]
Evacuate Zones ENN Line 5 [D]
Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations  
/Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy PAR 4 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]
Evacuate Zones ENN Line 5 [D]
Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/
Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy ENN Line 5 [E]
OTHER Evacuate Affected Sectors ________________ to
_________miles Approval:
Emergency Director
___________/_________
Date/Time}}

Latest revision as of 15:25, 10 January 2025

301 Administrative JPMs
ML14351A086
Person / Time
Site: Farley  Southern Nuclear icon.png
Issue date: 12/17/2014
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
Southern Nuclear Operating Co
Shared Package
ML14351A112 List:
References
FNP ILT 37 ADMIN 50-348/OL-14, 50-364/OL-14
Download: ML14351A086 (169)


Text

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 11 Developer S. Jackson 05/12/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 A.1.a.R, Conduct of Operations - RO ONLY A.1.a.R TITLE: Calculate Required Turbine Load Reduction.

PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.

TASK STANDARD:

  • Calculate the required load reduction due to the loss of a 500kV Line.
  • Determine the minimum required ramp rate to achieve the necessary load reduction.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.R Page 2 of 11 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to: Calculate Required Turbine Load Reduction. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. At 0800, Plant Farley received information that the Farley-Snowdoun 500kV line had been removed from service.
b. The Shift Manager directed to initiate a load reduction on Unit 1 ONLY.
c. The ramp was started at 0810.
d. The following information was given:
i.

Unit 1 - 913 mWe.

ii.

Unit 2 - 922 mWe.

iii.

Control Area System Load Level - 23.2 GW.

iv.

The Shunt Reactor was out of service.

v.

The Capacitor Bank was in service.

vi.

The Unit 1 PSS was out of service.

vii.

The Unit 2 PSS was in service.

e. You are required to perform Steps 4.1 through 4.5 of FNP-1-UOP-3.1, Appendix 5 and determine:
i.

The MINIMUM load reduction required.

ii.

The MINIMUM ramp rate which was used to achieve the desired load reduction using 0810 as the starting time.

INITIATING CUE: You may begin.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME

1. Step 4.1: Contact the ACC to determine the control area system load level, shunt reactor status, and capacitor bank status.
1) Fills in the following data:
a. Control Area System Load Level -

23.2 GW

b. Shunt Reactor in service / out of service
c. Capacitor Bank in service / out of service S / U
2. Step 4.2: Determine the total plant gross MW output from each units DEH display:
2) Fills in the following data:
a. Unit 1 MW - 913
b. Unit 2 MW - 922 S / U

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.R Page 3 of 11 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

3. Step 4.3: Determine the PSS status for each unit.
3) Fills in the following data:
a. Unit 1 PSS in service / out of service
b. Unit 2 PSS in service / out of service S / U
4. Determine the total plant MW limitation from Table 1 (Farley - Raccoon Creek), or Table 2 (Farley - Snowdoun) based on the total plant gross MW, and the PSSs status.
4) Using Table 2:
a. 1325 MW S / U NOTE: There are several ways to mathematically calculate the MINIMUM required load reduction.

The evaluator should only determine whether or not the amount of load reduction is correct.

  • 5. Determines MINIMUM required load reduction:
5) Calculates:

X + 922MW = 1325MW X = 403MW 913MW - 403MW = 510MW S / U NOTE: There are several ways to mathematically calculate the MINIMUM required ramp rate. The evaluator should only determine whether or not the ramp rate is correct to achieve required load reduction in stated ramp time.

Step 4.5 states that the load reduction required by Appendix 5 must be completed within 30 minutes of the initiating condition. Since, the initiating condition occurred at 0800 and the ramp began at 0810 then there are 20 minutes left to achieve the required load reduction.

  • 6. Determines MINIMUM ramp rate required:
6) Calculates:

510MW ÷ 20min = 25.5MW/min

( Range 25.5 - 26 MW/min)

S / U TERMINATE After calculations are completed.

STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.R Page 4 of 11 GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-UOP-3.1, Appendix 5, v117
2. KA: G2.1.20 - 4.6 / 4.6 G2.1.25 - 3.9 / 4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
1. FNP-1-UOP-3.1, Appendix 5, v117
2. Pen/Pencil/Calculator Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation 1 - 4.

5.
6.

NOT Critical - Required for calculation of required load reduction and ramp rate but if Elements 5 and 6 are correct then these are not critical.

Critical - Task Objective. Per AI2004204794, FNP has committed to complying with Appendix 5 load limits.

Critical - Task Objective. Per AI2004204794, FNP has committed to complying with Appendix 5 load limits within the required time of 30 minutes.

COMMENTS:

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.R HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to: Calculate Required Turbine Load Reduction. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. At 0800, Plant Farley received information that the Farley-Snowdoun 500kV line had been removed from service.
b. The Shift Manager directed to initiate a load reduction on Unit 1 ONLY.
c. The ramp was started at 0810.
d. The following information was given:
i.

Unit 1 - 913 mWe.

ii.

Unit 2 - 922 mWe.

iii.

Control Area System Load Level - 23.2 GW.

iv.

The Shunt Reactor was out of service.

v.

The Capacitor Bank was in service.

vi.

The Unit 1 PSS was out of service.

vii.

The Unit 2 PSS was in service.

e. You are required to perform Steps 4.1 through 4.5 of FNP-1-UOP-3.1, Appendix 5 and determine:
i.

The MINIMUM load reduction required.

ii.

The MINIMUM ramp rate which was used to achieve the desired load reduction using 0810 as the starting time.

MINIMUM LOAD REDUCTION REQUIRED MINIMUM RAMP RATE

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-UOP-3.1 117.0 2/17/2014 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION Page Number 61 of 78 APPENDIX 5 LOAD LIMITATIONS WITH A 500 kV TRANSMISSION LINE OUT OF SERVICE Page 1 of 4 1.0 Purpose This procedure provides the load limits to be followed with a 500 kV transmission line out of service, and both units on line. Limits are given for having both units Power System Stabilizers (PSS) in, or out of service, and for having either PSS out of service.

2.0 Initial Conditions 2.1 Unit 1 and Unit 2 are tied to the grid.

2.2 One of the following 500kV transmission lines is out of service.

Farley - Raccoon Creek Farley - Snowdoun 3.0 Precautions and Limitations 3.1 The Alabama Control Center (ACC) should be notified the times a PSS is removed from service, and when it is returned to service.

3.2 The control area system load level is the value used in the tables. This is defined as the total system load within the Southern Company footprint and not just the load associated with the Southern Company plants.

3.3 All transmission lines and both PSSs (power system stabilizers) are normally in service at Farley, and the maximum generation capability is 1910 MW gross. Tables 1 and 2 provide the recommended maximum total plant generation for abnormal operating conditions with a 500 kV transmission line out of service to ensure that power oscillations are properly damped and that transient stability will be maintained.

The results assume that the shunt reactor is off for the system load levels studied.

Having the shunt reactor on would improve system stability. The results also assume that the capacitor bank is not in service for system load levels equal to or below 25 GW. If the system load level is less than 25 GW and the capacitor is on, the Alabama Control Center (ACC) could be contacted to see if the capacitor could be turned off. If it cannot be turned off, then consult Note 1 at the end of the appropriate table. These tables provide recommended total gross generation levels which are independent of the generation amount of each unit.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-UOP-3.1 117.0 2/17/2014 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION Page Number 62 of 78 Appendix 5 Page 2 of 4 3.4 The load levels in the tables are based upon bounding system conditions used in stability studies. Exceptions to this guidance are permissible provided that expected system conditions, including generation dispatch, shunt reactor status, capacitor bank status, and Farley MW output, are evaluated on a case-by-case basis and the evaluation demonstrates that adequate damping of oscillations would occur and that transient stability will be maintained under those conditions for the next contingency.

3.5 There are no load limitations for any of the following conditions:

One of the 230kV transmission lines are out of service One of the 500/230kV Auto Bank Transformers is out of service CAUTION The tables included in this figure are only valid when the Pulse Wheel Input is selected as the input source for the Unit 2 PSS.

3.6 The two tables provide limitations based on the following PSS settings:

Unit 1 PSS gain of 7.8 Unit 2 set for the pulse wheel input (speed) with a gain of 4.4 pu (gain dial setting 5.3) 3.7 Limits with a 500 kV line out and with one or both Farley PSS off are highly dependent on system conditions including the dispatch of other units on the system.

Due to these sensitivities, limits involving one or both PSS off at Farley should be studied on a case-by-case basis. Limits are provided in Note 2 of the tables below with worst case assumptions of system conditions. These limits should provide a safe operating point until further studies can be performed with the expected system load levels, system topology, and generation dispatch.

3.8 A special stability study can be requested to be performed by SCS Transmission Planning by contacting the PCC Reliability Desk operator, if conditions are met in this appendix, and the condition may last for several days. The special stability study may raise the total plant MW limitation based on actual system conditions. It takes approximately four (4) hours to perform and obtain the results from the special stability study.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-UOP-3.1 117.0 2/17/2014 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION Page Number 63 of 78 Appendix 5 Page 3 of 4 4.0 Instructions 4.1 Contact the ACC to determine the control area system load level, shunt reactor status, and capacitor bank status.

Control Area System Load Level GW Shunt Reactor in service / out of service Capacitor Bank in service / out of service 4.2 Determine the total plant gross MW output from each units DEH display:

Unit 1 MW Unit 2 MW 4.3 Determine the PSS status for each unit.

Unit 1 PSS in service / out of service Unit 2 PSS in service / out of service 4.4 Determine the total plant MW limitation from Table 1 (Farley - Raccoon Creek), or Table 2 (Farley - Snowdoun) based on the total plant gross MW, and the PSSs status.

Total plant MW limitation MW NOTE Entry into FNP-1-AOP-17.1, RAPID TURBINE POWER REDUCTION may be required.

4.5 IF plant gross MW output (as determined in Step 4.2) exceeds the total plant MW limitation (as determined in Step 4.4) conditions are met, THEN the total plant MW limitation value has to be met within 30 minutes from the initiating condition(s). (AI 2004204794) 4.6 IF the unit is operated with the PSS out of service, THEN notify the ACC within thirty (30) minutes. (NERC Requirement) 4.7 IF the control area system load level is less than or equal to 16 GW, AND the shunt reactor is off service, THEN contact the ACC to see if the shunt reactor could be placed in service.

4.8 IF the control area system load level is less than 25 GW, AND the capacitor bank is on service, THEN contact the ACC to see if the capacitor bank can be removed from service.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-UOP-3.1 117.0 2/17/2014 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION Page Number 64 of 78 Appendix 5 Page 4 of 4 4.9 IF the shunt reactor cannot be placed in service, OR the capacitor bank cannot be removed from service, THEN ensure Note 1 is applied at the end of the appropriate table.

4.10 IF the transmission line will be out of service for several days, AND the plant gross MW output has been de-rated per Step 4.5, THEN contact the PCC Reliability Desk operator, AND have them request SCS Transmission Planning to perform a special stability study to determine if the total plant MW limitation can be raised in Step 4.4.

(CR 2007112628, CR 2009113189) 4.11 Contact the ACC to determine when the control area system load level is projected to change, which would result in an additional total plant MW limitation.

Projected Control Area System Load Level GW Time for the Projected Control Area System Load Level change 4.12 IF plant gross MW output exceeds the total plant MW limitation conditions are met, THEN the total plant MW limitation value has to be met within 30 minutes from the initiating condition(s).

(AI 2004204794) 4.13 Continue the communications with the ACC to evaluate the control area system load, and the total plant MW limitation.

4.14 WHEN the transmission line in Step 2.2 has been returned to service, THEN the units can return to normal, full power operation.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-UOP-3.1 117.0 2/17/2014 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION Page Number 65 of 78 TABLE 1 Farley-Raccoon Creek 500 kV Out Column A Column B Column C Control Area System Load Level PSS Unit 1 (NOTE 2)

PSS Unit 2 (NOTE 2)

Total Plant MW Total Plant MW with shunt reactor OFF Total Plant MW with capacitor bank ON (NOTE 1) 14 to < 16 GW Out Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW Out In 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1910 MW 16 to < 18 GW Out Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW Out In 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1910 MW 18 to < 20 GW Out Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW Out In 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1910 MW 20 to < 22 GW Out Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW Out In 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1910 MW 22 to < 24 GW Out Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW Out In 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1910 MW 24 GW Out Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In Out 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW Out In 1350 MW 1350 MW 1350 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1910 MW NOTES (1) If the capacitor bank is on for load levels of less than or equal to 25 GW, the plant generation does not need to be reduced. These limits have been calculated and provided in Column C.

(2) If a PSS is out of service for one of the Farley units, the recommended generation limit is 1350 MW until further study of the actual system conditions can be made. The additional reduction based on shunt reactor / capacitor bank status does not apply with a PSS out of service. The PSS out of service limits were calculated very conservatively, and no further reduction factors are needed.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-UOP-3.1 117.0 2/17/2014 09:56:37 POWER OPERATION Page Number 66 of 78 TABLE 2 Farley-Snowdoun 500 kV Out Column A Column B Column C Control Area System Load Level PSS Unit 1 (Note 4)

PSS Unit 2 (Note 4)

Total Plant MW Total Plant MW with shunt reactor OFF Total Plant MW with capacitor bank ON (Note 3) 14 to < 16 GW Out Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW Out In 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1900 MW 16 to < 18 GW Out Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW Out In 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1900 MW 18 to < 20 GW Out Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW Out In 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1900 MW 20 to < 22 GW Out Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW Out In 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1900 MW 22 to < 24 GW Out Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW Out In 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1900 MW 24 GW Out Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In Out 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW Out In 1325 MW 1325 MW 1325 MW In In 1910 MW 1910 MW 1900 MW NOTES (3) If the capacitor bank is on for load levels of less than or equal to 25 GW and both PSSs are in service, then the plant generation should be reduced an additional 10 MW below the numbers given in Column A of this table. These limits have been calculated and provided in Column C.

(4) If a PSS is out of service for one of the Farley units, the recommended generation limit is 1325 MW until further study of the actual system conditions can be made. The additional reduction based on shunt reactor / capacitor bank status does not apply with a PSS out of service. The PSS out of service limits were calculated very conservatively, and no further reduction factors are needed.

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 6 Developer S. Jackson 05/09/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 A.1.a.S, Conduct of Operations - SRO ONLY A.1.a.S TITLE: Calculate Diesel Generator Fuel Levels.

PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.

TASK STANDARD:

  • Calculate the final fuel level for two running Diesel Generators.
  • Determine the required Technical Specification actions if any. If none are required then determine how long until Technical Specification limits will be met.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.S Page 2 of 6 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to: Calculate Diesel Generator Fuel Levels. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 2 has had a Loss of Offsite Power and is in MODE 3.
b. Power has been restored and the DGs are shut down.
c. The following conditions exist:
i.

1C DG.

  • The initial fuel oil level was 104 by local dipstick measurement.
  • The DG had been running for 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> at FULL load.

ii.

2B DG

  • The initial fuel oil level was 130 by local dipstick measurement.
  • The DG had been running for 28 hours3.240741e-4 days <br />0.00778 hours <br />4.62963e-5 weeks <br />1.0654e-5 months <br /> at FULL load.
d. No additions have been made to the respective FOSTs.
e. Assume all fuel consumption comes from the FOSTs and day tank levels remain constant.
f. The EPB fuel oil level indication is INOPERABLE and reads 0%.
1. You are required to determine the final fuel oil level in the FOST for the 1C and 2B DGs after the stated run times.

AND

2. List any Technical Specification REQUIRED ACTION(S).

INITIATING CUE: You may begin.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME NOTE: Calculations may be performed in any order. This guide assumes the 1C DG is performed first.

  • 1. Determines fuel used by 1C DG using Plant Curves and Fuel Consumption rate.
1) Calculates:

(40hrs x 213gph) = 8520gal S / U

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.S Page 3 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

NOTE: If using the curve, may calculate INITIAL level as low as 27,500gal useable which results in 18980gal final.

If using ACTUAL level, they must recognize they are below 21,000 useable. If they used most conservative level on the table they would use 22984gal Actual for the FINAL level which is 19100gal useable and is less than Tech Spec minimum.

  • 2. Determines final DG fuel level
2) Calculates:

27788 gal - 8520gal =

19268gal (Useable) 31672gal - 8520gal =

23152gal (Actual)

S / U NOTE: Critical Task annotated by a

  • on substeps.
  • 3. Determines that Tech Spec conditions exists:
3) Determine from Tech Specs:

a) *3.8.3 Cond F b) *3.8.1 Cond B S / U S / U

  • 4. Determines fuel used by 2B DG using Plant Curves and Fuel Consumption rate.
4) Calculates:

(28hrs x 297gph) = 8316gal S / U NOTE: If using curve may calculate 35,000gal to 34,800 gal useable which results in 26684gal -

26484gal) final.

If using ACTUAL level, they may use most conservative level on the table they would use 30359gal actual which is 26475gal useable and is greater than Tech Spec minimum.

  • 5. Determines final DG fuel level
5) Calculates:

34883gal - 8316 gal =

26567gal (Useable) 38767gal - 8316gal =

30451gal (Actual)

S / U

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.S Page 4 of 6 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

6. Determines if any Tech Spec conditions exists:
6) No Tech Spec Conditions Exist.

S / U TERMINATE After calculations and Tech Spec evaluations are completed.

STOP TIME CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-0-SOP-38, v123
2. Technical Specifications, v193
3. Plant Curves: PCB-2-VOL2-CRV018A/B, v4
2. KA: G2.1.25 - 3.9 / 4.2 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
1. FNP-0-SOP-38, v123
2. Technical Specifications, v193 or access to Training Reference Disk.
3. Plant Curves: PCB-2-VOL2-CRV018A/B, v4
4. Pen/Pencil/Calculator Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Critical - Task Objective. Required for determining final fuel level.

Critical - Task Objective. Additionally, improper calculation could result in not entering Tech Spec Required Action Statement.

Critical (2 Components) - Proper evaluation of Technical Specifications is required to operate within the facilitys license.

Critical - Task Objective.

Critical - Task Objective.

NOT Critical. No Tech Spec entry condition exists.

COMMENTS:

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.S HANDOUT Pg 1 of 2 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to: Calculate Diesel Generator Fuel Levels. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

g. Unit 2 has had a Loss of Offsite Power and is in MODE 3.
h. Power has been restored and the DGs are shut down.
i. The following conditions exist:
i.

1C DG.

  • The initial fuel oil level was 104 by local dipstick measurement.
  • The DG had been running for 40 hours4.62963e-4 days <br />0.0111 hours <br />6.613757e-5 weeks <br />1.522e-5 months <br /> at FULL load.

ii.

2B DG

  • The initial fuel oil level was 130 by local dipstick measurement.
  • The DG had been running for 28 hours3.240741e-4 days <br />0.00778 hours <br />4.62963e-5 weeks <br />1.0654e-5 months <br /> at FULL load.
j. No additions have been made to the respective FOSTs.
k. Assume all fuel consumption comes from the FOSTs and day tank levels remain constant.
l. The EPB fuel oil level indication is INOPERABLE and reads 0%.
1. You are required to determine the final fuel oil level in the FOST for the 1C and 2B DGs after the stated run times.

AND

2. List any Technical Specification(s) that are required to be entered (if any).

1C DG FOST Final Level gal 2B DG FOST Final Level gal Technical Specification(s) (if any):

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.a.S HANDOUT Pg 2 of 2

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 1 of 37 S

A F

E T

Y DIESEL GENERATORS R

E L

A T

E D

PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous:

ALL

Reference:

NONE Information:

NONE Approved By: David L Reed for)

Effective Date: 10/10/2013 Operations Manager

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 2 of 37 Version Number Version Description 112.0 New Procedure format per NMP-OS-008 and split out of the diesels into separate procedures.

113.0 Added requirement to have ACC place or verify the Capacitor Bank in manual prior to synchronizing a diesel to the grid.

114.0 Revised appendix 1 & 2 to add additional monitoring for DG 2B and 2C due to fuel rack stop adjustment from 112% to 120%.

115.0 Revised appendix 2 to add additional monitoring for DG 1-2A due to fuel rack stop adjustment from 112% to 120%.

116.0 Revised appendix 1 to add additional monitoring for DG 1C due to fuel rack stop adjustment from 112% to 120%.

117.0 Minor Editorial change to correct referenced step in Step 2.2.3 and added note in Attachment B at step 6.0 to filter new oil from 55 gal drums. CR#2010101367 Revised to change DG JW capacity listed for the 1C and 2C DG.

118.0 Implemented CR 2011103710 change, repaired cover sheet, headers, titles of appendices and attachments.

119.0 CR 344065 Correct numerical reference errors in Appendix 1 Step 2.1.3 &

corrected procedure reference Attachment B Step 7.0. CR 329293: FNP-0-SOP-0.0 has reference section that no longer exists, Step 2.2.11.

119.1 Added Appendix 4, CR 395712 119.2 P&L 2.1.15, corrected to better state 1-2A D/G response. CR 433674.

119.3 Added P&L 2.1.12. CR 491547 120.0 Appendix 1 & 2, consolidated redundant information. Appendix 3, restructured and added Data Sheet 1 for recording additional data as mandated by TE 504888.

120.1 Step 2.2.10, corrected typo. CR 556933 Step 2.2.11, corrected contained information regarding operability. CR 565327 121.0 Updated procedure to reflect changes due to implementation of DCP C050889101.

122.0 Added steps to address operation of the Webb Capacitor Bank.

123.0 Added step 2.1.23 to address the EPA requirement per 40CFR63.6640(f).

Appendix 3, page 2 of 9, Added new steps 4.0 and 7.0 and note proceeding.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 3 of 37 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE............................................................................................................................................ 4 2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS..................................................................................................... 4 3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS....................................................................................................................... 10 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS................................................................................................................................ 11 4.1 1-2A Diesel Generator and auxiliaries............................................................................................ 11 4.2 1B Diesel Generator and auxiliaries............................................................................................... 11 4.3 1C Diesel Generator and auxiliaries............................................................................................... 11 4.4 2B Diesel Generator and auxiliaries............................................................................................... 11 4.5 2C Diesel Generator and auxiliaries............................................................................................... 11 5.0 RECORDS......................................................................................................................................... 11

6.0 REFERENCES

................................................................................................................................... 11 TABLE 1 Large D/G Jacket Water System Drain Points........................................................................ 13 TABLE 2 D/G load limits with elevated SW supply temperature............................................................ 14 FIGURE 1 Large Diesel Capability Curve............................................................................................. 16 FIGURE 2 Small Diesel Capability Curve............................................................................................. 17 ATTACHMENT A Guideline for returning a Diesel to service following a Maintenance Outage............. 18 ATTACHMENT B D/G Lube Oil Removal & Replacement Guidance.................................................... 19 ATTACHMENT C D/G Fuel Oil Consumption........................................................................................ 21 ATTACHMENT D Reading D/G Crankcase Vacuum Manometer.......................................................... 22 APPENDIX 1 Loading/Unloading Guidance for small D/Gs.................................................................. 25 APPENDIX 2 Loading/Unloading Guidance for large D/Gs................................................................... 26 APPENDIX 3 DG START/RUN DATA.................................................................................................... 27 APPENDIX 4 Surveillance Tests Containing Governor Settings............................................................ 37

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 4 of 37 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides Initial Conditions, Precautions, Limitations and Instructions for the operation of the Diesel Generators and auxiliaries.

2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 PRECAUTIONS 2.1.1 Diesel generator automatic start capability is defeated in Modes 3 and 4.

2.1.2 If a diesel generator is removed from automatic standby operation, Limiting Conditions for Operation of Technical Specifications Section 3.8.1 and 3.8.2 apply.

2.1.3 Diesel generator parallel operation with offsite sources should be limited to surveillance testing and maintenance activities only. {CMT 0000603}

2.1.4 Parallel operation of diesel generators with offsite sources will be limited to one train at a time per unit and one diesel per unit. 2C Diesel is considered a B Train diesel for the purpose of this requirement.

{CMT 0000603}

2.1.5 Diesel generators should NOT be started and loaded in anticipation of a potential loss of offsite power. {CMT 0007846}

2.1.6 Do NOT manually load diesel generators above continuous load limit or above load limits of Figures 1 and 2. {CMT 0003632}

2.1.7 When operating a diesel continuously at less than synchronous speed, the exciter should be manually tripped to prevent possible generator damage.

2.1.8 UNIT SELECTOR SWITCHES may be placed in the UNIT 1 or UNIT 2 position only if the effect of this action has been analyzed and it has been determined that it will NOT reduce overall safety of the units.

2.1.9 One diesel at a time should be unloaded and returned to standby.

2.1.10 1-2A, 1B and 2B Diesels have a potential vibration harmonic at ~350 RPM and shall NOT be allowed to remain at this speed.

2.1.11 At low speed, all diesel automatic trips are disabled, with the exception of the Engine Start Failure trip.

2.1.12 IF the diesel is started following an event from which the diesel was secured, that was NOT in accordance with the normal shutdown process, i.e., unloaded, 60 HZ, 4160V, THEN, the as left configuration of the electronic governor may NOT allow the governor to respond as expected when energized as part of the slow start section. CR 491547

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 5 of 37 2.1.13 Diesel generators 1-2A, 1C and 2C are each connectable to both Units 1 and 2. In all design basis events, diesel generators 1-2A and 1C are assigned to only one unit, depending on the type of event. MCC 1S is dedicated to the diesel generator 1-2A auxiliaries. This MCC can be connected to either Unit 1 dedicated 600 V LC 1D through 600 V LC breaker ED13-1 or Unit 2 dedicated 600 V LC 2D through 600 V LC breaker ED13-2. The 600 V LC breakers ED13-1 and ED13-2 are electrically interlocked so that only one can be closed at any one time.

This prevents paralleling of the two plant units through 600 V MCC 1S.

The logic for the automatic scheme relies on the position of the Unit 1 and Unit 2 diesel generator 1-2A breakers (DF08-1 and DF08-2). If DF08-1 closes, ED13-2 opens (if it is closed at the time of the event) and ED13-1 closes (if it is open at the time of the event), and vice versa if DF08-2 closes. If load center 1D or 2D are being powered by the alternate source off the 1F or 2F load centers this transfer will not occur. If 1-2A diesel is started and aligned to Unit 1 and 2D load center is on the alternate source, the transfer of 1S MCC will not occur if subsequently 1-2A diesel is place on Unit 2. If 1-2A diesel is started and aligned to Unit 2 and 1D load center is on the alternate source the transfer of 1S MCC will not occur if subsequently 1-2A diesel is place on Unit 1. (CR2007112287) 2.1.14 MCC 1N is dedicated to the diesel generator 1C auxiliaries. This MCC is connected to shared LC 1R through the normally closed breaker ER03.

Load center 1R can be connected to either Unit 1 4.16 kV bus 1H through 600 V LC breaker ER02, station service transformer 1R and the Unit 1 4.16 kV breaker DH08-1 or Unit 2 4.16 kV bus 2H through 600 V LC breaker ER05, station service transformer 2R and the Unit 2 4.16 kV breaker DH08-2. The 4.16 kV breakers DH08-1 and DH08-2 are normally closed. The 600 V LC breakers ER02 and ER05 are electrically interlocked so that only one can be closed at any one time. This prevents paralleling of the two plant units through 600 V LC 1R.

2.1.15 MCC 1P is dedicated to the diesel generator 2C auxiliaries. This MCC is connected to shared LC 1S through the normally closed breaker ES03.

Load center 1S can be connected to either Unit 1 4.16 kV bus 1J through 600 V LC breaker ES02, station service transformer 1S and the Unit 1 4.16 kV breaker DJ07-1 or Unit 2 4.16 kV bus 2J through 600 V LC breaker ES05, station service transformer 2S and the Unit 2 4.16 kV breaker DJ07-2. The 600 V LC breakers ES02 and ES05 are electrically interlocked so that only one breaker can be closed at any one time. This prevents paralleling of the two plant units through the 600 V LC 1S.

2.1.16 1-2A Diesel will transfer to isochronous control if an auto start signal is present (an SI in either unit or UV condition on 1F or 2F bus). In most cases, 1-2A Diesel would NOT remain paralleled to the bus. If the transfer to isochronous control is due to an SI without LOSP or LOSP on Unit 1(2) while paralleled to Unit 2(1), 1 2A Diesel will remain paralleled to the bus, requiring prompt operator action to minimize potential for DG damage.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 6 of 37 2.1.17 1C Diesel will transfer to isochronous control if an auto start signal is present (an SI in either unit or UV condition on 1H or 2H bus). In most cases, 1C Diesel would NOT remain paralleled to the bus. If the transfer to isochronous control is due to 1H (2H) bus undervoltage while paralleled to 2H(1H) bus, 1C Diesel will remain paralleled to the bus, requiring prompt operator action to minimize potential for DG damage.

2.1.18 Minimum lube oil temperature for diesel generator operability is 90 °F.

2.1.19 The minimum jacket water temperature for diesel generator operability is 80 °F.

2.1.20 At no time shall the nitrite solution in the diesel generator coolant system be discharged into floor drains or any other receptacles without prior authorization from Chemistry Supervision.

2.1.21 The pH of the Jacket Water is slightly caustic and contact with the skin should be avoided. If contact with the skin does occur flush with plain water immediately.

2.1.22 ACC has placed, or verified, the following capacitor banks in MANUAL prior to synchronizing a diesel generator to the grid.

Webb Sub Station Capacitor Bank Farley 230 KV Switchyard Capacitor Bank 2.1.23 The Environmental Protection Agency (40CFR63.6640(f)) has established annual runtime limits on emergency diesels. Annual runtimes shall be tracked by SNC Environmental Services. Prior to starting an emergency diesel for any purpose other than those specifically listed below, the Site Environmental Specialist shall be contacted during normal working hours or the SNC Environmental Services (on-call) shall be contacted (205-288-2064) to ensure compliance with EPA Guidelines.

Surveillance testing.

Functional testing.

Maintenance runs.

An actual emergency / auto start to perform its intended function.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 7 of 37 2.2 LIMITATIONS 2.2.1 FNP-0-SOP-38.0 ATTACHMENT A, GUIDELINES FOR RETURNING A DIESEL TO SERVICE FOLLOWING A MAINTENANCE OUTAGE, should be referenced for guidance on returning a diesel to service following maintenance.

2.2.2 FNP-0-SOP-38.0 APPENDIX 3, DG START/RUN DATA, shall be filled out for any diesel run, i.e., STP, maintenance run, auto start, etc.

2.2.3 Information for each start or attempted start should be provided to the DG system engineer for inclusion in the DG Run Log.

2.2.4 In order to maintain availability of the D/G with the speed setter set at something less than the max setting, an operator must be responsible to raise the speed setter back to the max setting in the event the diesel receives an auto start signal. The designated person must remain in the D/G building the entire time the speed setter is less than the max setting.

2.2.5 It is important to expeditiously raise load to 50 kW after breaker closure to prevent a reverse power trip. If the switch for the output breaker and the governor motor switch are physically far apart, consideration should be given to utilizing two operators for performing those applicable procedure steps. {OR 1-2000-282}

2.2.6 Prior to diesel generator shutdown, the voltage regulator must be set at 4160V and frequency set at 60 Hz to ensure proper voltage and frequency is established when the diesel is aligned for automatic standby operation. {CMT 0003878}

2.2.7 During load changes on a diesel, the GOVERNOR MOTOR switch should NOT be bumped more frequently than every 3 seconds, and preferably NOT more than once every 5 seconds. {OR 1-97-375}

2.2.8 To minimize possibility of exhaust manifold fires, diesel generators should be loaded to rated load for at least one hour each time they are started, when practicable. This guidance is general in nature and does NOT hold for operation of a diesel generator under any surveillance test procedure (where special test conditions may exist).

2.2.9 When diesels are operated under low load conditions, there is a potential for the accumulation of combustion and lubrication products in the exhaust system. Any time it becomes necessary to operate a diesel at less than 30% of full load for more than twelve hours, action should be taken to run the diesel at greater than 50% of full load for at least one hour in each twelve hour period.

2.2.10 Table 2 of FNP-0-SOP-38.0 provides diesel loading restrictions when service water temperature is > 92°F.

2.2.11 When manipulating Service Water vents and drains, be cognizant of the following: Pipe internals can be potentially degraded. Proceed with caution. Do not subject vent/drain piping to any undue stress during removal of pipe cap/plug. {AI 2009202698}

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 8 of 37 2.2.12 The diesel room ventilation fans are credited for long term operation of the diesels during design basis accident conditions, and are considered attendant equipment for Tech Spec and NRC performance indicator purposes. IF the diesel room ventilation fans are placed in OFF, THEN the LCO RAS MUST be entered for that diesel. However, manual operator action can be credited for maintaining a diesel available if appropriate administrative controls are established. Refer to FNP-0-SOP-43.0, DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING HVAC for guidance on operation of DG Room Ventilation.

2.2.13 The generator exciter can only be reset at the DLCP.

2.2.14 2C Diesel output breaker will open when 2C Diesel is placed in MODE 2 if DG01 and DG15 for either unit are both open.

2.2.15 The tolerance for calibrating DG watt meters on the control room EPB is +/- 120 Kw.

2.2.16 1C and 2C DGs normally should be barred over after each operation.

The requirement for barring can be waived with the concurrence of the applicable manager if any of the following are true:

The diesel will be restarted within the next 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> (SM).

Refueling outages on either unit are in progress (SM).

Taking the D/G out of service will cause an increased plant risk (OPS Manager).

2.2.17 If 1C or 2C Diesel were started with lube oil temperature 85°F, engine speed should be reduced as necessary to keep lube oil pressure, as indicated by the gauge on the gauge panel, < 55 psig until lube oil is warmed up.

2.2.18 If starting diesel engine 1C or 2C AND oil temperature decreases to less than 100°F AND the keep warm lube oil system is in service (i.e., the circulating oil pump is running), cylinders shall be blown down and the engine barred over prior to starting.

2.2.19 1C and 2C Diesel circulating oil pump circuitry has a time delay such that the pump will NOT start until 10 minutes after the diesel is shutdown.

2.2.20 Chemistry should be notified to obtain a jacket water sample for analysis anytime a makeup, feed and bleed or in-leakage will dilute the nitrite concentrations in the jacket water system.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 9 of 37 2.2.21 The following apply to diesel generator lube oil strainers:

Lube oil strainers should be shifted when P across the on-service lube oil strainer exceeds 12 psid for 1-2A, 1B and 2B Diesels OR 15 psid for 1C and 2C Diesels.{CMT 0003869}

Lube oil strainer P limits apply when the lube oil temperature is at normal operating steady state conditions. {AI 2007200776}

The Lube Oil Strainer P will go up more rapidly if the crankcase oil has been replaced. This is due to the reaction of the detergents in the new oil and the sludge formations in the engine from carbon deposits.

Notify the Emergency Diesel Generator Maintenance Engineer or the System Engineer whenever there is a sudden increase in differential pressure during an engine run and whenever strainers are shifted

{AI 2007200776}

2.2.22 Various DG capacities are provided in the table below. The associated number of drums referenced serves as an estimate only, and should NOT be relied on exclusively during filling or draining operations. Close monitoring is required to prevent overfill and subsequent spilling.

{AI 2003201168, AI 2003202529}

VARIOUS DG CAPACITIES SYSTEM GALLON S

DRUMS DGs 1-2A, 1B, & 2B Total Lube Oil 1320 24 Engine & Oil Pan Lube Oil 845 15.4 Jacket Water 430 NA DGs 1C & 2C Total Lube Oil 440 8

Engine & Oil Pan Lube Oil 250 4.5 Jacket Water 400 NA DGs 1-2A, 1B, 2B, 1C, & 2C Jacket Water Surge Tank (full) 100 NA 2.2.23 Hoses used to transfer lube oil should have their connections bagged to minimize the potential for a spill in the event the hose connections were to leak.

2.2.24 Anytime the auxiliary jacket water pump on a diesel is run while it is shutdown, the diesel is inoperable and an LCO shall be initiated. Also, the engine shutdown reset pushbutton on the diesel local control panel (DLCP) shall be reset after the auxiliary jacket water pump is secured to clear the emergency shutdown relay.

{CMT 0006909}

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 10 of 37 3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 The electrical distribution system is energized and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, and FNP-2-SOP-36.0, PLANT ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION LINE-UP, with exceptions noted.

3.2 The diesel generator system valves and electrical distribution systems are aligned per System Check List FNP-0-SOP-38.0A (B, C, D and E) with exceptions noted.

3.3 The service water system is in service and aligned for normal operation per FNP-1-SOP-24.0, SERVICE WATER SYSTEM, and FNP-2-SOP-24.0, SERVICE WATER SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.

3.4 Diesel building HVAC is in service per FNP-0-SOP-43.0, DIESEL GENERATOR BUILDING HVAC, with exceptions noted.

3.5 The diesel building fire protection system is aligned per FNP-0-SOP-61.3, FIRE PROTECTION - LOW PRESSURE CO2 SYSTEMS, with exceptions noted.

3.6 Diesel generator fuel oil storage and transfer system is in operation per FNP-0-SOP-42.0, DIESEL GENERATOR FUEL OIL STORAGE AND TRANSFER SYSTEM, with exceptions noted.

3.7 IF a diesel generator start is being performed, THEN SS has determined the type of start required. For the final maintenance start performed at the conclusion of major maintenance on 1-2A, 1B, 2B and 1C DGs a fast speed start would typically be used to fully exercise the diesel functions. Guidance for surveillance starts is contained in the appropriate surveillance test procedure. Other routine operational starts would typically be slow speed starts to minimize diesel wear.

3.8 IF a diesel generator is to be loaded, THEN ACC has placed the following capacitor banks in manual prior to the generator being synchronized to the grid.

Webb Sub Station Capacitor Bank Farley 230 KV Switchyard Capacitor Bank

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 11 of 37 4.0 INSTRUCTIONS 4.1 IF the task involves operation of the 1-2A Diesel Generator and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-38.0-1-2A.

4.2 IF the task involves operation of the 1B Diesel Generator and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-0-38.0-1B.

4.3 IF the task involves operation of the 1C Diesel Generator and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-0-38.0-1C.

4.4 IF the task involves operation of the 2B Generator Diesel and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-0-38.0-2B.

4.5 IF the task involves operation of the 2C Generator Diesel and auxiliaries, THEN Go To FNP-0-SOP-0-38.0-2C 5.0 RECORDS Documents created using this procedure will become QA Records when completed unless otherwise stated. The procedures and documents are considered complete when issued in DMS.

QA Record (X)

Non-QA Record (X)

Record Generated Retention Time R-Type X

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 Life of Plant HH6.051

6.0 REFERENCES

6.1 PROCEDURES 6.1.1 U-184852 - Service Manual Colt Industries 4075 kW DGs.

6.1.2 U-184804 - Service Manual Colt Industries 2850 kW DGs.

6.1.3 FSAR - Chapter 8 Section 8.3.1.1.7 6.1.4 NDS-90-2003, Diesel Fuel Oil Storage Tank Capacity 6.1.5 A-181001, Service Water System Functional System Description 6.1.6 FNP-0-SOP-0.7, General Instructions for Filling Out DG Test Data Logs and the DG Reliability Program 6.1.7 A-181005, Diesel Generator System Functional System Description 6.1.8 DCP C050889101, 2C Emergency Diesel Generator (EDG) Governor Upgrade.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 12 of 37 6.2 DRAWINGS 6.2.1 D-172774 - Elementary Diagram Diesel Generator 1-2A Start, Stop

& Shutdown.

6.2.2 D-172772 - Elementary Diagram, Diesel Generator 1C Start, Stop &

Shutdown.

6.2.3 D-177033 - Logic Diagram Diesel 1-2A Auto Start & Loading.

6.2.4 D-177036 - Logic Diagram Diesel 1C Auto Start & Loading.

6.2.5 D-172860 - Motor Control Center 1N 6.2.6 D-172861 - Motor Control Center 1P 6.2.7 D-172862 - Motor Control Center 1S 6.2.8 D-172863 - Motor Control Center 1T 6.2.9 D-202539, 40, 41, 42 - MCC 2T 6.2.10 D-177032 - Logic Diagram Diesel 1B Auto Start & Loading.

6.2.11 D-177037 - Logic Diagram Diesel 2C Auto Start & Loading.

6.2.12 D-170119, D-200013, Sheet 3 or 6 - River Water, Service Water and Circulating Water Systems 6.2.13 D-170800 through D-170809, (200209-200213) - Diesel Air Start, Lube Oil, and Cooling Water Systems 6.2.14 D-170849 - P&ID Diesel Coolant Storage System.

6.2.15 D-207032 - Logic Diagram Diesel 2B Auto Start & Loading.

END OF PROCEDURE TEXT

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 13 of 37 TABLE 1 1-2A, 1B, 2B Jacket Water System Drain Points Valve Name 1-2A 1B 2B J. W. HX SHELL SIDE DRN QSR43V670 Q1R43V547 Q2R43V547 INTER-COOLER HX SHELL SIDE DRN QSR43V713 Q1R43V560 Q2R43V560 AUX J. W. HDR DISCH DRN ISO N/A Q1R43V886 Q2R43V617 J. W. DISCH HDR DRN QSR43V766 N/A N/A AUX J. W. PUMP SUCT DRN ISO Q1P21V535 Q1P21V537 Q2P21V537 AUX J. W. PUMP DISCH DRN ISO Q1P21V536 Q1P21V538 Q2P21V538 AUX J. W. PUMP SUCT VENT ISO Q1P21V541 Q1P21V539 Q2P21V539 AUX J. W. PUMP DISCH VENT Q1P21V542 Q1P21V540 Q2P21V540 1C, 2C Jacket Water System Drain Points Valve Name 1C 2C J. W. HX SHELL SIDE DRN QSR43V570 QSR43V554 AIR COOLANT HX SHELL SIDE DRN (Note 1)

QSR43V698 (Note 2)

QSR43V697 J. W. SUPP HDR DRN QSR43V735 QSR43V734 AUX J. W. PUMP SUCT HDR DRN Q1P21V531 Q1P21V533 AUX J. W. PUMP DISCH HDR DRN Q1P21V532 Q1P21V534 AUX J. W. PUMP SUCT VENT ISO Q1P21V543 Q1P21V545 AUX J. W. PUMP DISCH VENT ISO Q1P21V544 Q1P21V546 J. W. HX BYP LINE DRN QSR43V569 QSR43V553 P512 PUMP SUCT HDR DRN VLV 1C DG (Note 1)

QSR43V889 N/A P511 PUMP SUCT HDR DRN N/A (Note 2)

QSR43V891 ENGINE DRIVEN AIR COOLANT PUMP SUCT DRN (Note 1)

QSR43V704 (Note 2)

QSR43V703 Note 1 Valve is in series with 1C D/G Coolant Drn Hdr Iso, QSR43V890, which must also be open to allow draining.

Note 2 Valve is in series with 2C D/G Coolant Drn Hdr Iso, QSR43V892, which must also be open to allow draining.

Page 1 of 1

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 14 of 37 TABLE 2 NOTE When operating a diesel with service water supply temperature > 92°F, the following loading limits should be observed.

"Continuous Rating" Service Water Temperature Intercooler Water Temperature Deration Factor Allowable KW without exceeding DG Rating 1B, 2B Diesel Deration @ 4075 KW 97.3 °F 120.0 °F 0.0 %

4075 KW 106.2 °F 128.7 °F 1.18 %

4027 KW 1-2A Diesel Deration @ 4075 KW 97.3 °F 121.5 °F 0.20 %

4067 KW 106.2 °F 130.2 °F 1.38 %

4018 KW 1C, 2C Diesel Deration @ 2850 KW 97.3 °F 120.0 °F 0.0 %

2850 KW 106.2 °F 128.5 °F 1.15 %

2817 KW Page 1 of 2

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 15 of 37 TABLE 2 "2000 Hour Rating" Service Water Temperature Intercooler Water Temperature Deration Factor Allowable KW without exceeding DG Rating 1B, 2B Diesel Deration @ 4353 KW 97.3 °F 123.9 °F 0.53 %

4330 KW 106.2 °F 132.5 °F 1.69%

4279 KW 1-2A Diesel Deration @ 4353 KW 97.3 °F 125.7 °F 0.77 %

4320 KW 106.2 °F 134.3 °F 1.93%

4269 KW 1C, 2C Diesel Deration @ 3100 KW 97.3 °F 125.0 °F 0.68 %

3079 KW 106.2 °F 129.0 °F 1.81%

3044 KW Page 2 of 2

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 16 of 37 FIGURE 1 Page 1 of 1

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 17 of 37 FIGURE 2 Page 1 of 1

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 18 of 37 ATTACHMENT A GUIDELINES FOR RETURNING A DIESEL TO SERVICE FOLLOWING A MAINTENANCE OUTAGE 1.0 Frequently, maintenance activities on Diesels require the performance of diesel generator starting and loading. This operation of the diesels may be necessary to allow running adjustments as part of the maintenance procedure. As such, a maintenance start should be performed following maintenance which requires such checks. Acknowledgment of diesel maintenance starts must be made and properly documented prior to the associated diesel start. Maintenance activities which would invoke maintenance starts include quarterly and 18 month preventive maintenance and any maintenance which works on any control function of the diesel (such as work on governor, fuel rack systems or air start systems). These maintenance starts should normally include the closure of the output breaker and loading of the diesel to allow adjustment of the control systems during loaded operations. The return to service surveillance should be performed upon successful completion of all maintenance activities including required maintenance starts and loading. The on-call Emergency Director should be called if there is any question as to whether a maintenance start or return to service surveillance should be performed.

2.0 All maintenance starts should be performed using SOP-38.0 for guidance. Timing the start should be done for the purpose of gathering information. Normally, the maintenance start is expected to be performed as a dual header start.

3.0 Any time the diesel generator has been tagged out and the generator output breakers have been racked out, the output breakers should be closed to demonstrate diesel operability for the applicable unit. This can be accomplished during the maintenance run provided it is appropriately documented in the operators log book.

4.0 Any time a diesel generator has been tagged out of service for major maintenance a full load maintenance run should be performed. This allows a comprehensive review of diesel generator performance at expected operating conditions to make final adjustments to engine parameters (e.g., governor settings) prior to attempting a surveillance run.

5.0 Any time maintenance has been performed on an air start system during a diesel generator outage, a single header start is required on the applicable header. When no maintenance has been performed on the air systems, the Shift Supervisor should determine if it is necessary to perform single header starts on both air headers. After a satisfactory maintenance run on a diesel generator, justification for not performing two single header starts during the return to service STP must be documented in the applicable STP review sheet.

Page 1 of 1

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 19 of 37 ATTACHMENT B DIESEL LUBE OIL REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT GUIDANCE

{IR # 1-96-143}

WARNING Transferring lube oil from a diesel is an evolution that requires close monitoring to prevent overfilling of drums and subsequent spilling.

NOTES

  • New oil is the normal source of make up to the diesel lube oil sump.
  • All new oil in 55 gallon drums must be filtered prior to use. (Ref FNP-0-GMP-30.1 APP F)
  • A predetermined amount of oil removed from the diesel during maintenance or lube schedule may be reused in the diesel it came from.
  • Satisfactory sample analysis and filtering is required prior to reusing diesel lube oil.
  • Reusable or new oil may be added to a shutdown diesel. New oil shall be added to a running diesel.

They must be drained independently.

  • Any hoses used to transfer lube oil should have their connections bagged to minimize the potential for a spill in the event the hose connections were to leak.
  • Consideration should be given to replacing the oil transfer pump filter prior to draining lube oil.
  • Facilities should be contacted ASAP to move full oil drums out of the DB (greater than 30 feet from the building) and to ensure drums are covered to prevent potential contamination from rain water.

6.0 If a complete drain of lube oil is desired, the filter vents and strainer vent will have to be opened.

7.0 Potentially reusable oil should be placed in lined open topped drums, or new drums, and labeled per NMP-SH-012, HAZARD COMMUNICATION PROGRAM.

Page 1 of 2

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 20 of 37 ATTACHMENT B DIESEL LUBE OIL REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT GUIDANCE

{IR # 1-96-143}

Page 2 of 2 8.0 Potentially reusable oil drums shall be caution tagged closed. The caution tags shall have wording to the effect of Oil on hold, awaiting sampling.

9.0 Potentially reusable oil shall be sampled and analyzed for acceptability prior to reuse.

10.0 If sample results indicate oil is unacceptable for reuse, non-reusable oil drums should be labeled as used oil -unacceptable for reuse.

11.0 FAC should be contacted to remove and properly dispose of oil unacceptable for reuse as soon as possible, preferably the same shift.

12.0 Oil drums that are unacceptable for reuse should be kept separated from oil drums that are acceptable for reuse.

13.0 If sample results indicate oil is acceptable for reuse, reusable oil drums should be caution tagged with wording to the effect of Acceptable for reuse in [insert the diesel that the oil came from here].

14.0 Oil deemed acceptable for reuse must be filtered prior to adding to the diesel lube oil sump.

15.0 Propping open fire doors and temporarily storing combustibles outside a diesel room should be reported to the Fire Protection Administrator.

Page 2 of 2

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 21 of 37 ATTACHMENT C DIESEL GENERATOR FUEL OIL CONSUMPTION NOTE The information in the table below provides the run time that can be expected under three different diesel operating configurations assuming maximum loading and minimum initial storage tank level.

This can be used to assess replenishment requirements.

Diesels Running Storage Tanks Available Load Run Time

  • Consumption Rate 2 Large, 1 Small 4 (init. level 68%)

Max 5 1/4 days 807 gal/hr 3 Large, 1 Small 4 (init. level 68%)

Max 3 3/4 days 1104 gal/hr 3 Large, 2 Small 5 (init. level 68%)

Max 4 days 1317 gal/hr Consumption rates compute to an average per diesel of 297 gal/hr for 1-2A, 1B, and 2B Diesels (Large Diesels) and 213 gal/hr for 1C and 2C Diesels (Small Diesels) under maximum load. {CR 2000-044 and REA 98-1637}

Page 1 of 1

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 22 of 37 ATTACHMENT D READING DIESEL GENERATOR CRANKCASE VACUUM MANOMETER The following discussion and examples is intended to remove confusion which may exist concerning how to read the crankcase manometer installed on each of the emergency diesel generators.

In the example illustrated above, to calculate the pressure measured by this application, the readings above and below zero are added; with the result being 4. It is important to note the At rest reading of the manometer, in this example, 0.

Page 1 of 3 At rest, atmospheric pressure equals crankcase pressure Atmospheric Pressure Crankcase Pressure

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 23 of 37 ATTACHMENT D READING DIESEL GENERATOR CRANKCASE VACUUM MANOMETER A recent field trip to the Diesel Building (all EDGs secured) to ascertain the At rest manometer readings obtained the following information:

The manometer readings were:

  • 1-2A D/G

-0.3

-0.3

  • 1C D/G

-1.7

-1.8

  • 2B D/G

-2.4

-2.4

  • 1B D/G

-0.4

-0.4

  • 2C D/G 0.0

-0.2 The conclusion to be made from these readings is the manometers are low on operating fluid.

The important fact to realize is the At rest manometer reading, because both legs will use this as the point of reference for determining a value for crankcase vacuum when the diesel is in operation. To correctly calculate crankcase vacuum, determine the ALGEBRAIC DIFFERENCE between the two readings. The left leg (atmosphere) minus the right leg (crankcase). The resultant ALGEBRAIC DIFFERENCE is the crankcase pressure reading that should be recorded in the logs. Hopefully, this is a negative number, indicating a vacuum.

During routine D/G operations, a trend of the crankcase pressure would be helpful in determining the condition of the cylinders. To obtain a manometer reading, perform the following action: Left leg minus right leg.

Examples of hypothetical readings:

LEFT minus RIGHT

=

Reading What it means.

1

-1.7

-1.4

=

-0.3 Indicates crankcase vacuum.

2

-1.7 1.7

=

-3.4 Indicates crankcase vacuum.

3 1.7

-1.7

=

3.4 Indicates potential cylinder blow-by.

4

-3.6

-1.3

=

-2.3 Indicates crankcase vacuum.

5 1.5 0.5

=

1.0 Indicates potential cylinder blow-by.

Page 2 of 3

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 24 of 37 ATTACHMENT D READING DIESEL GENERATOR CRANKCASE VACUUM MANOMETER NOTE IF this page is revised, THEN ensure operator aid is updated.

READING DIESEL GENERATOR CRANKCASE VACUUM MANOMETER Crankcase vacuum is read by viewing levels in both legs of the manometer and calculating the algebraic difference in fluid level to obtain the value for crankcase vacuum.

The right-hand side of the manometer is the crankcase side of the gauge. A higher column of fluid on this side indicates a vacuum in the crankcase.

The left-hand side of the manometer is the atmospheric side. A higher column of fluid on this side indicates the crankcase is pressurized.

Subtract the right hand side from the left hand side to obtain log reading.

Ref. SOP-38.0 This Operator Aid is found on the following diesel gauge boards:

1-2A Diesel 1C Diesel 2B Diesel 1B Diesel 2C Diesel Page 3 of 3

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 25 of 37 APPENDIX 1 LOADING/UNLOADING GUIDANCE FOR 1C AND 2C DIESEL GENERATORS Page 1 of 1 NOTES

  • The values in parenthesis following the MW load hold points correspond to approximate EPB ammeter readings for that load. Major deviations from these values should be investigated.

{OR 2-97-314 and CMT 0003868}

  • When changing loads on a diesel, MVARs must be kept within the limits of Figure 2.
  • Fuel rack stop settings for Diesel Generators 1C and 2C have been increased from 112% to 120% in order to restore sufficient margin for EDG response during worst case dynamic loading. Exercise caution when loading and unloading DG 1C or 2C to ensure load on the DG remains within procedural guidance.
  • During D/G load changes, at each specified point, the D/G load shall be monitored to check for any drift in monitored parameters.

1.0 Loading

1.1 Slowly increase load to desired load up to 2850 kW (400-450 amps) with the following requirements:

Maintain load at 1000 kW (160-185 amps) for 15 minutes.

Maintain load at 1500 kW (220-275 amps) for 15 minutes.

Maintain load at 2000 kW (300-330 amps) for 15 minutes.

Maintain load at 2500 kW (360-390 amps) for 15 minutes.

2.0 Unloading

2.1 Slowly decrease load with the following requirements:

2.1.1 IF load is > 1500 kW, THEN Slowly decrease load to 1500 kW and maintain load for 15 minutes.

2.1.2 Slowly decrease load below 1500 kW.

2.1.3 Perform the following:

2.1.3.1 Go To Step 4.5.11 in FNP-0-SOP-38.0-1C if unloading 1C DG.

2.1.3.2 Go To Step 4.5.12 in FNP-0-SOP-38.0-2C if unloading 2C DG.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 26 of 37 APPENDIX 2 LOADING/UNLOADING GUIDANCE FOR 1-2A, 1B AND 2B DIESEL GENERATORS Page 1 of 1 NOTES

  • The values in parenthesis following the MW load hold points correspond to approximate EPB ammeter readings for that load. Major deviations from these values should be investigated.

{OR 2-97-314 and CMT 0003868}

  • When changing loads on a diesel, MVARs must be kept within the limits of Figure 1.
  • Fuel rack stop settings for Diesel Generator 1-2A and 2B have been increased from 112% to 120%

in order to restore sufficient margin for EDG response during worst case dynamic loading. Exercise caution when loading and unloading DG 1-2A and 2B to ensure load on the DG remains within procedural guidance.

  • During D/G load changes, at each specified point, the D/G load shall be monitored to check for any drift in monitored parameters.

1.0 Loading

1.1 IF loading 1-2A, 1B or 2B Diesel Generator, PERFORM the following:

Slowly increase load to desired load up to 4075 kW (570-630 amps) with the following requirements:

Maintain load at 1000 kW (150-200 amps) for 15 minutes.

Maintain load at 2000 kW (300-350 amps) for 15 minutes.

Maintain load at 3000 kW (425-475 amps) for 15 minutes.

Maintain load at 3500 kW (480-530 amps) for 15 minutes.

2.0 Unloading

2.1 IF unloading 1-2A, 1B or 2B Diesel Generator, PERFORM the following:

2.1.1 IF load is > 2000 kW, THEN Slowly decrease load to 2000 kW and maintain load for 15 minutes.

2.1.2 Slowly decrease load below 2000 kW.

2.1.3 Perform the following:

2.1.3.1 Go To Step 4.5.12 of FNP-0-SOP-38.0-1-2A if unloading 1-2A DG.

2.1.3.2 Go To Step 4.5.12 of FNP-0-SOP-38.0-1B if unloading 1B DG.

2.1.3.3 Go To Step 4.5.12 of FNP-0-SOP-38.0-2B if unloading 2B DG.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 27 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START/RUN DATA DG STARTED __________.

DATE/TIME STARTED ____________

Performed by:___________________________________

Shift Supervisor Review (EPB Logs Reviewed):

(SS)

Shift Support Supervisor Review (Diesel Bldg Diesel Run Logs Reviewed):

(SSS)

Copy of this Attachment sent to Diesel System Engineer or the System Engineer Supervisor for DGs:

(SSS)

Data Recorded in appropriate Units Control Room log using the Diesel Start Data (SOP-38) stamp:

(SSS)

This appendix consists of 9 pages.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 28 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 1 of 9 1.0 Verify the version of this procedure is the current version. {OR 1-98-498}

2.0 Identify the reason for starting the Diesel Generator. (Check the appropriate box)

Scheduled surveillance FNP-___-STP-Cover Page Date/Time stamp:

STP performed after maintenance to verify operability.

FNP-___-STP-Cover Page Date/Time stamp:

STP performed to verify operability when other train is inoperable.

FNP-___-STP-Cover Page Date/Time stamp:

Maintenance start.

Record document used for guidance.__________________

(Document reason in comments section.)

Diesel started due to actual undervoltage not associated with testing.

Record bus that experienced undervoltage. ____________

Diesel started due to actual Safety Injection signal not associated with testing.

INDICATE AFFECTED UNIT INDICATE AFFECTED TRAIN UNIT 1 UNIT 2 A TRAIN B TRAIN BOTH TRAINS An FNP-0-SOP-38 Start.

(Document Reason in Comments section.)

2C DG is started due to an actual station blackout condition.

INDICATE AFFECTED UNIT UNIT 1 UNIT 2

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 29 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 2 of 9 3.0 Have the Diesel Building SO begin Attachment 1 of this appendix.

NOTE Ensure the correct information obtained by using the same IPC as the unit the DG will be tied to.

4.0 Check the selected DG Output breaker (pre-start) IPC status OPEN.

5.0 Obtain DG START/RUN DATA as follows:

DG started:(circle one) 1-2A 1C 2B 1B 2C Unit DG aligned to: (circle one)

Unit 1 Unit 2 None Diesel start attempt: (circle one)

Successful / Unsuccessful Date / time started:

/

Type of Start (circle one)

SLOW FAST Seconds to start: (if timed) (N/A for slow start)

Freq Speed Volts SST Air Header started on: (circle one)

  1. 1
  1. 2 Both DG Loaded: (circle one)

Yes No Time Loaded above 50% Load:

HH/mm 6.0 Record Service Water supply temperature:_____ °F NOTE The intent of the following step is to differentiate between an IPC problem and a failure of the DG output breaker MOC switch.

7.0 IF loaded, THEN check the selected DG Output breaker IPC status CLOSED.

7.1 IF the selected DG Output breaker IPC status did not change state (refer to step 4.0),

THEN dispatch personnel to check the position of the MOC switch.

7.1.1 Submit a CR for evaluation of the problem, including all indications that may be beneficial.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 30 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 3 of 9 8.0 Record date and time diesel loaded to at least 50% of continuous load rating (2100 Kw on 1-2A, 1B and 2B Diesels and 1500 Kw on 1C and 2C Diesels)

Date and Time

/

9.0 Record date and time diesel load reduced to less than 50% of continuous load rating.

Date and Time

/

NOTE Step 10.0 is NOT applicable to maintenance starts.

10.0 Circle either Y or N:

Y N

Start resulted from automatic real signal-actual bus undervoltage (not caused by preplanned test or maintenance sequence) or actual safety injection (caused by plant parameters reaching setpoints, manually initiated safety injection, inadvertent - not preplanned - safety injection).

Y N

Start resulted from manual real signal - purposefully started due to need for emergency power to a bus.

Y N

Start resulted from preplanned test (STP) or maintenance sequence.

Y N

Diesel loaded to at least 50% of continuous load rating for at least one hour.

Y N

Diesel run terminated due to preplanned test or maintenance sequence (STP was completed as written).

Y N

Diesel run terminated due to operator error that does not or would not prevent the diesel from being restarted and brought to load in a few minutes without corrective action.

Y N

Diesel run terminated due to inadvertent or spurious trip signal that is not operative in the emergency mode. Spurious trips refer to false or illegitimate signals such as a shorted contact or other faulty equipment that results in automatic trip. Valid trip signals due to actual condition (such as actual high crankcase pressure) are not considered inadvertent or spurious.

Y N

Diesel run terminated due to malfunction of equipment not operative in the emergency mode (examples: synchronizing circuits, SST, pre-lube pump, non-shutdown alarm devices, non-essential generator protection devices).

Y N

Diesel run terminated due to minor water leaks and oil leaks (fuel or lube) that would not preclude operation of the DG in an emergency.

COMMENTS:

(Explanation of all abnormal occurrences, indications and alarms observed during this DG start/run or any other pertinent information.)

11.0 Attach the completed Attachment 1 to Appendix 3.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 31 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 4 of 9 ATTACHMENT 1 INCREASED DG MONITORING DURING MAINTENANCE AND SURVEILLANCE RUNS.

1.0 Purpose This attachment has been developed to provide the minimum requirements for diesel generator monitoring during maintenance and surveillance runs. (S-2012-20) 2.0 Instructions 2.1 When performing DG monitoring, the following field observations shall be performed, at a minimum.

Monitor gage board parameters to include crankcase vacuum.

Inspect for unusual operating characteristics, such as fluid leaks (fuel, JW, or oil), exhaust leaks, excessive vibrations, abnormal sounds, etc.

Monitor temperature indications for proper response to current engine conditions.

Monitor filter and strainer performance.

Monitor pump performance. (discharge pressure, abnormal noise, seal leaks, etc.)

Monitor oil levels. (engine sump, governor, turbochargers and generator)

Monitor room ventilation. (fans, intake screens and louvers)

Breakers and alarm panels and should be inspected for abnormal or unusual conditions.

JW expansion tank level.

2.2 Any abnormal indications shall be brought to the attention of the Shift Supervisor for investigation and resolution.

2.3 IF the DG is started following maintenance, THEN maintenance personnel shall directly observe the DG start.

2.4 Operations personnel shall directly observe the DG start.

2.5 Diesel operation shall be monitored locally AND at the EPB for approximately fifteen (15) minutes following DG start.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 32 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 5 of 9 2.6 Diesel operation shall be monitored locally AND at the EPB for approximately fifteen (15) minutes following each load increase (during load ascension, normally at fifteen minute intervals). This observation should be of sufficient duration to allow parameters monitored to stabilize.

2.7 IF delays occur in loading the DG, THEN the DG shall be monitored locally and at the EPB at approximately thirty (30) minute intervals.

2.8 At least one set of DG run logs shall be taken with the DG at full load. DG run logs shall be taken hourly for periods of extended operation.

2.9 In addition to the logs normally taken, Attachment 1, Data Sheet 1 will be completed for each start/run of any DG.

2.10 Mark any Data Sheet N/A for D/G not covered by this Appendix 3.

2.11 For extended periods of operation, additional Data Sheets should be printed and attached as necessary.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 33 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 6 of 9 DATA SHEET 1, page 1 NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.

If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.

If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.

The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.

1-2A Diesel Generator West Side MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description West Air Intercooler Water Temperature In N/A 120°F West Air Intercooler Water Temperature Out N/A 120°F Intercooler West Bank Air Inlet Temperature N/A N/A Intercooler West Bank Air Outlet Temperature N/A N/A 1-2A Diesel Generator East Side MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description East Air Intercooler Water Temperature In N/A 120°F East Air Intercooler Water Temperature Out N/A 120°F Intercooler East Bank Air Inlet Temperature N/A N/A Intercooler East Bank Air Outlet Temperature N/A N/A Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3°F in temperature after two minutes of operation.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 34 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 7 of 9 DATA SHEET 1, page 2 NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.

If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.

If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.

The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.

1B Diesel Generator West Side MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description West Air Intercooler Water Temperature In N/A 120°F West Air Intercooler Water Temperature Out N/A 120°F Intercooler West Bank Air Inlet Temperature N/A N/A Intercooler West Bank Air Outlet Temperature N/A N/A 1B Diesel Generator East Side MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description East Air Intercooler Water Temperature In N/A 120°F East Air Intercooler Water Temperature Out N/A 120°F Intercooler East Bank Air Inlet Temperature N/A N/A Intercooler East Bank Air Outlet Temperature N/A N/A Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3°F in temperature after two minutes of operation.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 35 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 8 of 9 DATA SHEET 1, page 3 NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.

If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.

If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.

The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.

2B Diesel Generator West Side MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description West Air Intercooler Water Temperature In N/A 120°F West Air Intercooler Water Temperature Out N/A 120°F Intercooler West Bank Air Inlet Temperature N/A N/A Intercooler West Bank Air Outlet Temperature N/A N/A 2B Diesel Generator East Side MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description East Air Intercooler Water Temperature In N/A 120°F East Air Intercooler Water Temperature Out N/A 120°F Intercooler East Bank Air Inlet Temperature N/A N/A Intercooler East Bank Air Outlet Temperature N/A N/A Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3°F in temperature after two minutes of operation.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 36 of 37 APPENDIX 3 DG START / RUN DATA Page 9 of 9 DATA SHEET 1, page 4 NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.

If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.

If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.

The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.

1C Diesel Generator MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description Intercooler Water Into Air Cooler N/A N/A Scavenging Air Into Cylinders N/A N/A Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3°F in temperature after two minutes of operation.

NOTES Using a thermal gun, take the following temperatures at the designated/marked locations each time load is added to the DG.

If any of the water temperatures exceeds 110oF, contact Engineering for guidance.

If any of the water temperatures reaches 120oF, the DG should be immediately shutdown.

The taking of these logs may be secured by the Shift Supervisor with engineering concurrence once the DG has reached full load and at least three sets of stable1 temperature readings have been taken.

2C Diesel Generator MIN MAX TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME TIME Description Intercooler Water Into Air Cooler N/A N/A Scavenging Air Into Cylinders N/A N/A Note 1: Stable is defined as no change greater than 3°F in temperature after two minutes of operation.

SHARED Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver.

FNP-0-SOP-38.0 123.0 10/28/2013 18:05:32 DIESEL GENERATORS Page Number 37 of 37 APPENDIX 4 SURVEILLANCE TESTS CONTAINING GOVERNOR SETTINGS Diesel Generator Affected Surveillance Test Shared Unit 1 Unit 2 1-2A D/G FNP-0-STP-80.1 FNP-1-STP-80.14 FNP-2-STP-80.14 FNP-0-STP-80.5 FNP-1-STP-80.20 FNP-2-STP-80.20 FNP-0-STP-80.6 FNP-1-STP-80.21 FNP-2-STP-80.21 FNP-0-STP-80.11 FNP-1-STP-80.25 FNP-2-STP-80.25 1C D/G FNP-0-STP-80.2 FNP-1-STP-80.14 FNP-2-STP-80.14 FNP-0-STP-80.5 FNP-1-STP-80.18 FNP-2-STP-80.18 FNP-0-STP-80.7 FNP-1-STP-80.23 FNP-2-STP-80.23 FNP-0-STP-80.11 FNP-1-STP-80.25 FNP-2-STP-80.25 FNP-0-STP-80.12 2C D/G 1B D/G FNP-1-STP-80.1 FNP-1-STP-80.5 FNP-1-STP-80.6 FNP-1-STP-80.8 FNP-1-STP-80.11 FNP-1-STP-80.22 FNP-1-STP-80.25 2B D/G FNP-2-STP-80.1 FNP-2-STP-80.5 FNP-2-STP-80.6 FNP-2-STP-80.8 FNP-2-STP-80.11 FNP-2-STP-80.22 FNP-2-STP-80.25

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 7 Developer S. Jackson 05/07/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 A.1.b, Conduct of Operations - RO & SRO A.1.b TITLE: Perform A Shutdown Margin Calculation in modes 1 & 2.

PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 30 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.

TASK STANDARD:

  • Perform a Shutdown Margin calculation while in Mode 1, using STP-29.5 accurately to within the acceptable ranges identified within each critical elements standard.
  • Identify the need to emergency borate.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.b Page 2 of 7 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Determine the excess Shutdown Margin using STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547°F), for Unit 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 1 is stable at 90% with the ramp on hold
b. Bank D indicates 192 by Group Demand.
c. Seven of the Bank D rods (H2, B8, H14, F6, F10, K10, K6) are at 192 steps by DRPI.
d. Rod P8, in the D bank, has been determined to be stuck.
e. Rod P8 is at 174 steps by DRPI.
f. All other rods are at 228 steps.
g. Core burnup is 9,800 MWD/MTU burnup.
h. FNP-1-STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547°F), initial conditions are satisfied.
i. The Shift Supervisor has directed you to complete FNP-1-STP-29.5 starting at step 5.1 and identify whether or not emergency boration is required.

INITIATING CUE:

You may begin.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME NOTE: Elements 1 through 13 are evaluated by comparing the completed Calculation page to the values and ranges of each element. The acceptable responses are ALSO listed on the calculation KEY.

1. Step A.1: Document Core Burnup
1) Value entered: 9,800 MWD S / U
2. Step A.2: Document Power Level
2) Value entered: 90% entered S / U

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.b Page 3 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

3. Step A.3: Determine penalty steps for Banks below RIL.

a) Using COLR figure 1 determines RIL for 90% power level.

b) Gathers data from Conditions page c) Determines penalty steps per bank.

3) Value entered: ZERO (0)

(range: NONE) a) Determines RIL from COLR CB D/ RIL = 167 (range: 165-170) from COLR.

CBC / RIL = FULL OUT (or 228).

b) Documents given Demand positions CB D/ Demand 192 All others: FULL OUT (or 228) c) Calculates difference All values: ZERO (0)

(range: NONE)

S / U

4. Step A.4: Determine number of penalty steps for RODS below RIL.
4) Value entered: ZERO (0)

S / U

  • 5. Step B.1: Determine Rod Worth for all control and shutdown bands at Zero steps using given power and burnup:

a) Uses Curve 77 pg 1 for 90% power and > 9000 - < 10000MWD

5) Value entered: 6043.

(range: NONE)

S / U

6. Step B.2: Calculate penalty value of rod banks.
6) Value entered of ZERO (0)

S / U

  • 7. Step B.3: Calculate penalty value of individual rods.
7) Value entered of ZERO (0)

S / U

  • 8. Step B.4.a; Determine most reactive Rod worth.
8) Value entered of 1389 (range: NONE) a)

From Curve 77 pg 2 for

> 9000 - < 10000MWD S / U

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.b Page 4 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

  • 9. Step B.4.b; Calculate rod worth of stuck/untrippable rod
9) Value entered of 3472.5 (range: 3471-3473 for various rounding technique effects) a)
  1. of stuck: 1 rod b)

B.4.a: 1389 Calculate using equation.

S / U

  • 10. Step B.5; Calculate penalized rod worth
10) Value entered of (-) 2313.5 NOTE: NEG (-) SIGN IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS CALCULATION/Evaluation

( range: (-)2313 to (-) 2315 )

Transfer data from other steps:

a)

B.1: 6043 b)

B.2: 0 c)

B.3: 0 d)

B.4.b: 3472.5 (+.5, -1.5)

Calculate using equation.

S / U

  • 11. Step B.6; Determine power defect for given conditions
11) Value entered of 1701 (range:

NONE) a)

From Curve 78 for

> 9000 - < 10000MWD S / U

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.b Page 5 of 7 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

  • 12. Step B.8; Calculate available Shutdown Reactivity
12) Value entered of (-) 562.5 pcm (range: -562 to -564)

NOTE: NEG (-) SIGN IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS CALCULATION/Evaluation a)

Transfer data:

i. B.5: (-) 2313.5 (range: (-)2313 to (-)2315) ii. B.6: 1701 Calculate using equation.

S / U

13) Value entered of (+) 1207.5 (range: +1206 to +1208)

NOTE: POS (+) SIGN IS IMPORTANT FOR THIS CALCULATION/Evaluation a)

Transpose data:

i. B.8: (-) 562.5 (-562 to -564) ii. Calculate S / U NOTE: Element 15 is not required to be completed but is likely to be completed/initialed if initiated as a group/classroom setting.
  • 14. Step B.10: Identifies Need to Emergency Borate
14) Notifies Shift Supervisor of need to Emergency Borate.

S / U

15. completes task:

a) Signs and dates Calculation Sheet b) Initials step 5.1 c) Asks for verification of calculation

15) Completes sign off.

a) Signs and dates form b) Initials step 5.1 of procedure.

S / U TERMINATE After calculation of Excess Shutdown Margin AND element 14 completed.

STOP TIME

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.b Page 6 of 7 CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-STP-29.5, VER 5.0
2. KA: G2.1.20 - 4.6 / 4.6 G2.1.23 - 4.3 / 4.4 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
1. FNP-1-STP-29.5, ver 5.0
2. PCB-VOL1-CRV77, Cycle 26 rev 11
3. PCB-VOL1-CRV78, Cycle 26 rev 11
4. Unit 1, COLR for FNP Unit1 Cycle 26, Rev 1, Figure 1.
5. Pen/Pencil
6. calculator Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation 1-4, 6, 15 Not critical - These steps have no impact on the SDM calculation.

5, 7-13 Critical - Calculation completion; each step is critical in accurately determining available SDM and Excess SDM.

14 Critical - Task Objective; Identification that Acceptance Criteria NOT met and Emergency boration IS required to ensure corrective action is initiated and compliance with T.S. is restored.

COMMENTS:

FNP ILT-37 ADMIN A.1.b HANDOUT Pg 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Determine if Shutdown Margin is adequate using STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547°F), for Unit 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 1 is stable at 90% with the ramp on hold
b. Bank D indicates 192 by Group Demand.
c. Seven of the Bank D rods (H2, B8, H14, F6, F10, K10, K6) are at 192 steps by DRPI.
d. Rod P8, in the D bank, has been determined to be Stuck.
e. Rod P8 is at 174 steps by DRPI.
f. All other rods are at 228 steps.
g. Core burnup is 9,800 MWD/MTU burnup.
h. FNP-1-STP-29.5, SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547°F), initial conditions are satisfied.
i. The Shift Supervisor has directed you to complete FNP-1-STP-29.5 starting at step 5.1 and identify whether or not emergency boration is required.

UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 1 of 3 Version 5.0 SHUTDOWN MARGIN IN MODES 1 AND 2 A.

PRESENT CONDITIONS A.1 Core Burnup ________ MWD/MTU A.2 Power Level. %

A.3 Determine number of penalty steps for ROD BANKS below RIL.

(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)

A.3.a Record data in table ROD BANKS BANK RIL HEIGHT BANK DEMAND STEPS BELOW RIL CBA FULL OUT CBB FULL OUT CBC CBD SDA FULL OUT SDB FULL OUT TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL KEY 9800 90 Full Out (228)

Full Out (228)

Full Out (228) 192 Full Out (228)

Full Out (228) 0 0

0 0

0 0

0 Full Out(228) 167 (165-170)

RANGE for CBD RIL:

LO: Readability of COLR RIL curve may allow as low as 165 steps; although this is < than the curve limit of 166.9, if calculated. The assumptions within the curve development provides for this readability error.

HI: conservatism allowed by P&L 4.1 may be instituted and a value of up to 170 steps may be selected since the specific value between the Y-axis increments may not be calculated.

UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 2 of 3 Version 5.0 A.4 Determine number of penalty steps for RODS below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL)

(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)

A.4.a Record data in table ROD NUMBER RIL POSITION DRPI POSITION DIFFERENCE TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL B.

SHUTDOWN MARGIN NOTE: Write the values from Curves 77 & 78 directly into the surveillance test.

The correct sign convention has been entered in the STP.

B.1 Rod worth for all control and shutdown banks at zero steps at Present Burnup (A.1) and Power Level (A.2).

()

pcm (Curve 77 Page 1)

B.2 Penalty value of rod banks below insertion limit:

steps 75 pcm/step =

(A.3.a)

B.3 Penalty value of individual rods below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL) steps 10 pcm/step =

(A.4.a)

(+)

pcm

(+)

pcm KEY N/A 6043 0

0 0

0 0

UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 3 of 3 Version 5.0 B.4 Stuck / Untrippable Rod penalty:

(B.4.a is N/A and B.4.b is zero if there are no stuck/untrippable rods)

B.4.a Worth of most reactive rod worth at present burnup (A.1) ()

pcm from Curve 77 pg. 2 B.4.b Calculate worth of Stuck/untrippable rods

[

()

1.75 ] + [()

0.75] = ()

pcm

(# Stuck/

(B.4.a)

(B.4.a) untrippable rods) (Most reactive (Most reactive rod worth) rod worth)

B.5 Penalized rod worth considering stuck/untrippable rods, misaligned rods, rods below the insertion limit, and uncertainty:

[()

+ ______ + ______ ()______] 0.9 =

( )

pcm (B.1)

(B.2)

(B.3)

(B.4.b)

B.6 Power Defect at Power Level (A.2) and Burnup (A.1)

(Curve 78).

()

pcm B.7 Void Collapse Defect.

(+) 50 pcm B.8 Available Shutdown Reactivity:

( ) () +

50 pcm (B.5)

(B.6)

(B.7)

B.9 Shutdown Margin in excess of required Shutdown Margin (B.8 Required SDM from the COLR):

( )__________ pcm () 1770 pcm =

( ) pcm (B.8) Required SDM (SDMExcess) from the COLR B.10 If B.9 is positive, THEN emergency borate per FNP-1-AOP-27.0, EMERGENCY BORATION, to establish the required shutdown margin otherwise Shutdown Margin is adequate for the Present plant condition.

Date:

Performed by:

Date:

Verified by:

1389 1389 1389 1

3472.5 range: 3471 to 3473 KEY Range considers rounding up or rounding down 6043 0

3472.5

(+.5,

-1.5)

[-6043+3472.5]*0.9 = -2313.45 (rounded to -2313.5)

[-6043+3471]*0.9 = -2314.8 (rounded to -2315)

[-6043+3473] *0.9 = -2313

(-) 2313.5 range: (-)2313 to (-)2315 1701 1701

(+) 1207.5 range:

(+)1206 to

(+)1208 Emergency Boration IS required May also state that a Rx trip may be warranted (P&L 4.3).

DATE-- Element 15-if assumes/states emergency boration completed Signed-- element 15-if assumes/states Emerg Boration completed

(-) 562.5 range:

(-) 562 to (-) 564 0

(-) 2313.5 range: (-)2313 to

(-)2315

(-) 562.5 range:

(-) 562 to (-) 564

UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 May 3, 2011 Version 5.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE FNP-1-STP-29.5 S

A F

E T

Y SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547F)

R E

L A

T E

D PROCEDURE USAGE REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS Continuous Use:

Procedure must be open and readily available at the work location. Follow procedure step by step unless otherwise directed by the procedure.

ALL Reference Use:

Procedure or applicable section(s) available at the work location for ready reference by person performing steps.

NONE Information Use:

Available on plant site for reference needed.

NONE Approved:

David L Reed (for)

Date Issued: May 5, 2011 Operations Manager

UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Version 5.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT SURVEILLANCE TEST REVIEW SHEET SURVEILLANCE TEST NO.

FNP-1-STP-29.5 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION REFERENCE TR 13.1.1; LCO 3.1.4; LCO 3.1.5; LCO 3.1.6 TITLE SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547F)

MODE(S) REQUIRING TEST:

1*,2*

  • See special test exceptions of above specifications TEST RESULTS (TO BE COMPLETED BY TEST PERFORMER)

PERFORMED BY DATE/TIME COMPONENT OR TRAIN TESTED (if applicable)

[ ] ENTIRE STP PERFORMED

[ ] FOR SURVEILLANCE CREDIT

[ ] PARTIAL STP PERFORMED:

[ ] NOT FOR SURVEILLANCE CREDIT REASON FOR PARTIAL:

TEST COMPLETED:

[ ] Satisfactory

[ ] Unsatisfactory

[ ] The following deficiencies occurred:

[ ] Corrective action taken or initiated:

SHIFT SUPERVISOR / SHIFT SUPPORT SUPERVISOR

[ ] PROCEDURE PROPERLY COMPLETED AND SATISFACTORY PER STEP 9.1 OF FNP-0-AP-5

[ ] COMMENTS:

REVIEWED BY**

/

DATE (Print)

(Signature)

    • Reviewer must be AP-31 Level II certified & cannot be the Performing Individual TECHNICAL GROUP-REACTOR ENG REVIEW REVIEWED BY DATE

[ ] Satisfactory and Approved

[ ] Comments:

UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 1 of 1 Version 5.0 TABLE OF CONTENTS Procedure Contains Number of Pages STRS.........................................................1 Body..........................................................2 Shutdown Margin......................................3

UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Version 5.0 FARLEY NUCLEAR PLANT UNIT 1 SURVEILLANCE TEST PROCEDURE STP-29.5 SHUTDOWN MARGIN CALCULATION IN MODES 1 AND 2 (TAVG 547F) 1.0 Purpose 1.1 The purpose of this procedure is to verify that the SHUTDOWN MARGIN is greater than the limits of the Technical Requirements Manual TR 13.1.1 as directed by Technical Specifications in Modes 1 or 2:

1.1.1 One or more rod(s) untrippable (LCO 3.1.4),

1.1.2 One or more rod(s) not aligned within 12 steps of their group step counter demand position (LCO 3.1.4),

1.1.3 One or more shutdown banks not within insertion limits specified in the COLR (LCO 3.1.5),

1.1.4 Control bank insertion, sequence, or overlap not within limits specified in the COLR (LCO 3.1.6). (This condition does not affect shutdown margin unless control banks are below insertion limits) 2.0 Acceptance Criteria 2.1 The Shutdown Margin shall be greater than or equal to the value specified in the COLR.

3.0 Initial Conditions 3.1 The revision of this procedure has been verified to be the current revision and correct unit for the task. (OR 1-98-498) 3.2 TAVG 547°F.

3.3 TAVG +/- 1°F of programmed value. (Needed for Power Defect to be accurate) 3.4 The plant is in Mode 1 or 2 with Keff 1.

3.5 Technical Specifications required action entered to verify SDM to be within the limits provided in the COLR OR Shift Supervisor desires to perform.

SJJ SJJ SJJ SJJ SJJ

UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Version 5.0 4.0 Precautions and Limitations 4.1 Read all curves as accurately as possible OR most conservatively.

4.2 Observe proper algebraic sign notation throughout the calculation.

4.3 IF necessary to emergency borate due to inadequate shutdown margin, THEN consideration should be given to tripping the reactor and entering FNP-1-EEP-0, REACTOR TRIP OR SAFETY INJECTION concurrent with the emergency boration.

5.0 Instructions NOTE: For calculating shutdown margin at power, the amount of reactivity by which the reactor would be subcritical from its present condition must be determined.

If the reactor were to shutdown instantaneously, the changes in reactivity would be from control rod position and power defect. In the instant that the reactor shut down, reactivity changes from xenon, samarium and boron concentration would be zero.

5.1 Enter the information required on the attached calculation sheets and calculate the shutdown margin.

NOTE: Verification of shutdown margin calculation by a licensed individual other than the test performer, should take place as soon as practical, and any differences resolved immediately.

A Shift Foreman that serves as verifier of the calculation may also serve as reviewer on the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.

5.2 Verify shutdown margin calculated in step 5.1.

6.0 References 6.1 Technical Specifications: LCOs 3.1.4, 3.1.5, & 3.1.6.

6.2 Technical Requirement Manual TR 13.1.1 6.3 Core Operating Limits Report (COLR).

UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 1 of 3 Version 5.0 SHUTDOWN MARGIN IN MODES 1 AND 2 A.

PRESENT CONDITIONS A.1 Core Burnup ________ MWD/MTU A.2 Power Level. %

A.3 Determine number of penalty steps for ROD BANKS below RIL.

(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)

A.3.a Record data in table ROD BANKS BANK RIL HEIGHT BANK DEMAND STEPS BELOW RIL CBA FULL OUT CBB FULL OUT CBC CBD SDA FULL OUT SDB FULL OUT TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL

UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 2 of 3 Version 5.0 A.4 Determine number of penalty steps for RODS below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL)

(Use COLR or convert the RIL computer reading from % to steps)

A.4.a Record data in table ROD NUMBER RIL POSITION DRPI POSITION DIFFERENCE TOTAL STEPS BELOW RIL B.

SHUTDOWN MARGIN NOTE: Write the values from Curves 77 & 78 directly into the surveillance test.

The correct sign convention has been entered in the STP.

B.1 Rod worth for all control and shutdown banks at zero steps at Present Burnup (A.1) and Power Level (A.2).

()

pcm (Curve 77 Page 1)

B.2 Penalty value of rod banks below insertion limit:

steps 75 pcm/step =

(A.3.a)

B.3 Penalty value of individual rods below RIL which were not counted in A.3 (Rods below RIL on DRPI when the BANK demand is above RIL) steps 10 pcm/step =

(A.4.a)

(+)

pcm

(+)

pcm

UNIT 1 06/01/11 15:34:35 FNP-1-STP-29.5 Page 3 of 3 Version 5.0 B.4 Stuck / Untrippable Rod penalty:

(B.4.a is N/A and B.4.b is zero if there are no stuck/untrippable rods)

B.4.a Worth of most reactive rod worth at present burnup (A.1) ()

pcm from Curve 77 pg. 2 B.4.b Calculate worth of Stuck/untrippable rods

[

()

1.75 ] + [()

0.75] = ()

pcm

(# Stuck/

(B.4.a)

(B.4.a) untrippable rods) (Most reactive (Most reactive rod worth) rod worth)

B.5 Penalized rod worth considering stuck/untrippable rods, misaligned rods, rods below the insertion limit, and uncertainty:

[()

+ ______ + ______ ()______] 0.9 =

( )

pcm (B.1)

(B.2)

(B.3)

(B.4.b)

B.6 Power Defect at Power Level (A.2) and Burnup (A.1)

(Curve 78).

()

pcm B.7 Void Collapse Defect.

(+) 50 pcm B.8 Available Shutdown Reactivity:

( ) () +

50 pcm (B.5)

(B.6)

(B.7)

B.9 Shutdown Margin in excess of required Shutdown Margin (B.8 Required SDM from the COLR):

( )__________ pcm () 1770 pcm =

( ) pcm (B.8) Required SDM (SDMExcess) from the COLR B.10 If B.9 is positive, THEN emergency borate per FNP-1-AOP-27.0, EMERGENCY BORATION, to establish the required shutdown margin otherwise Shutdown Margin is adequate for the Present plant condition.

Date:

Performed by:

Date:

Verified by:

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN 1 OF 5 A.2, Equipment Control - RO A.2 - RO (mod)

TITLE: Complete selected sections of STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS.

PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.

TASK STANDARD:

  • Complete selected sections of STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, Appendix 1.
  • Identify conditions that do not meet acceptance criteria.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer S. Jackson 05/07/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN 2 OF 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to complete pages 12-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, Appendix 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 1 is at 60% power and stable following a load rejection.
b. The UO has completed taking the data for STP-1.0, Appendix 1, for night shift with the exception of pages 12-14 & 27.
c. You are the extra plant operator and have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to:
1. Complete pages 12-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, Appendix 1 for night shift using the pictures provided.
2. Identify any condition that does not meet acceptance criteria.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME NOTE: This is a classroom setting ADMIN JPM task.

Meters must be read accurately enough to ensure the proper identification of out of tolerance instruments and properly identify in tolerance instruments.

1.

Records all data not previously recorded.

1) Records all data on pages 12-14

& 27 not previously recorded.

S / U

  • 2.

Determines #4, LI-496 for C SG, does not meet acceptance criteria.

(NOT CRITICAL: May record in the comments section of the STRS).

2) Determines #4, LI-496 for C SG, does not meet acceptance criteria.

(May record in the comments section of the STRS).

S / U

3.

Informs SS that LI-496 for C SG does not meet acceptance criteria.

3) Informs SS that LI-496 for C SG does not meet acceptance criteria, writes CR, & records CR number in the comments section. (CUE: SS acknowledges & CR 123456 has been written).

S / U

  • 4.

Determines #23, Axial Flux Difference (AFD), does not meet acceptance criteria.

(NOT CRITICAL: May record in the comments section of the STRS).

4) Determines #23, Axial Flux Difference, does not meet acceptance criteria.

(May record in the comments section of the STRS).

S / U

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN 3 OF 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

5.

Informs SS that AFD does not meet acceptance criteria, writes CR, & records CR number in the comments section.

5) Informs SS that AFD does not meet acceptance criteria, writes CR, & records CR number in the comments section. (CUE:

SS acknowledges & CR 234567 has been written).

S / U

  • 6.

Determines #25, CH A RVLIS, has less than 4 sensors operable per channel & does not meet acceptance criteria.

(NOT CRITICAL: May record in the comments section of the STRS).

6) Determines #25, CH A RVLIS, has less than 4 sensors operable per channel does not meet acceptance criteria.

(May record in the comments section of the STRS).

S / U

7.

Informs SS that CH A RVLIS does not meet acceptance criteria, writes CR, & records CR number in the comments section.

7) Informs SS that CH A RVLIS does not meet acceptance criteria, writes CR, & records CR number in the comments section. (CUE: SS acknowledges & CR 345678 has been written).

S / U STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1.

FNP-1-STP-1.0 Ver 112

2.

COLR, Cycle 26 Ver 1

3.

K/A: G2.2.12 - 3.7 / 4.1 G2.2.42 - 3.9 / 4.6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

Provide:

1. Partially filled out copy of FNP-1-STP-1.0, Attachment 1.
2. Pictures of parts of MCB.

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN 4 OF 5 Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation

1.

NOT Critical - As long as the proper indications are identified, then Tech Spec requirements can be met.

2.

Critical - Task Objective. Recognizing that out of tolerance indications exists ensures the plant is operated per its License.

3.

NOT Critical - Administrative function.

4.

Critical - Task Objective. Recognizing that out of tolerance indications ensures the plant is operated per its License.

5.

NOT Critical - Administrative function.

6.

Critical - Task Objective. Recognizing that out of tolerance indications exists ensures the plant is operated per its License.

7.

NOT Critical - Administrative function.

COMMENTS:

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to complete pages 12-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, Appendix 1. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 1 is at 60% power and stable following a load rejection.
b. The UO has completed taking the data for STP-1.0, Appendix 1, for night shift with the exception of pages 12-14 & 27.
c. You are the extra plant operator and have been directed by the Shift Supervisor to:
1. Complete pages 12-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, Appendix 1 for night shift using the pictures provided.
2. Identify any condition that does not meet acceptance criteria.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 1 of 99 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous:

ALL

Reference:

NONE Information:

NONE Approved By: David L. Reed____________

Effective Date: 07/12/14 Operations Manager

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 2 of 99 Version Number Version Description 105.0 Revised step 58 of Appendix 1 by deleting PDI-3317 reference. Changed acceptance criteria for Appendix 1, item 1 from 150K to 160K gallons.

(CR355457). Added guidance to acceptance criteria for item 14 of appendix 1 per ES request.

105.1 Appendix 1, Changed ARO rod height for Fuel Cycle 25.

105.2 Added note below containment temperature page referencing FNP-0-SOP-0.16.

105.3 Added place keeping blocks to item 38 to signify which CTMT cooler fan is selected at the time STP-1.0 is performed..

105.4 Revised note in Item 1 to read 13.0 ft for CST level. CR 465834 105.5 Deleted Item 58 and combined requirements with Item 34. Renumbered.

105.6 Appendix 1, item 11, changed EOL Coastdown variance information. CR 482797 106.0 App 1 Item 52, App 2 Item 16, App 3 Item 17; Incorporated new Met Tower instruments per DCP C072201201 106.1 App 1 Item 52, App 2 Item 16, App 3 Item 17; Added units for data and changed IPC group reference 107.0 Implemented changes to LTOP items per LDCR 2012011.

107.1 Corrected missing border in item 53 of Appendix 1.

108.0 Deleted requirement to check PAHAs every Sunday night. CR 778297 108.1 Corrected typo in TS reference for Appendix 1, item 90. CR 787702 109.0 Added item 70.0. CR 804136 110.0 Added expected variation for N35&36 111.0 Revised Item 37 to include guidance to Contact ES to evaluate UHS operability if recorded SW Pond temperature reaches or exceeds 90 deg. F.

112.0 Major revision to the instructions and acceptance criteria. CR 818977, CR 788318, deleted fig. 1

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 3 of 99 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE............................................................................................................................................ 4 2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS..................................................................................................... 4 3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS......................................................................................................................... 4 4.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA................................................................................................................... 4 5.0 INSTRUCTIONS.................................................................................................................................. 4 6.0 RECORDS........................................................................................................................................... 7

7.0 REFERENCES

..................................................................................................................................... 7 APPENDIX 1, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, MODES 1, 2, 3, 4. 8 APPENDIX 2, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS MODE 5............... 54 APPENDIX 3, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS MODE 6............... 80

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 4 of 99 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides a means for recording data required on a shift and daily basis.

2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS Each Appendix contains applicable Precaution and Limitation statements.

3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS None 4.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Each Appendix contains applicable Acceptance Criteria statement.

5.0 INSTRUCTIONS NOTE The Shift or Daily Logs shall be considered complete when all items have been completed, with the following exceptions: (1) items that have been designated as being performed anytime during the shift, and (2) 1600 SFP readings. These items shall be completed prior to the final review.

5.1 A Daily and Shift Surveillance for applicable modes shall be completed every day.

5.2 Utilize one of the methods given below to verify each parameter, condition, component or system as specified by the LCO.

5.2.1 Verification of a Measured Parameter.

Confirm the measured parameter is within the limits specified in the Acceptance Criteria column.

5.2.2 Verification of a Specified Condition.

Confirm the component, instrument, or system listed satisfies that specified in the Acceptance Criteria column.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 5 of 99 5.2.3 Channel Check Observe the instrument response. The operability of instrument channels, which have indication available, shall be verified by one or more of the following:

Comparing readings on channels which monitor the same variable recognizing any differences in the actual process variable between sensor locations (for example, compare Power Channel N41 with redundant Power Channels N42 and N43),

Comparing readings between channels that monitor the same variable and bear a known relationship to one another (for example, comparing intermediate range and source range neutron monitoring during startup or shutdown when both channels indicate on scale),

Comparing readings between channels which monitor different variables and bear a known relationship to one another (for example, at a given power level the primary coolant outlet temperature is a certain value).

5.3 Complete the appropriate Appendix for the applicable mode(s) per the following:

5.3.1 The operator completing the surveillance shall enter the mode, time, and his/her name in the appropriate space on the review sheet.

5.3.2 Except where specified in the Appendix, the data for each item should be taken AND logged in the column provided between the times given below to ensure that 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> surveillance requirements are met:

1100 and 1230 on Day Shift 2300 and 0030 on Night shift 5.3.3 List shift data under the appropriate shift column.

5.3.4 Data need not be recorded in sequence.

5.3.5 Recording a numerical value for an item when not in a Mode that requires an entry is permissible.

5.3.6 IF data can NOT be logged for any of the following conditions, enter N/A (OR IN TEST as applicable) in the appropriate space.

The equipment or instrument is NONFUNCTIONAL (broken, or in maintenance) AND the applicable LCO action statement has been entered.

The plant is in a mode or condition such that the surveillance does not apply. {AI2008200006}

The channel is in test.

Condition makes logging impractical.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 6 of 99 5.3.7 Where no value is required to be logged for an item, the operator will initial the appropriate space.

5.3.8 WHEN a channel check is performed on an instrument that has a numerical readout, the actual value will be recorded, unless otherwise noted. Initials must be used to document performance of other channel checks and verifications.

5.3.9 IF a daily OR shift surveillance item can NOT be taken from the listed indicator, BUT is available by some other indication, THEN that value will be listed in the appropriate space and the indicator actually used for the surveillance noted.

5.3.10 Some data has been assigned an eight hour commitment and will be logged in the appropriate time slot.

5.3.11 The operator completing the miscellaneous section shall enter the title, time, value, acceptance criteria comments, and technical specification requirement in the appropriate columns.

5.3.12 Surveillance required due to special or abnormal plant conditions which are not normally taken on a shift or daily basis shall be entered in the miscellaneous section of the appropriate Appendix.

5.3.13 The Shift or Daily Logs shall be submitted to the Shift Supervisor for his/her review by the following times:

1300 for Day Shift 0100 for Night Shift 5.3.14 The Shift Supervisor or Shift Support Supervisor shall enter any discrepancies and/or comments in the review section of the appropriate Appendix.

5.4 The body of this procedure shall be printed out and attached to the appropriate Appendix. {AI2008200007}

5.5 The modes for which surveillance on an item is required are listed in the Acceptance Criteria column.

5.6 The acceptance criteria for the logged data is also listed in the Acceptance Criteria column.

5.7 The technical specification reference is listed for each item in the Tech. Spec.

column.

5.8 The operator shall inform the Shift Supervisor promptly of any new discrepancies in the Shift or Daily Logs.

5.9 Upon notification of a new discrepancy, and during review of existing discrepancies, the Shift Supervisor is responsible for evaluating the discrepancy and ensuring that all appropriate actions are initiated including any that are required to meet any applicable Technical Specification action statements.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 7 of 99 5.10 Comments regarding all discrepancies shall be included in the comments section of the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.

5.11 Compare data taken to the expected variations between instrumentation channels.

This information, where applicable, along with the maximum allowable deviation is provided in the appropriate Appendix at the step where data is being taken and in Table 1 of Appendix 1.

5.11.1 IF the variance is greater than expected, submit a Condition Report to the Shift Supervisor to correct the out of tolerance instrument.

5.12 Marking the STRS as Acceptable means that all data points are within their applicable tolerances, meeting the acceptance criteria, or identified and justified by a reason in the comments section (or Appendix).

6.0 RECORDS Documents created using this procedure will become QA Records when completed unless otherwise stated. The procedures and documents are considered complete when issued in DMS.

QA Record (X)

Non-QA Record (X)

Record Generated Retention Time R-Type X

FNP-1-STP-1.0 Life of Plant H06.045

7.0 REFERENCES

7.1 Technical Specifications.

7.2 FNP-0-M-011, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual.

7.3 FSAR Chapter 16 7.4 Technical Requirements Manual END OF PROCEDURE TEXT

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 8 of 99 APPENDIX 1, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 This appendix consists of 47 pages.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 9 of 99 APPENDIX 1 - MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 2 of 47 SURVEILLANCE TEST REVIEW SHEET SURVEILLANCE TEST NO.

FNP-1-STP-1.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION REFERENCE Various TITLE:

Operations Daily and Shift Surveillance Requirements MODE(S) REQUIRING TEST:

1, 2, 3, 4 NIGHT SHIFT OPERATOR

________________/_________________

(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)

DATE/TIME

______/______

MODE ACCEPTABLE YES NO NIGHT SHIFT SUPERVISOR REVIEW

/

(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)

DAY SHIFT OPERATOR

________________/__________________

(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)

DATE/TIME

_______/______

MODE ACCEPTABLE YES NO DAY SHIFT SUPERVISOR REVIEW

/

(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)

COMMENTS:

FINAL SHIFT SUPERVISOR/SHIFT SUPPORT SUPERVISOR REVIEW PROCEDURE PROPERLY COMPLETED SATISFACTORY PER FNP-0-AP-5 0800 AND 1600 SFP READINGS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED COMMENTS:

REVIEWED BY:

/

(PRINT) (SIGNATURE) (DATE)

ENGINEERING SUPPORT GROUP SCREENING (IF APPLICABLE)

SCREENED BY:

/

(PRINT) (SIGNATURE) (DATE)

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 10 of 99 APPENDIX 1 - MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 3 of 47 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides a means for recording data required on a shift and daily basis.

2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Each parameter should be logged as accurately as possible.

2.2 It is permissible to use N/A for any parameter under the following conditions:

{AI2008200006}

The equipment or instrument is INOPERABLE (broken, or in maintenance) and the applicable LCO action statement has been entered.

The plant is in a mode or condition such that the surveillance does not apply.

2.3 The SS/SM will be notified immediately if the As Found condition is out of tolerance when the As Found condition is evaluated against the acceptance / functional criteria.

3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 Verify the version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.

{OR 1-98-498}

3.2 Verify this procedure to be for the correct unit for the task. {OR 1-98-498}

3.3 Verify the Body of FNP-1-STP-1.0 is attached to this Appendix.

{AI2008200007}

4.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Logged data shall be within the acceptance criteria listed in the appropriate Appendix.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 12 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 5 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC

4.

SG Level (%)

SG 1A LI 474 Channel Check LI 475 Mode 1, 2; Mode 1, 2; 3.3.1-1(14):SR 3.3.1.1 3.3.2-1(5.b):SR 3.3.2.1 LI 476 Mode 1, 2, 3; Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.2-1(6.b):SR 3.3.2.1 3.3.3-1(4):SR 3.3.3.1 LR 477 (WR)

PEN 1 SG 1B LI 484 Mode 3; LI 485 NR Level 30% for at least 2 SGs SR 3.4.5.2 LI 486 Mode 4; LR 477 (WR)

PEN 2 WR Level 75% for SG in operating Reactor Coolant Loop SR 3.4.6.2 SG 1C LI 494 Expected variation: +/- 4%

LI 495 Maximum deviation between channels:

8%

LI 496 LR 477 (WR)

PEN 3

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 13 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 6 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC

5.

SG Feed Flow (lbm/hr)

Mode 1, 2; SG 1A FI 477 x 106 x 106 Channel Check N/A FI 476 x 106 x 106 SG 1B FI 487 x 106 x 106 FI 486 x 106 x 106 SG 1C FI 497 x 106 x 106 FI 496 x 106 x 106 NOTE IF any channel III or IV pressure transmitter is out of service for surveillance testing or otherwise inoperable, THEN the corresponding steam flows may be channel checked using the appropriate points off the plant computer (in units of KBH) or by I&C direct readout. Since the MCB FIs are compensated for steam pressure but the computer points are not, compare only FI data to FI data, or computer point to computer point. Note on the Surveillance Test Review Sheet comments section whenever the alternate method of channel check is used.

6.

SG Steam Flow (lbm/hr)

Mode 1, 2d, 3d; SG 1A FI 474 (FE0474B) x 106 x 106 d) Except when one MSIV is closed in each steam line.

3.3.2-1(4.e):

SR 3.3.2.1 FI 475 (FE0475B) x 106 x 106 Channel Check SG 1B FI 484 (FE0484B) x 106 x 106 FI 485 (FE0485B) x 106 x 106 SG 1C FI 494 (FE0494B) x 106 x 106 FI 495 (FE0495B) x 106 x 106

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 14 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 7 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC

7.

SG Pressure (psig)

SG 1A PI 474 Channel Check PI 475 Mode 1, 2, 3; Mode 1, 2d, 3b,d; 3.2-1(1.e.2):SR 3.3.2.1 3.3.2-1(4.d):SR 3.3.2.1 PI 476 Mode 1, 2, 3b; Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.2-1(1.e.1):SR 3.3.2.1 3.3.3-1(8):SR 3.3.3.1 SG 1B PI 484 (b) Above the P-12 interlock.

(d) Except when one MSIV closed in each steam line.

PI 485 PI 486 Expected variation: +/- 40 psi Maximum deviation between channels:

50 psi SG 1C PI 494 PI 495 PI 496

8.

RCS Temperature (°F)

THOT (TR 413)

Loop 1 Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.3-1(1):SR 3.3.3.1 Loop 2 Channel Check 3.3.3-1(2):SR 3.3.3.1 Loop 3 TCOLD (TR 410)

Loop 1 Loop 2 Expected variation: +/- 17°F Loop 3 Maximum deviation between channels:

23°F

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 27 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 20 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC

23.

Axial Flux Difference (%)

N-41 Mode 1, Power 50% RTP; Within limits of COLR SR 3.2.3.1 N-42 N-43 N-44 AFD Target Point for Present Power Level (Curve 64)

24.

Sub Cooled Margin Monitor (°F)

RTD CETC Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.3-1(10):

SR 3.3.3.1 Q1B14TI2354-A Channel Check Record subcooling margin and TMAX Q1B14TI2355-B TMAX Q1B14TI2301-A Q1B14TI2302-B

25.

Reactor Vessel Level Indicating System (MCB Mimic)

Mode 1, 2, 3; Perform Channel Check. Verify at least 4 sensors operable per channel by comparing each valid sensor with its corresponding sensor in the opposite train to verify they display the same state. IF one train is inoperable, THEN verify that at least 4 sensors indicate properly in the opposite train.

3.3.3-1(16):

SR 3.3.3.1 Initial Channel A Channel B 84.4 84.1 70.6 66.8 583 587

110UNIT 1

Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 53 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 46 of 47 TABLE 1 Expected Variations Between Instrumentation Channels During Normal Operation NOTE If recorded data is greater than the expected variation, a CR should be submitted to correct the out of tolerance instrument and so note in the deficiency section of the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.

Parameter Expected Variation Maximum Deviation Between Channels Reactor coolant average temperature indicators

+/- 3°F 6°F Delta-T indicators

+/- 3.7%

7.4%

Reactor coolant flow indicators

+/- 5%

9%

Pressurizer pressure indicators

+/- 30 psi 48 psi Pressurizer level indicators

+/- 4%

8%

Steam generator level indicators (narrow range)

+/- 4%

8%

Steam line pressure indicators

+/- 40 psi 50 psi Turbine impulse chamber pressure indicators

+/- 20 psi 40 psi The overpower T reactor trip setpoints

+/- 3.5%

6%

The overtemperature T reactor trip setpoints

+ 7.5%

18.8%

Top nuclear flux indicators

+/- 2%

3.6%

Bottom nuclear flux indicators

+/- 2%

3.6%

RCS temperature recorders

+/- 17°F 23°F

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 5 A.2, Equipment Control - SRO A.2.S TITLE: Review selected sections of STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS & identify any required actions.

PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Initiation of task may be in group setting; evaluation performed individually upon completion of the task by reviewing the completed form.
2. Provide the examinee with the required materials to perform this JPM.

TASK STANDARD:

  • Review selected sections of STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS & identify any Tech Spec actions required due to inoperable components which do not meet acceptance criteria Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer S. Jackson 05/07/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to review pages 10-13 & 26 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 1 is at 39% power.
b. You are the Shift Supervisor and must:
1. Review pages 11-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0.
2. IF any component is inoperable, THEN identify ALL required actions for ALL inoperable components.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME

1.

Reviews all readings on pages 11-14 & 27 and determines that they are in spec with the exception of the elements below:

1) Reviews all readings and determines that they are in spec with the exception of the following:

S / U

2.

Determines #4, LI-496 for C SG, is out of tolerance low & inoperable.

2) Determines #4, LI-496 for C SG, is out of tolerance low &

inop.

S / U Note: Applicant may also say an ADMIN LCO is required for 3.3.3 (4) Cond A. This is NOT required.

  • 3 Determines the required actions from Tech Specs with LI-496 for C SG inoperable.
3) Determines from Tech Specs:

a) *3.3.1-1(14): Cond E b) *3.3.2-1(5.b): Cond. I c) *3.3.2-1(6.b): Cond. D S / U S / U S / U

4.

Determines #8, TR-410 Tcold for Loop 1 &

2, are greater than Maximum deviation between channels & inop, and Loop 3 Tcold is out of commission.

4) Determines #8, TR-410 Tcold for Loop 1 & 2, are greater than Maximum deviation between channels & at least one of the two are inop, and Loop 3 Tcold is out of commission.

S / U

  • 5.

Determines the required actions from Tech Specs with less than 2 Tcolds operable.

5) Determines from Tech Specs:

a) *3.3.3-1(2):Condition A S / U

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

6.

Determines #25, CH A RVLIS, has only 3

(<4) sensors operable & Channel A is inop.

6) Determines #25, CH A RVLIS, has less than 4 sensors operable

& is inop.

S / U

  • 7.

Determines the required actions from Tech Specs with CH A RVLIS inoperable.

7) Determines from Tech Specs:

a) *3.3.3-1(16): Condition A.

S / U STOP TIME Terminate when all actions have been identified.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-1-STP-1.0 Ver 108.0
2. Technical Specifications, Ver 193
3. Technical Specification Bases, Ver 63
4. TRM, Ver 29
5. TRM Bases, Ver 13
6. K/A: G2.2.40 - 3.4 / 3.7 G2.2.42 - 3.9 / 4.6 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
1. Partially marked up version of STP-1.0
2. Technical Specifications, TRM, & Basis (Computer version is available in classroom, book is available in sequester room).

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 4 of 5 Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation

1.

NOT Critical - Not required as long as applicant recognizes correct Tech Spec issues.

2.

NOT Critical - Evaluation of this element is encompassed by Element 3.

3.

Critical. Task Objective. (3 elements) Proper evaluation of Tech Specs is required to be able to operate within the facility license.

4.

NOT Critical - Evaluation of this element is encompassed by Element 5

5.

Critical. Task Objective. Proper evaluation of Tech Specs is required to be able to operate within the facility license.

6.

Not Critical - Evaluation of this element is encompassed by Element 7.

7.

Critical. Task Objective. Proper evaluation of Tech Specs is required to be able to operate within the facility license.

COMMENTS:

FNP ILT-37 HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to review pages 10-13 & 26 of FNP-1-STP-1.0, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 1 is at 39% power.
b. You are the Shift Supervisor and must:
1. Review pages 11-14 & 27 of FNP-1-STP-1.0.
2. IF any component is inoperable, THEN identify ALL required actions for ALL inoperable components.

RTS Instrumentation 3.3.1 Farley Units 1 and 2 3.3.1-17 Amendment No. 183 (Unit 1)

Amendment No. 176 (Unit 2)

Table 3.3.1-1 (page 4 of 8)

Reactor Trip System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE TRIP SETPOINT

11.

Not used

12.

Undervoltage RCPs 1(f) 3 M

SR 3.3.1.6 SR 3.3.1.10 2640 V 2680 V

13.

Underfrequency RCPs 1(f) 3 M

SR 3.3.1.6 SR 3.3.1.10 56.9 Hz 57 Hz

14.

Steam 1,2 3 per SG E

SR 3.3.1.1 27.6%

28%

Generator (SG)

SR 3.3.1.7 Water Level SR 3.3.1.10 Low Low SR 3.3.1.14 (f)

Above the P-7 (Low Power Reactor Trips Block) interlock.

ESFAS Instrumentation 3.3.2 Farley Units 1 and 2 3.3.2-12 Amendment No. 185 (Unit 1)

Amendment No. 180 (Unit 2)

Table 3.3.2-1 (page 4 of 4)

Engineered Safety Feature Actuation System Instrumentation FUNCTION APPLICABLE MODES OR OTHER SPECIFIED CONDITIONS REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITIONS SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS ALLOWABLE VALUE TRIP SETPOINT

5.

Turbine Trip and Feedwater Isolation

a.

Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays 1,2 2 trains H

SR 3.3.2.2 SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.8 NA NA

b.

SG Water Level -

1,2 3 per SG I

SR 3.3.2.1 82.4%

82%

High High (P-14)

SR 3.3.2.4 SR 3.3.2.7 SR 3.3.2.9

c.

Safety Injection Refer to Function 1 (Safety Injection) for all initiation functions and requirements.

6.

Auxiliary Feedwater

a.

Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays 1,2,3 2 trains G

SR 3.3.2.2 SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.8 NA NA

b.

SG Water Level -

1,2,3 3 per SG D

SR 3.3.2.1 27.6%

28%

Low Low SR 3.3.2.4 SR 3.3.2.7 SR 3.3.2.9 (g)

c.

Safety Injection Refer to Function 1 (Safety Injection) for all initiation functions and requirements.

d.

Undervoltage Reactor Coolant Pump 1,2 3

I SR 3.3.2.5 SR 3.3.2.7 SR 3.3.2.9 2640 volts 2680 volts

e.

Trip of all Main Feedwater Pumps 1

2 per pump J

SR 3.3.2.10 NA NA

7.

ESFAS Interlocks

a.

Automatic Actuation Logic and Actuation Relays 1,2,3 2 trains L

SR 3.3.2.2 SR 3.3.2.3 SR 3.3.2.8 NA NA

b.

Reactor Trip, P-4 1,2,3 1 per train, 2 trains C

SR 3.3.2.6 NA NA

c.

Pressurizer Pressure, P-11 1,2,3 3

K SR 3.3.2.4 SR 3.3.2.7 2003 psig 2000 psig

d.

Tavg - Low Low, P-12 (Decreasing)

(Increasing) 1,2,3 1 per loop K

SR 3.3.2.4 SR 3.3.2.7 542.6°F 545.4°F 543°F 545°F (g)

Applicable to MDAFW pumps only.

PAM Instrumentation 3.3.3 Farley Units 1 and 2 3.3.3-1 Amendment No. 170 (Unit 1)

Amendment No. 163 (Unit 2) 3.3 INSTRUMENTATION 3.3.3 Post Accident Monitoring (PAM) Instrumentation LCO 3.3.3 The PAM instrumentation for each Function in Table 3.3.3-1 shall be OPERABLE.

APPLICABILITY:

MODES 1, 2, and 3.

ACTIONS


NOTE--------------------------------------------------------

Separate Condition entry is allowed for each Function.

CONDITION REQUIRED ACTION COMPLETION TIME A.

One or more Functions with one required channel inoperable.

A.1 Restore required channel to OPERABLE status.

30 days B.

Required Action and associated Completion Time of Condition A not met.

B.1 Initiate action in accordance with Specification 5.6.8.

Immediately C.

One or more Functions with two required channels inoperable.

C.1 Restore one channel to OPERABLE status.

7 days

PAM Instrumentation 3.3.3 Farley Units 1 and 2 3.3.3-3 Amendment No. 167 (Unit 1)

Amendment No. 159 (Unit 2)

Table 3.3.3-1 (page 1 of 1)

Post Accident Monitoring Instrumentation FUNCTION REQUIRED CHANNELS CONDITION REFERENCED FROM REQUIRED ACTION D.1

1. RCS Hot Leg Temperature (Wide Range) 2 E
2. RCS Cold Leg Temperature (Wide Range) 2 E
3. RCS Pressure (Wide Range) 2 E
4. Steam Generator (SG) Water Level (Wide or Narrow Range) 2/SG E
5. Refueling Water Storage Tank Level 2

E

6. Containment Pressure (Narrow Range) 2 E
7. Pressurizer Water Level 2

E

8. Steam Line Pressure 2/SG E
9. Auxiliary Feedwater Flow Rate 2

E

10. RCS Subcooling Margin Monitor 2

E

11. Containment Water Level (Wide Range) 2 E
12. Core Exit Temperature - Quadrant 1 2(a)

E

13. Core Exit Temperature - Quadrant 2 2(a)

E

14. Core Exit Temperature - Quadrant 3 2(a)

E

15. Core Exit Temperature - Quadrant 4 2(a)

E

16. Reactor Vessel Level Indicating System 2

F

17. Condensate Storage Tank Level 2

E

18. Deleted
19. Containment Area Radiation (High Range) 2 F

(a) A channel consists of two core exit thermocouples.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 1 of 99 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous:

ALL

Reference:

NONE Information:

NONE Approved By: David L. Reed____________

Effective Date: 07/12/14 Operations Manager

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 2 of 99 Version Number Version Description 105.0 Revised step 58 of Appendix 1 by deleting PDI-3317 reference. Changed acceptance criteria for Appendix 1, item 1 from 150K to 160K gallons.

(CR355457). Added guidance to acceptance criteria for item 14 of appendix 1 per ES request.

105.1 Appendix 1, Changed ARO rod height for Fuel Cycle 25.

105.2 Added note below containment temperature page referencing FNP-0-SOP-0.16.

105.3 Added place keeping blocks to item 38 to signify which CTMT cooler fan is selected at the time STP-1.0 is performed..

105.4 Revised note in Item 1 to read 13.0 ft for CST level. CR 465834 105.5 Deleted Item 58 and combined requirements with Item 34. Renumbered.

105.6 Appendix 1, item 11, changed EOL Coastdown variance information. CR 482797 106.0 App 1 Item 52, App 2 Item 16, App 3 Item 17; Incorporated new Met Tower instruments per DCP C072201201 106.1 App 1 Item 52, App 2 Item 16, App 3 Item 17; Added units for data and changed IPC group reference 107.0 Implemented changes to LTOP items per LDCR 2012011.

107.1 Corrected missing border in item 53 of Appendix 1.

108.0 Deleted requirement to check PAHAs every Sunday night. CR 778297 108.1 Corrected typo in TS reference for Appendix 1, item 90. CR 787702 109.0 Added item 70.0. CR 804136 110.0 Added expected variation for N35&36 111.0 Revised Item 37 to include guidance to Contact ES to evaluate UHS operability if recorded SW Pond temperature reaches or exceeds 90 deg. F.

112.0 Major revision to the instructions and acceptance criteria. CR 818977, CR 788318, deleted fig. 1

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 3 of 99 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE............................................................................................................................................ 4 2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS..................................................................................................... 4 3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS......................................................................................................................... 4 4.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA................................................................................................................... 4 5.0 INSTRUCTIONS.................................................................................................................................. 4 6.0 RECORDS........................................................................................................................................... 7

7.0 REFERENCES

..................................................................................................................................... 7 APPENDIX 1, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, MODES 1, 2, 3, 4. 8 APPENDIX 2, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS MODE 5............... 54 APPENDIX 3, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS MODE 6............... 80

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 4 of 99 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides a means for recording data required on a shift and daily basis.

2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS Each Appendix contains applicable Precaution and Limitation statements.

3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS None 4.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Each Appendix contains applicable Acceptance Criteria statement.

5.0 INSTRUCTIONS NOTE The Shift or Daily Logs shall be considered complete when all items have been completed, with the following exceptions: (1) items that have been designated as being performed anytime during the shift, and (2) 1600 SFP readings. These items shall be completed prior to the final review.

5.1 A Daily and Shift Surveillance for applicable modes shall be completed every day.

5.2 Utilize one of the methods given below to verify each parameter, condition, component or system as specified by the LCO.

5.2.1 Verification of a Measured Parameter.

Confirm the measured parameter is within the limits specified in the Acceptance Criteria column.

5.2.2 Verification of a Specified Condition.

Confirm the component, instrument, or system listed satisfies that specified in the Acceptance Criteria column.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 5 of 99 5.2.3 Channel Check Observe the instrument response. The operability of instrument channels, which have indication available, shall be verified by one or more of the following:

Comparing readings on channels which monitor the same variable recognizing any differences in the actual process variable between sensor locations (for example, compare Power Channel N41 with redundant Power Channels N42 and N43),

Comparing readings between channels that monitor the same variable and bear a known relationship to one another (for example, comparing intermediate range and source range neutron monitoring during startup or shutdown when both channels indicate on scale),

Comparing readings between channels which monitor different variables and bear a known relationship to one another (for example, at a given power level the primary coolant outlet temperature is a certain value).

5.3 Complete the appropriate Appendix for the applicable mode(s) per the following:

5.3.1 The operator completing the surveillance shall enter the mode, time, and his/her name in the appropriate space on the review sheet.

5.3.2 Except where specified in the Appendix, the data for each item should be taken AND logged in the column provided between the times given below to ensure that 12 hour1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> surveillance requirements are met:

1100 and 1230 on Day Shift 2300 and 0030 on Night shift 5.3.3 List shift data under the appropriate shift column.

5.3.4 Data need not be recorded in sequence.

5.3.5 Recording a numerical value for an item when not in a Mode that requires an entry is permissible.

5.3.6 IF data can NOT be logged for any of the following conditions, enter N/A (OR IN TEST as applicable) in the appropriate space.

The equipment or instrument is NONFUNCTIONAL (broken, or in maintenance) AND the applicable LCO action statement has been entered.

The plant is in a mode or condition such that the surveillance does not apply. {AI2008200006}

The channel is in test.

Condition makes logging impractical.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 6 of 99 5.3.7 Where no value is required to be logged for an item, the operator will initial the appropriate space.

5.3.8 WHEN a channel check is performed on an instrument that has a numerical readout, the actual value will be recorded, unless otherwise noted. Initials must be used to document performance of other channel checks and verifications.

5.3.9 IF a daily OR shift surveillance item can NOT be taken from the listed indicator, BUT is available by some other indication, THEN that value will be listed in the appropriate space and the indicator actually used for the surveillance noted.

5.3.10 Some data has been assigned an eight hour commitment and will be logged in the appropriate time slot.

5.3.11 The operator completing the miscellaneous section shall enter the title, time, value, acceptance criteria comments, and technical specification requirement in the appropriate columns.

5.3.12 Surveillance required due to special or abnormal plant conditions which are not normally taken on a shift or daily basis shall be entered in the miscellaneous section of the appropriate Appendix.

5.3.13 The Shift or Daily Logs shall be submitted to the Shift Supervisor for his/her review by the following times:

1300 for Day Shift 0100 for Night Shift 5.3.14 The Shift Supervisor or Shift Support Supervisor shall enter any discrepancies and/or comments in the review section of the appropriate Appendix.

5.4 The body of this procedure shall be printed out and attached to the appropriate Appendix. {AI2008200007}

5.5 The modes for which surveillance on an item is required are listed in the Acceptance Criteria column.

5.6 The acceptance criteria for the logged data is also listed in the Acceptance Criteria column.

5.7 The technical specification reference is listed for each item in the Tech. Spec.

column.

5.8 The operator shall inform the Shift Supervisor promptly of any new discrepancies in the Shift or Daily Logs.

5.9 Upon notification of a new discrepancy, and during review of existing discrepancies, the Shift Supervisor is responsible for evaluating the discrepancy and ensuring that all appropriate actions are initiated including any that are required to meet any applicable Technical Specification action statements.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 7 of 99 5.10 Comments regarding all discrepancies shall be included in the comments section of the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.

5.11 Compare data taken to the expected variations between instrumentation channels.

This information, where applicable, along with the maximum allowable deviation is provided in the appropriate Appendix at the step where data is being taken and in Table 1 of Appendix 1.

5.11.1 IF the variance is greater than expected, submit a Condition Report to the Shift Supervisor to correct the out of tolerance instrument.

5.12 Marking the STRS as Acceptable means that all data points are within their applicable tolerances, meeting the acceptance criteria, or identified and justified by a reason in the comments section (or Appendix).

6.0 RECORDS Documents created using this procedure will become QA Records when completed unless otherwise stated. The procedures and documents are considered complete when issued in DMS.

QA Record (X)

Non-QA Record (X)

Record Generated Retention Time R-Type X

FNP-1-STP-1.0 Life of Plant H06.045

7.0 REFERENCES

7.1 Technical Specifications.

7.2 FNP-0-M-011, Offsite Dose Calculation Manual.

7.3 FSAR Chapter 16 7.4 Technical Requirements Manual END OF PROCEDURE TEXT

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 8 of 99 APPENDIX 1, OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS, MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 This appendix consists of 47 pages.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 9 of 99 APPENDIX 1 - MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 2 of 47 SURVEILLANCE TEST REVIEW SHEET SURVEILLANCE TEST NO.

FNP-1-STP-1.0 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION REFERENCE Various TITLE:

Operations Daily and Shift Surveillance Requirements MODE(S) REQUIRING TEST:

1, 2, 3, 4 NIGHT SHIFT OPERATOR

________________/_________________

(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)

DATE/TIME

______/______

MODE ACCEPTABLE YES NO NIGHT SHIFT SUPERVISOR REVIEW

/

(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)

DAY SHIFT OPERATOR

________________/__________________

(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)

DATE/TIME

_______/______

MODE ACCEPTABLE YES NO DAY SHIFT SUPERVISOR REVIEW

/

(PRINT) (SIGNATURE)

COMMENTS:

FINAL SHIFT SUPERVISOR/SHIFT SUPPORT SUPERVISOR REVIEW PROCEDURE PROPERLY COMPLETED SATISFACTORY PER FNP-0-AP-5 0800 AND 1600 SFP READINGS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED COMMENTS:

REVIEWED BY:

/

(PRINT) (SIGNATURE) (DATE)

ENGINEERING SUPPORT GROUP SCREENING (IF APPLICABLE)

SCREENED BY:

/

(PRINT) (SIGNATURE) (DATE)

CR987654 - A train RVLIS - 5 of 8 sensors are not working CR123456 - TR-410, Loop 3 is OOC

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 10 of 99 APPENDIX 1 - MODES 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 3 of 47 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides a means for recording data required on a shift and daily basis.

2.0 PRECAUTION AND LIMITATIONS 2.1 Each parameter should be logged as accurately as possible.

2.2 It is permissible to use N/A for any parameter under the following conditions:

{AI2008200006}

The equipment or instrument is INOPERABLE (broken, or in maintenance) and the applicable LCO action statement has been entered.

The plant is in a mode or condition such that the surveillance does not apply.

2.3 The SS/SM will be notified immediately if the As Found condition is out of tolerance when the As Found condition is evaluated against the acceptance / functional criteria.

3.0 INITIAL CONDITIONS 3.1 Verify the version of this procedure has been verified to be the current version.

{OR 1-98-498}

3.2 Verify this procedure to be for the correct unit for the task. {OR 1-98-498}

3.3 Verify the Body of FNP-1-STP-1.0 is attached to this Appendix.

{AI2008200007}

4.0 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA Logged data shall be within the acceptance criteria listed in the appropriate Appendix.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 11 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 4 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC

1.

Condensate Storage Tank Mode 1, 2, 3; SR 3.7.6.1

  • LI4005B 160,000 gallons (13.0 ft.)
  • IF LI4005B is out of service, THEN adequate level (13.0 ft) may be checked using AFW pump suction pressure indication PI-3211A and verifying indicated pressure is 32 psig {Ref. FP 98-0553, dated Sept. 30, 1998; NEL-98-0387}. The use of this alternative means of verifying level should be documented in the miscellaneous section. Administratively, CST minimum level increased to > 160,000 gallons per CR355457.
2.

Auxiliary Feedwater Flow Rate (GPM)

Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.3-1(9):

SR 3.3.3.1 FI 3229A Channel Check FI3229B FI3229C

3.

Turbine Impulse Pressure (Psig) 3.3.1-1(17.f):

SR 3.3.1.1 PT 446 Mode 1; PT 447 Channel Check Expected variation: +/- 20 psi Maximum deviation between channels:

40 psi 37 0

0 0

185 195

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 12 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 5 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC

4.

SG Level (%)

SG 1A LI 474 Channel Check LI 475 Mode 1, 2; Mode 1, 2; 3.3.1-1(14):SR 3.3.1.1 3.3.2-1(5.b):SR 3.3.2.1 LI 476 Mode 1, 2, 3; Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.2-1(6.b):SR 3.3.2.1 3.3.3-1(4):SR 3.3.3.1 LR 477 (WR)

PEN 1 SG 1B LI 484 Mode 3; LI 485 NR Level 30% for at least 2 SGs SR 3.4.5.2 LI 486 Mode 4; LR 477 (WR)

PEN 2 WR Level 75% for SG in operating Reactor Coolant Loop SR 3.4.6.2 SG 1C LI 494 Expected variation: +/- 4%

LI 495 Maximum deviation between channels:

8%

LI 496 LR 477 (WR)

PEN 3 65 67 64 62.1 64 64 64 62.1 64 64 51 62.1

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 13 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 6 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC

5.

SG Feed Flow (lbm/hr)

Mode 1, 2; SG 1A FI 477 x 106 x 106 Channel Check N/A FI 476 x 106 x 106 SG 1B FI 487 x 106 x 106 FI 486 x 106 x 106 SG 1C FI 497 x 106 x 106 FI 496 x 106 x 106 NOTE IF any channel III or IV pressure transmitter is out of service for surveillance testing or otherwise inoperable, THEN the corresponding steam flows may be channel checked using the appropriate points off the plant computer (in units of KBH) or by I&C direct readout. Since the MCB FIs are compensated for steam pressure but the computer points are not, compare only FI data to FI data, or computer point to computer point. Note on the Surveillance Test Review Sheet comments section whenever the alternate method of channel check is used.

6.

SG Steam Flow (lbm/hr)

Mode 1, 2d, 3d; SG 1A FI 474 (FE0474B) x 106 x 106 d) Except when one MSIV is closed in each steam line.

3.3.2-1(4.e):

SR 3.3.2.1 FI 475 (FE0475B) x 106 x 106 Channel Check SG 1B FI 484 (FE0484B) x 106 x 106 FI 485 (FE0485B) x 106 x 106 SG 1C FI 494 (FE0494B) x 106 x 106 FI 495 (FE0495B) x 106 x 106 1.4 1.35 1.4 1.35 1.4 1.35 1.5 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 14 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 7 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC

7.

SG Pressure (psig)

SG 1A PI 474 Channel Check PI 475 Mode 1, 2, 3; Mode 1, 2d, 3b,d; 3.2-1(1.e.2):SR 3.3.2.1 3.3.2-1(4.d):SR 3.3.2.1 PI 476 Mode 1, 2, 3b; Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.2-1(1.e.1):SR 3.3.2.1 3.3.3-1(8):SR 3.3.3.1 SG 1B PI 484 (b) Above the P-12 interlock.

(d) Except when one MSIV closed in each steam line.

PI 485 PI 486 Expected variation: +/- 40 psi Maximum deviation between channels:

50 psi SG 1C PI 494 PI 495 PI 496

8.

RCS Temperature (°F)

THOT (TR 413)

Loop 1 Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.3-1(1):SR 3.3.3.1 Loop 2 Channel Check 3.3.3-1(2):SR 3.3.3.1 Loop 3 TCOLD (TR 410)

Loop 1 Loop 2 Expected variation: +/- 17°F Loop 3 Maximum deviation between channels:

23°F 890 880 870 890 880 850 880 880 870 567.1 568.5 562.4 541 516.2 OOC*

  • - CR123456 written.

UNIT 1 Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 27 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 20 of 47 TITLE NIGHT DAY ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA TECH SPEC

23.

Axial Flux Difference (%)

N-41 Mode 1, Power 50% RTP; Within limits of COLR SR 3.2.3.1 N-42 N-43 N-44 AFD Target Point for Present Power Level (Curve 64)

24.

Sub Cooled Margin Monitor (°F)

RTD CETC Mode 1, 2, 3; 3.3.3-1(10):

SR 3.3.3.1 Q1B14TI2354-A Channel Check Record subcooling margin and TMAX Q1B14TI2355-B TMAX Q1B14TI2301-A Q1B14TI2302-B

25.

Reactor Vessel Level Indicating System (MCB Mimic)

Mode 1, 2, 3; Perform Channel Check. Verify at least 4 sensors operable per channel by comparing each valid sensor with its corresponding sensor in the opposite train to verify they display the same state. IF one train is inoperable, THEN verify that at least 4 sensors indicate properly in the opposite train.

3.3.3-1(16):

SR 3.3.3.1 Initial Channel A Channel B

-0.15

-0.2

-0.2

-0.1

-0.15 84.4 70.6 84.1 66.8 583 587 LMN

  • 3 of 8 sensors on 'A' train are working (5 of 8 sensors are not working). CR987654.

110UNIT 1

Farley Nuclear Plant Procedure Number Ver FNP-1-STP-1.0 112.0 7/21/2014 08:30:56 OPERATIONS DAILY AND SHIFT SURVEILLANCE REQUIREMENTS Page Number 53 of 99 Appendix 1 Modes 1, 2, 3, 4 Page 46 of 47 TABLE 1 Expected Variations Between Instrumentation Channels During Normal Operation NOTE If recorded data is greater than the expected variation, a CR should be submitted to correct the out of tolerance instrument and so note in the deficiency section of the Surveillance Test Review Sheet.

Parameter Expected Variation Maximum Deviation Between Channels Reactor coolant average temperature indicators

+/- 3°F 6°F Delta-T indicators

+/- 3.7%

7.4%

Reactor coolant flow indicators

+/- 5%

9%

Pressurizer pressure indicators

+/- 30 psi 48 psi Pressurizer level indicators

+/- 4%

8%

Steam generator level indicators (narrow range)

+/- 4%

8%

Steam line pressure indicators

+/- 40 psi 50 psi Turbine impulse chamber pressure indicators

+/- 20 psi 40 psi The overpower T reactor trip setpoints

+/- 3.5%

6%

The overtemperature T reactor trip setpoints

+ 7.5%

18.8%

Top nuclear flux indicators

+/- 2%

3.6%

Bottom nuclear flux indicators

+/- 2%

3.6%

RCS temperature recorders

+/- 17°F 23°F

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 5 Developer S. Jackson 05/07/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3 A.3, Radiation Control - RO & SRO A.3 TITLE: Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Emergency Dose Limits.

PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 20 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. Initiation of task may be in group setting, evaluation performed individually upon completion.
2. The references for this task will be provided as listed or the student may be provided a computer with a generic exam login and access to the EXAM reference disk.
3. Elements 1 through 7 may be evaluated by reviewing the responses on the Handout.

TASK STANDARD: Required for successful completion of this JPM:

  • Calculate dose expected for Tasks 1 through 3
  • Calculate the maximum allowable stay time for a task; or determine what tasks can be performed, if any, without exceeding limits.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Emergency Dose Limits. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A General Emergency has been declared on Unit 1.
b. 1A RHR pump is air bound and must be vented per AOP-12, Attachment 1, RHR Pump Venting.
c. The TSC has requested that 1B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels be checked and filled as required after restoring 1A RHR and suggests using the same Repair team. The time required to perform this task is unknown, but is estimated to range between 1 to 20 minutes.
d. You have been selected to perform the task.
e. The tasks are provided in the table below, and estimated times and doses have been provided.
f. Each task must be completed in the order listed.
g. The Emergency Director (ED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided:

o Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1 through 3 and document in the table.

o Determine which tasks, if any, for which you could be permitted to complete in the given order without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limits of 10 REM.

  • If you will NOT exceed emergency dose limits prior to performing task 4, THEN calculate the maximum allowable stay time to complete task 4, and remain within the dose limits.
  • IF you WILL exceed emergency dose limits prior to performing task 4, THEN identify the last tasks (if any) that you can complete without exceeding dose limits.

Task Location/Task description Time allowed/

reqd (minutes)

Dose Rate (R/hr)

Dose 1

83 1A RHR Pump and HX rooms/ Vent rig installation and venting 30 5.31 2

100 piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and venting 15 19.75 3

121 piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and venting 20 8.65 4

Inspect 1B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels and fill as required 7

Can you perform all of the tasks? (Circle one) YES / NO IF yes, then state the maximum permitted stay time for task #4. ________________

IF no, then state the highest sequential task # that can be completed, if any. ________________

INITIATING CUE: You may begin.

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS:

ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

START TIME

1. Determine the dose received for tasks 1 through 3.
a. Task #1

(

)

REM hr hr R

66

.2 min 60 1

/

31

.5 min 30

=

x x

b. Task #2

(

)

REM hr hr R

938

.4 min 60 1

/

75 19 min 15

=

x x

c. Task #3

(

)

REM hr hr R

88

.2 min 60 1

/

65

.8 min 20

=

x x

1) Calculates (in REM) a) 2.66 {Range 2.6 to 2.7}

b) 4.938 {4.9 to 5.0}

c) 2.88 {2.8 to 2.9}

S / U S / U S / U NOTE:

  • A Cue may be required to obtain responses for each element if the candidate does not clearly document results. Provide the Cue as stated on the Handout.
2. Evaluates exposure NOT within 10 REM for completion of tasks 1 through 4.
a.

Summation of Task 1 through 3

(

)

REM REM REM 48 88

.2 94

.4 66

.2 10

=

+

+

2) Circles NO on handout -OR-states that all tasks CANNOT be completed.

a) Exceeds 10 R limit S / U

  • 3. Determines task 2 is the highest sequential Task that can be performed.
3) Documents -OR-States:

Task #2 is the highest sequential task that can be performed S / U STOP TIME Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 4 of 5 GENERAL

REFERENCES:

1. FNP-0-EIP-14.0, ver 29
2. FNP-0-M-1.0, ver 18.0
3. KA: G2.3.4 - 3.2 / 3.7 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:

Provide/Acquire:

1. Computer with access to Exam Reference Disk, or EIP 14.0, ver 29.0 and M-1.0, version 18.0.
2. Calculator
3. pens/pencils
4. Scrap paper Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation 1.a Critical - Task Objective. Improper calculation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.

1.b Critical - Task Objective. Improper calculation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.

1.c Critical - Task Objective. Improper calculation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.

2 Critical - Task Objective. Improper calculation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.

3 Critical - Task Objective. Improper evaluation may cause personnel to exceed exposure limits.

COMMENTS:

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to Calculate the Maximum Permissible Stay Time within Emergency Dose Limits. The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. A General Emergency has been declared on Unit 1.
b. 1A RHR pump is air bound and must be vented per AOP-12, Attachment 1, RHR Pump Venting.
c. The TSC has requested that 1B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels be checked and filled as required after restoring 1A RHR and suggests using the same Repair team. The time required to perform this task is unknown, but is estimated to range between 1 to 20 minutes.
d. You have been selected to perform the task.
e. The tasks are provided in the table below, and estimated times and doses have been provided.
f. Each task must be completed in the order listed.
g. The Emergency Director (ED) directs you to perform the following with the information provided:

o Calculate the expected dose for tasks 1 through 3 and document in the table.

o Determine the tasks, if any, for which you could be permitted to perform without exceeding the equipment protection emergency dose limits of 10 REM.

  • If you will NOT exceed emergency dose limits prior to performing task 4, THEN calculate the maximum allowable stay time to complete task 4, and remain within the dose limits.
  • IF you WILL exceed emergency dose limits prior to performing task 4, THEN identify the last tasks (if any) that you can complete without exceeding dose limits.

Task Location/Task description Time allowed/

reqd (minutes)

Dose Rate (R/hr)

Dose 1

83 1A RHR Pump and HX rooms/ Vent rig installation and venting 30 5.31 2

100 piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and venting 15 19.75 3

121 piping penetration room/ Vent rig installation and venting 20 8.65 4

Inspect 1B RHR pump motor bearing oil levels and fill as required 7

Can you perform all of the tasks? (Circle one) YES / NO IF yes, then state the maximum permitted stay time for task #4. ________________

IF no, then state the highest sequential task # that can be performed, if any. ________________

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 1 of 5 A.4, Emergency Plan - SRO ONLY A.4 TITLE: Provide a Protective Action Recommendation (PAR).

PROGRAM APPLICABLE: SOT SOCT OLT X LOCT ACCEPTABLE EVALUATION METHOD: X PERFORM SIMULATE DISCUSS EVALUATION LOCATION: SIMULATOR CONTROL ROOM X CLASSROOM PROJECTED TIME: 15 MIN SIMULATOR IC NUMBER: N/A ALTERNATE PATH TIME CRITICAL X PRA JPM DIRECTIONS:

1. This task can be conducted individually or in a group setting in which all the necessary references are available.
2. Provide the candidate the HANDOUT page and allow for familiarization with the task for the event in progress. Since this is a Time Critical task, allow the candidate time to review and understand the task.
3. When the candidate understands his task, provide the candidate a copy of the partially prepared Message Number 001 (partially prepared requiring the candidate to complete line 5) and the procedure NMP-EP-112, and allow him to begin. This starts the time critical time.
4. Ensure a clock is in the room in which this task will be conducted.
5. This task is TIME CRITICAL.

CAUTION: A KEY is included and precedes the student handout. CARE must be taken when providing the Student HANDOUT as to not also include the KEY.

TASK STANDARD: Upon successful completion of this JPM, the examinee will:

  • Correctly assess the necessary PARs.
  • Complete the ENN FORM LINE 5, providing a PAR recommendation to the ED within 15 minutes from beginning of task.

Examinee:

Overall JPM Performance:

Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Evaluator Comments (attach additional sheets if necessary)

EXAMINER:

Developer S. Jackson 05/07/14 NRC Approval SEE NUREG 1021 FORM ES-301-3

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 2 of 5 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PROVIDE A PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION (PAR). The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 1 has declared a General Emergency based on EAL# FG1; FG1: Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Potential Loss of Third Barrier.
b. A LOCA has occurred and Containment venting is in progress to reduce Hydrogen.
c. Total Containment vent time will be 50 minutes.
d. Dose Assessment is provided that dose at site boundary will be:

o 1150 mR TEDE o 3500 mR Thyroid CDE

e. The IPC function EP WEATHER is not available.
f. The current MET Tower data is as follows:

o Wind Direction from 045 degrees.

o Wind Speed 4.5 mph.

o Precipitation none.

o T value is -0.25°F.

g. The ENN Form has been manually completed by another operator with the exception of LINE 5.
h. You are required to develop the PARS per NMP-EP-112, Attachment 1, INITIAL ACTIONS, AND complete the following documentation:

o NMP-EP-112, Attachment 5, PAR Worksheet.

o Line 5 of the Emergency Notification Form message #001.

i. This task has TIME CRITICAL elements.

INITIATING CUE: IF you have no questions, you may begin.

EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

CRITICAL TIME START

1. Attachment 1 step A.1 & A.2, And ATTACHMENT 5 step 1.
a. Review conditions and Attachment 1 Flowchart to determine PAR.
b. Documents on Attachment 5
1) Attachment1 step A.1 & A.2, And ATTACHMENT 5 step 1.

a) Determines PAR 1 is applicable.

b) Documents ATTACHMENT 5 PAR 1 Check box.

S / U

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 3 of 5 EVALUATION CHECKLIST RESULTS ELEMENTS:

STANDARDS:

(CIRCLE)

2. Attachment 5 step 2:
a. Records the 15 minute average wind direction from for the selected PAR.
2) Attachment 5 step 2:

a) Records 045 in the PAR 1 section for Wind direction.

S / U

3. Attachment 1 step A.3:

And ATTACHMENT 5 Step 3.

a. Utilizes ATTACHMENT 2 Table 1 to determine affected Zones 045 degrees.
3) Attachment 1 step A.3:

And ATTACHMENT 5 Step 3.

a) Identifies zones A, B5, C5 and D5 are the affected ZONES.

S / U

4. Attachment 1 step A.4:

And ATTACHMENT 5 step 3

a. Utilizes ATTACHMENT 5 to document affected zones.

A B5 C5 D5

4) Attachment 1 step A.4:

And ATTACHMENT 5 step 3

& CAUTION a) DOCUMENTS on ATTACHMENT 5 zones A, B5, C5, D5, are the ZONES to shelter.

S / U NOTE: The three (3) items under 5) a) are the CRITICAL steps and have an

  • also.
5. Attachment 1 step A.5:

And ATTACHMENT 5 step 3

a. On the ENN Form for the selected PAR:
  • Select block 5.C and record the Evacuate zones OR select block 5.C and record the Shelter zones
  • Select block 5.D
5) Attachment 1 step A.5:

And ATTACHMENT 5 step 3 a) DOCUMENTS ON LINE 5 of ENN Form message #001

  • *Select block 5C.
  • *Records on line 5C:

zones A, B5, C5, D5.

  • *Select block 5.D.

S / U CRITICAL TIME STOP Terminate when all elements of the task have been completed.

CRITICAL ELEMENTS: Critical Elements are denoted with an asterisk () before the element number.

GENERAL

REFERENCES:

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN Page 4 of 5

1. NMP-EP-112, Ver 3.0
2. NMP-EP-110, Ver 1.0
3. KA: G2.4.44 - x.x / 4.4 GENERAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT:
1. NMP-EP-112, Ver 3.0
2. Partially completed INITIAL NOTIFICATION message #001.
3. Computer with access to Exam Reference Disk Critical ELEMENT justification:

STEP Evaluation 1

Not critical: This task will be performed during evaluation of PARs, but student is not required to state that PAR 2 is required.

2 Not critical: this task will be performed to document wind direction on a PAR WORKSHEET, but the critical actions of this task will be to use the information to properly evaluate PARS.

3 Not critical: This task will be performed to properly assess the new PAR evacuation zones, and will be documented on a PAR WORKSHEET, but the critical actions of this task will be to use this information to properly complete the Emergency Notification Form.

4 Not critical: This task will be performed to properly assess and document the new PAR evacuation zones along with the previous evacuation zones, and will be documented on a PAR WORKSHEET, but the critical actions of this task will be to use this information to properly complete the Emergency Notification Form 5

Critical (3 components): Task completion:

Line 5 C. Critical - Shelter is preferred for a Puff release (P&L 6.1.3) and is required by the procedure. Incorrect selection may result in unnecessary dose to the public.

Line 5C (List Proper zones). Critical. Incorrect selection may result in unnecessary dose to the public.

Line 5D. Critical. Failure to select this may result in unnecessary dose to the public due to lack of communication or failure to use KI as directed by authorities.

This form would be transmitted to the EMAs of Alabama and Georgia, and is the official document. All other documents are worksheets used to determine the information to be provided to the EMAs.

COMMENTS:

FNP ILT 37 ADMIN HANDOUT Page 1 of 1 CONDITIONS When I tell you to begin, you are to PROVIDE A PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION (PAR). The conditions under which this task is to be performed are:

a. Unit 1 has declared a General Emergency based on EAL# FG1; FG1: Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Potential Loss of Third Barrier.
b. A LOCA has occurred and Containment venting is in progress to reduce Hydrogen.
c. Total Containment vent time will be 50 minutes.
d. Dose Assessment is provided that dose at site boundary will be:

o 1150 mR TEDE o 3500 mR Thyroid CDE

e. The IPC function EP WEATHER is not available.
f. The current MET Tower data is as follows:

o Wind Direction from 045 degrees.

o Wind Speed 4.5 mph.

o Precipitation none.

o T value is -0.25°F.

g. The ENN Form has been manually completed by another operator with the exception of LINE 5.
h. You are required to develop the PARS per NMP-EP-112, Attachment 1, INITIAL ACTIONS, AND complete the following documentation:

o NMP-EP-112, Attachment 5, PAR Worksheet.

o Line 5 of the Emergency Notification Form message #001.

i. This task has TIME CRITICAL elements.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure SNC Emergency Notifications Form (ENF)

NMP-EP-111-F10 Version 1.0 Page 1 of 1 EMERGENCY RELEASE DATA NOT REQUIRED IF LINE 6 A IS SELECTED.

14. RELEASE CHARACTERIZATION:

TYPE: A Elevated B Mixed C Ground UNITS: A Ci B Ci/sec C PCi/sec MAGNITUDE: Noble Gases:__________ Iodines:___________ Particulates:__________ Other: ____________

FORM: A Airborne B Liquid Start Time __________ Date ___/_____/____Stop Time _________ Date ___/_____/____

Start Time __________ Date ___/_____/____Stop Time _________ Date ___/_____/____

15. PROJECTION PARAMETERS:

Projection period: ________Hours Estimated Release Duration ________Hours Projection performed:

Time _________ Date ___/_____/____

Accident Type: ________

16. PROJECTED DOSE:

DISTANCE TEDE (mrem)

Adult Thyroid CDE (mrem)

Site boundary 2 Miles 5 Miles 10 Miles

17. APPROVED BY:

____________________________ Title _____________________

Time ________Date___/_____/____

NOTIFIED BY: ___________________________

RECEIVED BY: ___________________________

Time ________Date___/_____/____

(To be completed by receiving organization)

1. A DRILL B ACTUAL EVENT MESSAGE # _______
2. A INITIAL B FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATION: TIME________DATE_____/_____/__ AUTHENTICATION #_______
3. SITE: _______________________

Confirmation Phone #_________________

4. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:

A UNUSUAL EVENT B ALERT C SITE AREA EMERGENCY D GENERAL EMERGENCY BASED ON EAL# ____________

EAL DESCRIPTION:___________________________________________________________

5. PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS:

A NONE B EVACUATE _________________________________________________________________________________________

C SHELTER __________________________________________________________________________________________

D Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/Tone Alert Radios for Additional Information and Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State plans and policy.

E OTHER____________________________________________________________________________________________

6. EMERGENCY RELEASE:

A None B Is Occurring C Has Occurred

7. RELEASE SIGNIFICANCE:

A Not applicable B Within normal operating limits C Above normal operating limits D Under evaluation

8. EVENT PROGNOSIS:

A Improving B Stable C Degrading

9. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:

Wind Direction from _______ degrees*

Wind Speed _______mph*

(*May not be available for Initial Notifications)*

Precipitation _______*

Stability Class* A B C D E F G

10. A DECLARATION B TERMINATION Time ________________ Date _____/______/_______
11. AFFECTED UNIT(S):

1 2 All

12. UNIT STATUS:

(Unaffected Unit(s) Status Not Required for Initial Notifications)

A U1 _____% Power Shutdown at Time ____________ Date ___/_____/____

B U2 _____% Power Shutdown at Time ____________ Date ___/_____/____

13. REMARKS:____________________________________________________________________________________________

001 FG1 Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Potential Loss of Third Barrier 45 4.5 NONE NOW 11 today 14 0

15 min ago 11 today 14 (334) 814-4662 A, B5, C5, D5 KEY KEY

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 5 of 18 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 EPA PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDELINE (PAG) - exposure levels determined by the Environmental Protection Agency for the evacuation of the offsite public following a release of radioactive materials. These levels have been established at one (1) Rem TEDE or five (5) Rem CDE Thyroid.

4.2 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARs) - shelter, evacuation, monitor, and/or KI recommendations made by SNC to appropriate state agencies.

PARs are made by SNC personnel based on the Attachment 1 Flowchart whenever a General Emergency is declared. Additionally, if in the opinion of the ED, conditions warrant the issuance of PARs, a General Emergency will be declared (SNC will not issue PARs for any accident classified below a General Emergency).

4.3 UNCONTROLLED RELEASE - is a radiological effluent release that cannot be immediately stopped via positive control action (Example: Vent stack release from a known or unknown Containment leakage pathway which is not under the control of the shift and requires time to terminate.)

4.4 CONTROLLED RELEASE - is a planned radiological effluent release that can be immediately terminated by the licensee (Example: closure of the Post LOCA CTMT vent valves that were manually opened to lower Containment pressure.).

4.5 PUFF RELEASE - A controlled release that is projected to exceed the PAGs and will be terminated in less than an hour or an uncontrolled release that was projected to exceed the PAGs and has been terminated.

4.6 TOTAL EFFECTIVE DOSE EQUIVALENT (TEDE) - The sum of the deep dose equivalent (for external exposures) and the committed effective dose equivalent (for internal exposures).

4.7 COMMITTED DOSE EQUIVALENT (CDE) - The dose equivalent to organs or tissues of reference that will be received from an intake of radioactive material by an individual during the 50-year period following the intake.

4.8 TONE ALERT RADIO (TAR) - Radio used to provide emergency information to the public living in the 10 mile emergency planning zone around the sites.

KEY

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 11 of 18

, Flowchart (Page 3 of 3)

Have Doses at or Beyond the SB Been Projected to Exceed PAGs*

Has a General Emergency Been Declared Is a Known Site Event Underway Making Evacuation Dangerous Do Known Offsite Conditions Make Evacuation Dangerous CONTINUE ASSESSMENT Return to START PAR 1 SHELTER 0 - 2 mile radius And downwind to 5 miles Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/

TARs for Additional Information Consider the use of KI in accordance with State plans and policy Refer to site specific Table 1 or computer program for affected zones CONTINUE ASSESSMENT Return to START PAR 3 EVACUATE 0 - 5 mile radius And downwind to 10 miles Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/ TARs for Additional Information Consider the use of KI in accordance with State plans and policy Refer to site specific Table 1 or computer program for affected zones YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NO YES PAR 2 EVACUATE 0 - 2 mile radius And downwind to 5 miles Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/ TARs for Additional Information Consider the use of KI in accordance with State plans and policy Refer to site specific Table 1 or computer program for affected zones PAR 4 Evaluate the Need for PARs Beyond 10 Miles -

Refer to Table 2 Is a PUFF RELEASE In Progress or Been Terminated That Is Projected to Exceed PAGs*

Have Doses Beyond 10 Miles Been Projected to Exceed PAGs*

YES CONTINUE ASSESSMENT Return to START NO START

  • PAGs 1000 mREM TEDE or 5000 mREM Thyroid CDE KEY

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 12 of 18 Table 1 PLANT FARLEY AFFECTED ZONES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PAR 1 and 2 PAR 3 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)

AFFECTED ZONES AFFECTED ZONES N, > 349 - 11 A, B5, C5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, K10 NNE, >11 - 34 A, B5, C5, D5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, D10 NE, >34 - 56 A, B5, C5, D5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, D10 ENE, >56 - 79 A, C5, D5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, C10, D10, E10 E, >79-101 A, D5, E5, F5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, C10, D10, E10 ESE, >101 - 124 A, D5, E5, F5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, D10, E10, F10 SE, >124-146 A, E5, F5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, E10, F10 SSE, >146 - 169 A, E5, F5, I5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, E10, F10, G10 S, >169 - 191 A, E5, F5, I5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10 SSW, >191 - 214 A, F5, I5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10, I10 SW, >214-236 A, F5, I5, J5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10, I10, J10 WSW, >236-259 A, I5, J5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, G10, H10, I10, J10 W, >259 - 281 A, I5, J5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, H10, I10, J10, K10 WNW, >281 - 304 A, I5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, I10, J10, K10 NW, >304 - 326 A, B5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, J10, K10 NNW, >326 - 349 A, B5, C5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, K10 KEY

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 18 of 18 Figure 1 PAR WORKSHEET INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Check the box for the applicable PAR (1, 2, 3, or 4).
2. Record the 15 minute average wind direction from for the selected PAR.

Use met instrumentation corresponding to primary release point(s) (BWR) OR ground level release (PWR).

3. Use the applicable Site Specific PAR table (Table 1 or 2) to determine the affected zones.

CAUTION:

PAR Revisions must include previous PARs.

On the ENN Form for the selected PAR:

Select block 5.B and record the Evacuate zones OR select block 5.C and record the Shelter zones Select block 5.D IF PAR 4 is selected, THEN additionally select block 5.E Other and provide Affected Sectors and To Miles PAR 1 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [C]

Shelter Zones ENN Line 5 [D]

Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations

/Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy PAR 2 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]

Evacuate Zones ENN Line 5 [D]

Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations

/Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy PAR 3 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]

Evacuate Zones ENN Line 5 [D]

Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations

/Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy PAR 4 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]

Evacuate Zones ENN Line 5 [D]

Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/

Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy ENN Line 5 [E]

OTHER Evacuate Affected Sectors ________________ to

_________miles Approval:

Emergency Director

___________/_________

Date/Time KEY 045 A, B5, C5, D5 KEY

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure SNC Emergency Notifications Form (ENF)

NMP-EP-111-F10 Version 1.0 Page 1 of 1 EMERGENCY RELEASE DATA NOT REQUIRED IF LINE 6 A IS SELECTED.

14. RELEASE CHARACTERIZATION:

TYPE: A Elevated B Mixed C Ground UNITS: A Ci B Ci/sec C PCi/sec MAGNITUDE: Noble Gases:__________ Iodines:___________ Particulates:__________ Other: ____________

FORM: A Airborne B Liquid Start Time __________ Date ___/_____/____Stop Time _________ Date ___/_____/____

Start Time __________ Date ___/_____/____Stop Time _________ Date ___/_____/____

15. PROJECTION PARAMETERS:

Projection period: ________Hours Estimated Release Duration ________Hours Projection performed:

Time _________ Date ___/_____/____

Accident Type: ________

16. PROJECTED DOSE:

DISTANCE TEDE (mrem)

Adult Thyroid CDE (mrem)

Site boundary 2 Miles 5 Miles 10 Miles

17. APPROVED BY:

____________________________ Title _____________________

Time ________Date___/_____/____

NOTIFIED BY: ___________________________

RECEIVED BY: ___________________________

Time ________Date___/_____/____

(To be completed by receiving organization)

1. A DRILL B ACTUAL EVENT MESSAGE # _______
2. A INITIAL B FOLLOW-UP NOTIFICATION: TIME________DATE_____/_____/__ AUTHENTICATION #_______
3. SITE: _______________________

Confirmation Phone #_________________

4. EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION:

A UNUSUAL EVENT B ALERT C SITE AREA EMERGENCY D GENERAL EMERGENCY BASED ON EAL# ____________

EAL DESCRIPTION:___________________________________________________________

5. PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS:

A NONE B EVACUATE _________________________________________________________________________________________

C SHELTER __________________________________________________________________________________________

D Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/Tone Alert Radios for Additional Information and Consider the use of KI (potassium iodide) in accordance with State plans and policy.

E OTHER____________________________________________________________________________________________

6. EMERGENCY RELEASE:

A None B Is Occurring C Has Occurred

7. RELEASE SIGNIFICANCE:

A Not applicable B Within normal operating limits C Above normal operating limits D Under evaluation

8. EVENT PROGNOSIS:

A Improving B Stable C Degrading

9. METEOROLOGICAL DATA:

Wind Direction from _______ degrees*

Wind Speed _______mph*

(*May not be available for Initial Notifications)*

Precipitation _______*

Stability Class* A B C D E F G

10. A DECLARATION B TERMINATION Time ________________ Date _____/______/_______
11. AFFECTED UNIT(S):

1 2 All

12. UNIT STATUS:

(Unaffected Unit(s) Status Not Required for Initial Notifications)

A U1 _____% Power Shutdown at Time ____________ Date ___/_____/____

B U2 _____% Power Shutdown at Time ____________ Date ___/_____/____

13. REMARKS:____________________________________________________________________________________________

001 FG1 Loss of ANY Two Barriers AND Loss or Potential Loss of Third Barrier 45 4.5 NONE NOW 11 today 14 0

15 min ago 11 today 14 (334) 814-4662

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 1 of 18 Procedure Owner:Christopher E. Boone / Fleet Emergency Preparedness Manager /Corporate (Print: Name / Title / Site)

Approved By:

Original signed by Christopher E. Boone

/

06/28/2012 (Procedure Owners Signature)

(Approval Date)

Effective Dates: 07/03/2012 07/03/2012 07/03/2012 07/03/2012 NA Corporate FNP HNP VEGP 1-2 VEGP 3-4 PRB Not Required The individuals listed below are the members of the Peer Team responsible for writing and maintaining this procedure.

Corporate J. D. Grant Plant Farley S. M. Odom Plant Hatch C. R. Coop Plant Vogtle 1-2 Plant Vogtle 3-4 J. G. Hall PROCEDURE LEVEL OF USE CLASSIFICATION PER NMP-AP-003 CATEGORY SECTIONS Continuous:

NONE

Reference:

ALL Information:

NONE

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Nuclear Management Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 2 of 18 Revision Description Version Number Revision Description 1.0 This procedure supersedes NMP-EP-109, Protective Actions Recommendations. This procedure has been developed to facilitate the implementation of a fleet approach for the performance of initial emergency actions (e.g., classifications, notification and PARS). No technical changes have been made to the procedure. The procedure has been re-issued with a different procedure number to be consistent with the fleet approach for the performance of activities in response to an event.

2.0 VTE286802 Changed note to Site Event in Attachment 1 3.0 CTE405748 Added Ref. 3.10 NMP-EP-111, Attachment 1-Changed note after step 4 to strengthen PAR requirement and reworded step 5 clarify role of information from PAR worksheet to (NMP-EP-111) ENN form.

General Editorial changes in procedure.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 3 of 18 TABLE OF CONTENTS 1.0 PURPOSE............................................................................................................ 4 2.0 APPLICABILITY................................................................................................... 4

3.0 REFERENCES

..................................................................................................... 4 4.0 DEFINITIONS....................................................................................................... 5 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES............................................................................................. 6 6.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITATIONS.................................................................... 6 7.0 PROCESS DESCRIPTION.................................................................................. 8 8.0 RECORDS............................................................................................................ 8 9.0 COMMITMENTS.................................................................................................. 8 ATTACHMENT 1 - ACTION CHECKLIST FOR PAR DEVELOPMENT.......................... 9 ATTACHMENT 2 - PLANT FARLEY AFFECTED ZONES FOR PARS........................ 12 ATTACHMENT 3 - PLANT HATCH AFFECTED ZONES FOR PARS.......................... 14 ATTACHMENT 4 - PLANT VOGTLE AFFECTED ZONES FOR PARS....................... 16 ATTACHMENT 5 - PAR WORKSHEET....................................................................... 18

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 4 of 18 1.0 PURPOSE This procedure provides guidelines for determining Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) which will be communicated to offsite authorities during a General Emergency.

PARs are provided as an input to the protective action decision making process for the development of protective action orders. Protective action orders are communicated to the general public by offsite authorities to avoid or reduce the exposure incurred from an accident condition that results in a significant radiological effluent release or has the potential for a release based on degraded plant conditions.

2.0 APPLICABILITY Protective actions are recommended to offsite authorities to avoid or reduce the radiological exposure that may be incurred by the public from an accident condition that results in a significant radiological effluent release or has the potential for a release based on degraded plant conditions.

This procedure is performed, as required, during drills, exercises, and declared emergencies following declaration of a General Emergency. Attachments 2, 3, and 4 are site-specific. Non-applicable site attachments may be removed and discarded to ensure usage of the correct site-specific attachment.

3.0 REFERENCES

3.1 NRC IN 83-28, Protective Actions Based on Plant Conditions 3.2 EPA-400-R-92-001, Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents, October, 1991 3.3 NRC IN 91-72, Issuance of a Revision to the EPA Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents 3.4 NRC IN 92-08, Revised Protective Action Guidance for Nuclear Incidents 3.5 NRC RIS 2003-12, Clarification of NRC Guidance for Modifying Protective Actions 3.6 NUREG-0654/FEMA REP 1, Supplement 3 3.7 NRC RIS 2004-13, Consideration of Sheltering in Licensees Range of Protective Action Recommendations, August 2, 2004 3.8 NRC RIS 2004-13, Supplement 1, Consideration of Sheltering in Licensees Range of Protective Action Recommendations, Dated Aug. 2004, March 10, 2005 3.9 NRC RIS 2005-08, Endorsement of NEI Guidance Range of Protective Actions for Nuclear Power Plant Incidents, June 6, 2005 3.10 NMP-EP-111 Emergency Notifications

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 5 of 18 4.0 DEFINITIONS 4.1 EPA PROTECTIVE ACTION GUIDELINE (PAG) - exposure levels determined by the Environmental Protection Agency for the evacuation of the offsite public following a release of radioactive materials. These levels have been established at one (1) Rem TEDE or five (5) Rem CDE Thyroid.

4.2 PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS (PARs) - shelter, evacuation, monitor, and/or KI recommendations made by SNC to appropriate state agencies.

PARs are made by SNC personnel based on the Attachment 1 Flowchart whenever a General Emergency is declared. Additionally, if in the opinion of the ED, conditions warrant the issuance of PARs, a General Emergency will be declared (SNC will not issue PARs for any accident classified below a General Emergency).

4.3 UNCONTROLLED RELEASE - is a radiological effluent release that cannot be immediately stopped via positive control action (Example: Vent stack release from a known or unknown Containment leakage pathway which is not under the control of the shift and requires time to terminate.)

4.4 CONTROLLED RELEASE - is a planned radiological effluent release that can be immediately terminated by the licensee (Example: closure of the Post LOCA CTMT vent valves that were manually opened to lower Containment pressure.).

4.5 PUFF RELEASE - A controlled release that is projected to exceed the PAGs and will be terminated in less than an hour or an uncontrolled release that was projected to exceed the PAGs and has been terminated.

4.6 TOTAL EFFECTIVE DOSE EQUIVALENT (TEDE) - The sum of the deep dose equivalent (for external exposures) and the committed effective dose equivalent (for internal exposures).

4.7 COMMITTED DOSE EQUIVALENT (CDE) - The dose equivalent to organs or tissues of reference that will be received from an intake of radioactive material by an individual during the 50-year period following the intake.

4.8 TONE ALERT RADIO (TAR) - Radio used to provide emergency information to the public living in the 10 mile emergency planning zone around the sites.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 6 of 18 5.0 RESPONSIBILITIES 5.1 The Emergency Director (ED) has the non-delegable responsibility for approving PARs.

5.1.1 The EOF Manager may sign approval for the ED after receiving verbal approval from the ED.

5.2 Once the TSC is operational, the TSC has responsibility for developing and communicating offsite PARs until relieved of that responsibility by the EOF.

5.3 Approved PARs may be communicated to applicable offsite authorities by the staff in either the Control Room, TSC or EOF as directed by the ED.

6.0 PRECAUTIONS AND LIMITIATIONS 6.1 Evacuation and Shelter Recommendations 6.1.1 PARs are only applicable when entering a General Emergency.

6.1.2 Evacuation is the preferred action unless conditions impose a greater risk from the evacuation than from the dose received.

6.1.3 Shelter is a preferred action when a Puff type release has occurred.

6.1.4 A plant condition based PAR to shelter a 2-mile radius and 5 miles downwind may be issued when a Puff Release has occurred.

6.1.5 If onsite plant events are underway which would make evacuation dangerous (such as known hostile action) then sheltering should be considered over evacuation recommendations.

6.1.6 When prior knowledge of offsite impediments to evacuation exist (such as flooding, bridge/road closings, or other travel restrictions), then sheltering should be considered over evacuation recommendations.

6.1.7 A recommendation to evacuate or shelter a partial zone is not allowed.

6.1.8 Once an evacuation recommendation for an area has been given, it should not be reduced to a shelter recommendation.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 7 of 18 6.2 ED Judgment 6.2.1 The ED may elect to modify PARs based on judgment, if conditions warrant.

6.2.2 The ED shall upgrade to a General Emergency if PARs are determined to be needed and not already in a General Emergency.

6.2.3 Protective action guidelines shall not imply an acceptable dose.

6.2.4 PARs are inherently conservative such that expanding the evacuation zone as an added precaution would result in a greater risk from the evacuation than from the radiological consequences of a release. It also would dilute the effectiveness of the offsite resources used to accommodate the evacuation.

6.3 Recommendations Beyond the 10 mile EPZ (PAR 4) 6.3.1 Many assumptions exist in dose assessment calculations, involving both source term and meteorological factors, which make computer predictions over long distances less reliable. The ED should use the recommendation of the dose assessment staff when making recommendations beyond 10 miles.

6.3.2 While evaluating the need to develop PAR 4 recommendations, issuance of appropriate PAR 1, 2, or 3 recommendations should not be delayed.

6.4 Ingestion Pathway and Relocation Responsibilities 6.4.1 Protective actions taken in areas affected by plume deposition following the release are determined and controlled by offsite governmental agencies. SNC is not expected to develop offsite recommendations involving ingestion or relocation issues following plume passage.

6.4.2 SNC may be requested to provide resources to support the determination of post plume protective actions.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 8 of 18 6.5 Continuing Assessment 6.5.1 Weather should not normally influence SNC protective action recommendations for the public except for changes in plume trajectory.

The States and Counties are the most knowledgeable concerning current weather conditions and weather forecast information. The States and Counties may incorporate existing or forecast weather in their decisions regarding implementation of recommended protective actions.

6.5.2 Only the MUTUALY AGREED UPON protective action recommendations (PARs) specified in Attachment 1 should be recommended unless there are obvious relevant factors (e.g., severe natural phenomena like hurricanes) that probably were not anticipated when the PARs were developed and that would make the standard PAR recommendations impractical or obviously non-conservative. In such events, the ED should use judgment as appropriate.

6.5.3 Actual field readings from Field Monitoring Teams should be compared to dose assessment results and used as a dose projection method to validate calculated PARs and to determine whether the plant or dose based protective actions are adequate.

6.5.4 When available, actual sample data from monitored or unmonitored release points should be utilized in conjunction with other dose assessment and projection methods to validate calculated PARs and to determine whether the plant based protective actions are adequate.

6.5.5 VEGP and FNP off-site dose rates may be significantly higher (up to 10 times) due to volatilization of iodine if a steam generator (SG) water level falls below the break point during a SG tube rupture 7.0 PROCESS DESCRIPTION Guidance is provided in the form of attachments. Attachment 1, Action Checklist for Off-Site PAR Development, Attachment 2, Farley Site Specific Data Sheets, Attachment 3, Hatch Site Specific Data Sheets, Attachment 4 Vogtle Site Specific Data Sheets, and Attachment 5 PAR Worksheet direct the initial and supplemental actions.

8.0 RECORDS Records generated during actual emergencies will be maintained as QA records in accordance with applicable administrative procedure.

9.0 COMMITMENTS Farley - None Hatch - 1989301429, 1990303261, 1990303410 Vogtle - 1985304693, 1985304906, 1986309134

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 9 of 18

  • Continuing Activity (Page 1 of 3)

Action Checklist for PAR Development NOTE: ONLY THE MUTUALY AGREED UPON PROTECTIVE ACTIONS SPECIFIED BELOW SHOULD BE RECOMMENDED UNLESS THERE ARE OBVIOUS RELEVANT FACTORS (E.G., SEVERE NATURAL PHENOMENA LIKE HURICANES) THAT PROBABLY WERE NOT ANTICIPATED WHEN THE PARS WERE DEVELOPED AND THAT WOULD MAKE THE STANDARD PAR RECOMMENDATIONS IMPRACTICAL OR OBVIOUSLY NON-CONSERVATIVE. IN SUCH EVENTS, THE ED SHOULD USE JUDGMENT AS APPROPRIATE.

A.

INITIAL ACTIONS Please Check

1.
  • Precautions and Limitations are applicable in development of Protective Action Recommendations (PARs) in subsequent steps. Attachment 5, Figure 1, PAR WORKSHEET, may be used to record affected zones or sectors.
2.
  • Determine General Emergency PARs using the Attachment 1 Flowchart.

PAR 1 - Shelter to 2 miles and 5 mile downwind zones PAR 2 - Evacuate to 2 miles and 5 mile downwind zones PAR 3 - Evacuate to 5 miles and 10 mile downwind zones PAR 4 - Guidance for PARs Beyond the 10 Mile EPZ CAUTION - PAR Revisions must include previous PARs

3.

For PAR 1, 2, and 3, determine the affected zones using Site specific Table 1.

An electronic program may also be used.

NOTE: Once conditions requiring a PAR change are available, PARs should be developed as soon as possible. (The expectation for development is 15 minutes after the change in conditions.)

4.

Communicate developed PARs to the ED for review and approval.

NOTE: Once PARs are developed and approved they should be communicated to appropriate agencies as soon as possible.

(Notification of PARs to applicable agencies is required within 15 minutes following PAR development and approval.)

5.

Ensure that the ED approved PARs from the PAR Worksheet Attachment 5, Figure 1 (to be communicated to offsite agencies) are entered on the ENN form (manual or electronic) per NMP-EP-111, Emergency Notifications.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 10 of 18

  • Continuing Activity Attachment 1 (Page 2 of 3)

Action Checklist for PAR Development (Cont)

B.

SUPPLEMENTAL ACTIONS Please Check

1.
  • Continue assessment actions applying applicable Precautions & limitations.
2.
  • IF a release is in progress THEN it is appropriate to dispatch Field Monitoring Teams (FMT) to downwind and adjacent areas as soon as possible. FMT data should be used to validate calculated exposure rates by comparison with actual field exposure rates to ensure issued PARs remain conservative.
3.
  • For PAR 4, determine the affected sectors using Site specific Table 2. The following considerations apply when developing PARs beyond 10 miles:

IF a release is in progress and dose assessment calculations indicate a possible need to issue PARs beyond 10 miles, THEN it is appropriate to re-perform dose assessment calculations to verify calculation assumptions and accuracy prior to issuing PARs beyond 10 miles.

Use any available FMT readings, IF available, to validate accuracy of the projection model prior to issuing PARs beyond 10 miles.

IF dose assessment calculations indicate the need to recommend actions beyond 10 miles, THEN consult with affected State agency(s) to compare/

validate model assumptions prior to issuing PARs beyond 10 miles.

4.
  • IF conditions requiring PAR 1 entry are eliminated or dose projections change such that additional PARs are required THEN return to the Initial Actions section. Once conditions requiring PAR change are available, PARs should be developed as soon as possible. (The expectation for development is 15 minutes after the change in conditions.) Once PARs are developed they should be communicated to appropriate agencies as soon as possible.

(Notification of PARs to applicable agencies is required within 15 minutes following PAR development and approval.)

5.
  • Apply dose projection results in continuing assessment activities. Dose assessment results should be used to refine (but not reduce) protective action recommendations after adequate data becomes available.
6.

Utilize real time meteorological and effluent radiation monitor readings in continuing assessment activities. IF radiation monitor readings provide sufficient data for assessment, THEN, it is NOT appropriate to wait for field monitoring data to become available to confirm or expand a PAR within the 10-mile EPZ.

7.

Dose projections are NOT required to support the decision process in development of the plant condition based PARs utilizing the PAR flowchart if no release is in progress. It is expected that a dose projection will be performed as soon as practicable at a General Emergency with a release in progress to determine if PAR change is needed.

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 11 of 18

, Flowchart (Page 3 of 3)

Have Doses at or Beyond the SB Been Projected to Exceed PAGs*

Has a General Emergency Been Declared Is a Known Site Event Underway Making Evacuation Dangerous Do Known Offsite Conditions Make Evacuation Dangerous CONTINUE ASSESSMENT Return to START PAR 1 SHELTER 0 - 2 mile radius And downwind to 5 miles Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/

TARs for Additional Information Consider the use of KI in accordance with State plans and policy Refer to site specific Table 1 or computer program for affected zones CONTINUE ASSESSMENT Return to START PAR 3 EVACUATE 0 - 5 mile radius And downwind to 10 miles Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/ TARs for Additional Information Consider the use of KI in accordance with State plans and policy Refer to site specific Table 1 or computer program for affected zones YES YES YES YES NO NO NO NO NO YES PAR 2 EVACUATE 0 - 2 mile radius And downwind to 5 miles Advise Remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/ TARs for Additional Information Consider the use of KI in accordance with State plans and policy Refer to site specific Table 1 or computer program for affected zones PAR 4 Evaluate the Need for PARs Beyond 10 Miles -

Refer to Table 2 Is a PUFF RELEASE In Progress or Been Terminated That Is Projected to Exceed PAGs*

Have Doses Beyond 10 Miles Been Projected to Exceed PAGs*

YES CONTINUE ASSESSMENT Return to START NO START

  • PAGs 1000 mREM TEDE or 5000 mREM Thyroid CDE

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 12 of 18 Table 1 PLANT FARLEY AFFECTED ZONES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PAR 1 and 2 PAR 3 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)

AFFECTED ZONES AFFECTED ZONES N, > 349 - 11 A, B5, C5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, K10 NNE, >11 - 34 A, B5, C5, D5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, D10 NE, >34 - 56 A, B5, C5, D5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, C10, D10 ENE, >56 - 79 A, C5, D5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, C10, D10, E10 E, >79-101 A, D5, E5, F5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, C10, D10, E10 ESE, >101 - 124 A, D5, E5, F5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, D10, E10, F10 SE, >124-146 A, E5, F5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, E10, F10 SSE, >146 - 169 A, E5, F5, I5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, E10, F10, G10 S, >169 - 191 A, E5, F5, I5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10 SSW, >191 - 214 A, F5, I5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10, I10 SW, >214-236 A, F5, I5, J5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, F10, G10, H10, I10, J10 WSW, >236-259 A, I5, J5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, G10, H10, I10, J10 W, >259 - 281 A, I5, J5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, H10, I10, J10, K10 WNW, >281 - 304 A, I5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, I10, J10, K10 NW, >304 - 326 A, B5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, J10, K10 NNW, >326 - 349 A, B5, C5, J5, K5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, I5, J5, K5, B10, K10

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 13 of 18 Table 2 PLANT FARLEY GUIDANCE FOR PARS BEYOND THE 10 MILE EPZ

1. Calculate the Evacuation Distance by determining the maximum Projected Distance where MIDAS dose projections exceed PAGs and adding 5 miles to the projected distance.

__________ Projected Distance (miles) + 5 miles = _______ Evacuation Distance (miles)

2. Determine the affected sectors for the current 15 minute average (From) wind direction

_______________________________ Affected Sectors

3. Recommend Evacuation from 10 miles to the Evacuation Distance (calculated in step 1) for the Affected Sectors (determined in step 2).
4. Check Line 5, Item E - Other on the Emergency Notification Form and record the recommended sectors and distance range in miles for Evacuation. (Note: Refer to 50 mile IPZ map as necessary)

PAR 4 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)

AFFECTED SECTORS N, > 349 - 11 H, J, K NNE, >11 - 34 J, K, L NE, >34 - 56 K, L, M ENE, >56 - 79 L, M, N E, >79-101 M, N, P ESE, >101 - 124 N, P, Q SE, >124-146 P, Q, R SSE, >146 - 169 Q, R, A S, >169 - 191 R, A, B SSW, >191 - 214 A, B, C SW, >214-236 B, C, D WSW, >236-259 C, D, E W, >259 - 281 D, E, F WNW, >281 - 304 E, F, G NW, >304 - 326 F, G, H NNW, >326 - 349 G, H, J

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 14 of 18 Table 1 PLANT HATCH AFFECTED ZONES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PAR 1 and 2 PAR 3 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)

AFFECTED ZONES AFFECTED ZONES N, > 349 - 11 A, B5, C5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, C10, D10, E10 NNE, >11 - 34 A, B5, C5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, D10, E10, F10 NE, >34 - 56 A, B5, C5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, E10, F10, G10 ENE, >56 - 79 A, C5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, E10, F10, G10 E, >79-101 A, C5, D5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F10, G10, H10 ESE, >101 - 124 A, C5, D5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, G10, H10, I10 SE, >124-146 A, C5, D5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, G10, H10, I10 SSE, >146 - 169 A, C5, D5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, H10, I10, J10 S, >169 - 191 A, D5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, I10, J10 SSW, >191 - 214 A, D5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, I10, J10 SW, >214-236 A, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, J10, K10, L10 WSW, >236-259 A, B5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, J10, K10, L10 W, >259 - 281 A, B5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, B10, K10, L10 WNW, >281 - 304 A, B5, E5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, B10, C10, D10, K10, L10 NW, >304 - 326 A, B5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, B10, C10, D10 NNW, >326 - 349 A, B5, C5 A, B5, C5, D5, E5, B10, C10, D10, E10

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 15 of 18 Table 2 PLANT HATCH GUIDANCE FOR PARS BEYOND THE 10 MILE EPZ

1. Calculate the Evacuation Distance by determining the maximum Projected Distance where MIDAS dose projections exceed PAGs and adding 5 miles to the projected distance.

__________ Projected Distance (miles) + 5 miles = _______ Evacuation Distance (miles)

2. Determine the affected sectors for the current 15 minute average (From) wind direction

_______________________________ Affected Sectors

3. Recommend Evacuation from 10 miles to the Evacuation Distance (calculated in step 1) for the Affected Sectors (determined in step 2).
4. Check Line 5, Item E - Other on the Emergency Notification Form and record the recommended sectors and distance range in miles for Evacuation. (Note: Refer to 50 mile IPZ map as necessary)

PAR 4 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)

AFFECTED SECTORS N, > 349 - 11 H, J, K NNE, >11 - 34 J, K, L NE, >34 - 56 K, L, M ENE, >56 - 79 L, M, N E, >79-101 M, N, P ESE, >101 - 124 N, P, Q SE, >124-146 P, Q, R SSE, >146 - 169 Q, R, A S, >169 - 191 R, A, B SSW, >191 - 214 A, B, C SW, >214-236 B, C, D WSW, >236-259 C, D, E W, >259 - 281 D, E, F WNW, >281 - 304 E, F, G NW, >304 - 326 F, G, H NNW, >326 - 349 G, H, J

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 16 of 18 Table 1 PLANT VOGTLE AFFECTED ZONES FOR PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS PAR 1 and 2 PAR 3 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)

AFFECTED ZONES AFFECTED ZONES N, > 349 - 11 A, B5, C5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5,D5, E5, F5, B10, C10, D10, SRS to 5 Miles NNE, >11 - 34 A, B5, C5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, C10, D10, SRS to 5 Miles NE, >34 - 56 A, B5, C5, D5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, C10, D10, E10, SRS to 5 Miles ENE, >56 - 79 A, C5, D5, E5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, D10, E10, F10,SRS to 5 Miles E, >79-101 A, C5, D5, E5, F5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, D10, E10, F10, SRS to 5 Miles ESE, >101 - 124 A, D5, E5, F5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, E10, F10, G10,SRS to 5 Miles SE, >124-146 A, D5, E5, F5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, E10, F10, G10,SRS to 10 Miles SSE, >146 - 169 A, E5, F5, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, F10, G10, SRS to 10 Miles S, >169 - 191 A, F5, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, F10, G10, SRS to 10 Miles SSW, >191 - 214 A, F5, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, G10, SRS to 10 Miles SW, >214-236 A, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, SRS to 10 Miles WSW, >236-259 A, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, H10, SRS to 10 Miles W, >259 - 281 A, B5, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, B10, H10, SRS to 10 Miles WNW, >281 - 304 A, B5, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, B10, C10, H10, SRS to 10 Miles NW, >304 - 326 A, B5, SRS to 5 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, B10, C10, H10, SRS to 10 Miles NNW, >326 - 349 A, B5, SRS to 2 Miles A, B5, C5, D5, E5, F5, B10, C10, D10, SRS to 5 Miles

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 17 of 18 Table 2 PLANT VOGTLE GUIDANCE FOR PARS BEYOND THE 10 MILE EPZ

1. Calculate the Evacuation Distance by determining the maximum Projected Distance where MIDAS dose projections exceed PAGs and adding 5 miles to the projected distance.

__________Projected Distance (miles) + 5 miles = _______ Evacuation Distance (miles)

2. Determine the affected sectors for the current 15 minute average (From) wind direction

_______________________________ Affected Sectors

3. Recommend Evacuation from 10 miles to the Evacuation Distance (calculated in step 1) for the Affected Sectors (determined in step 2).
4. Check Line 5, Item E - Other on the Emergency Notification Form and record the recommended sectors and distance range in miles for Evacuation. (Note: Refer to 50 mile IPZ map as necessary)

PAR 4 WIND DIRECTION FROM (degrees)

AFFECTED SECTORS N, > 349 - 11 H, J, K NNE, >11 - 34 J, K, L NE, >34 - 56 K, L, M ENE, >56 - 79 L, M, N E, >79-101 M, N, P ESE, >101 - 124 N, P, Q SE, >124-146 P, Q, R SSE, >146 - 169 Q, R, A S, >169 - 191 R, A, B SSW, >191 - 214 A, B, C SW, >214-236 B, C, D WSW, >236-259 C, D, E W, >259 - 281 D, E, F WNW, >281 - 304 E, F, G NW, >304 - 326 F, G, H NNW, >326 - 349 G, H, J

Southern Nuclear Operating Company Emergency Implementing Procedure Protective Action Recommendations NMP-EP-112 Version 3.0 Page 18 of 18 Figure 1 PAR WORKSHEET INSTRUCTIONS:

1. Check the box for the applicable PAR (1, 2, 3, or 4).
2. Record the 15 minute average wind direction from for the selected PAR.

Use met instrumentation corresponding to primary release point(s) (BWR) OR ground level release (PWR).

3. Use the applicable Site Specific PAR table (Table 1 or 2) to determine the affected zones.

CAUTION:

PAR Revisions must include previous PARs.

On the ENN Form for the selected PAR:

Select block 5.B and record the Evacuate zones OR select block 5.C and record the Shelter zones Select block 5.D IF PAR 4 is selected, THEN additionally select block 5.E Other and provide Affected Sectors and To Miles PAR 1 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [C]

Shelter Zones ENN Line 5 [D]

Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations

/Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy PAR 2 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]

Evacuate Zones ENN Line 5 [D]

Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations

/Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy PAR 3 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]

Evacuate Zones ENN Line 5 [D]

Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations

/Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy PAR 4 Wind direction from ENN Line 5 [B]

Evacuate Zones ENN Line 5 [D]

Advise remainder of EPZ to Monitor Local Radio/TV Stations/

Tone Alert Radios. Consider the use of KI (Potassium Iodide) in accordance with State Plans and Policy ENN Line 5 [E]

OTHER Evacuate Affected Sectors ________________ to

_________miles Approval:

Emergency Director

___________/_________

Date/Time